~ he Fe pe Pm ee te, POON tie 7 o> Oe Sa aaonen a eee orn. cease en. nn es okt i nt Ee Seat iat Siisehetate retina tees ~ ones sipsinscweisey pd pink bt stp. Sab tapseretescasnt reteset sar - perce sees to racy 7 yrgrests nrpegsseren ts oo bs sectirtveatasececssereiccets® ti if 337 a fi reiese igrarecsees teireaais st +3 HE fs 38: a a f x At Eby BULLETIN -OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY VOL 2x 1969 BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) LONDON : 1969 DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS No. 1 28 January 1969 No. 2 28 January 1969 No. 3 28 January 1969 No. 4 11 April 1969 No. 5 11 April 1969 No. 6 13 May 1969 No. 7 13 May 1969 No. 8 13 May 1969 PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY STAPLES PRINTERS LIMITED AT THEIR KETTERING, NORTHANTS, ESTABLISHMENT CONTENTS ENTOMOLOGY VOLUME XXIII A revision of the genus Telipna Aurivillius (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae). By T. H. E. JAcKson Acridoidea of the Galapagos Islands (Orthoptera). By V. M. DirsH Diptera from Nepal. Sphaeroceridae. By J. C. DEEMING Revisional notes on African Charaxes (Lepidoptera : Nymphalidae) Part V. By V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN A revision of the African species of Pseudorhynchus Serville (Orthop- tera : Tettigoniidae). By D. R. RAGGE Studies on Australian Muscidae (Diptera) II. A revision of the Tribe Dichaetomyiini Emden. By A. C. Pont A list of the Type-specimens of Odonata in the British Museum (Natural History) Part II. By D. E. Kimmins The Family-Group names of the scale insects (Hemiptera : Coccoidea). By D. J. WILLIAMS Index to Volume XXIII PAGE I 25 Se) 73 167 Igl 287 315 343 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TELIPNA AURIVILLIUS _ \ (LEPIDOPTERA : LYCAENIDAE) T. H. E. JACKSON BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. 1 LONDON: 1969 aS A; REVISION: (OF THE GENUS. PELIPNA AURIVILLIUS (LEPIDOPTERA : LYCAENIDAE) BY T. H. E. JACKSON Pp. 1-23: 5 Plates BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. I LONDON : 1969 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, 1s issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. In 1965 a separate supplementary series of longer papers was instituted, numbered serially for each Department. This paper is Vol. 23, No. 1 of the Entomo- logical series. The abbreviated titles of periodicals cited follow those of the World List of Scientific Periodicals. World List abbreviation Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.). © Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History) 1969 TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) Issued 28 January, 1969 Price Eighteen Shillings. A REVISION OF THE GENUS TELIPNA AURIVILLIUS (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) By the late T. H. E. JACKSON* CONDENS Page SYNOPSIS : : : : : ‘ , : , : : 3 INTRODUCTION : ; ‘ : : : z : , ; 3 SYSTEMATICS AND TAXONOMY OF THE GENUS GroupI. : ; F : 5 ; : ; : ; 4 Group it~. : i ‘ ; : ; ; ; F 16 Species incorrectly placed to Telipna : ‘ Z ; ; : 20 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS : : : : : : Z ; L 21 REFERENCES . ; ; . bs ; : 2 : , : BY INDEX : ; : : : ; : : F ¢ ; 22 SYNOPSIS The genus Telipna Aurivillius is revised and four new species and three new subspecies are described. All species are figured where possible. INTRODUCTION A REVISION of the genus Telipna Aurivillius is long overdue and, in addition, many new species have been discovered since the publication of Seitz, Macrolepidoptera of the World (1914). An attempt is made here to bring the genus up-to-date. Insufficient is known of the range and distribution of each species to erect sub- species and therefore, unless the affinity is obvious, all new forms are treated as species in this paper. The species divide into two natural groups on the pattern of the hind wing underside, as noted by Aurivillius, 7m Seitz, and this arrangement is followed here. The genitalia, except in a few instances, e.g. rothi Grose-Smith, are not diagnostic. The habits of Telipna are interesting. The habitat is floor-level, always in forest, along forest paths or in places where the undergrowth is not high, and heavy shade is always preferred. Here they sit, usually at the ends of small dead twigs, and fly short distances when disturbed, displaying the mimetic Agaristid-like pattern and settling again and “ disappearing’. They are, therefore, easy to capture, but if missed for any reason, can fly fast right out of the area. They feed on plant sap from creeper tendrils, leaving as soon as the sun reaches the tendrils. The early stages are passed on the bark of trees, the larvae feeding on moss and lichens and are not associated with ants. The larvae are black and densely hairy, similar to those of Balacra Walker. The pupae are hidden under loose bark on the trunks or on stumps and dead wood nearby. * We learned with regret that, whilst this paper was being set up by the printers, the author was murdered by intruders in his African home. Editor. ENTOM. 23, I. I 4 T. H. E. JACKSON All types are in B.M.N.H., unless otherwise stated. In the following text there are several references to type material lodged in the Hamburg Museum. All this material is presumed, on good authority, to be destroyed and neotypes are designated where appropriate. Note. In the descriptions of the fore wing underside all black marks, including the two apical, are treated as costal streaks. Group I Hind wing beneath at the costal margin with two black transverse streaks proximal to the median streak. Telipna acraea (Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson) The three species or forms, acraea Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson, bimacula Plétz and albofasciata Aurivillius, form a complex which is exceedingly difficult to unravel. The distributions are peculiar, 1.e. acraea, west of the Niger in the true West African Zone, occurring as echo Grose-Smith & Kirby (subapical spots orange but not conjoined to the inner-marginal patch) in Ghana and elsewhere; bimacula, east of the Niger River in Calabar and Cameroons (ex. Brit.) and again in a slightly different form (ssp. migrita Talbot) in Equateur and Kasai; albofasciata, type- series from Fernando Po flies with bimacula in the Cameroons, occurs in a rather different form in the Moyen Congo, without bimacula and again in a form, nearer the typical, around Coquilhatville. On the distribution, therefore, the latter cannot be a subspecies of bimacula Pl6tz, as stated by Aurivillius, 7m Seitz and is here treated as a species. On the other hand the affinities are obvious and there is little or no difference on the underside. Telipna acraea acraea (Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson) (Ply, fres.; 7,5) Pentila acraea Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson, 1852 : 504, pl. 77, fig. 6. Type: Ashanti. Liptena acraea (Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson) Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1887 : (1), pl. 1, figs. 5, 6. Telipna acraea (Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson) Aurivillius (7m Seitz), 1914 : 301, pl. 61¢. Liptena echo Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1890 : 40, pl. X, figs. 4, 5. Telipna bimacula echo (Grose-Smith & Kirby) Aurivillius (im Seitz), 1914 : 301, pl. 61d. Subapical spots in the male as in echo Grose-Smith & Kirby and not conjoined to the discal patch. Spots red. Specimens occur lacking the red subapical spot altogether. See remarks under semirufa. In the female the subapical and discal patches are always conjoined by a bar in 3, 4. Distribution. Confined to the true W. African Zone. REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA 5 Telipna acraea conjuncta ssp. n. (PI. 2; igs, 6,2) A well defined subspecies occurs in W. Nigeria, to the Niger River and Port Harcourt, differing from acraea acraea as follows: 3g Upperside. Fore wing. The subapical spot is very large and is joined distally to the inner-marginal patch by a thin, sometimes thick, red bar. Rarely this spot is discrete. Q Upperside. Fore wing. The black costal area invades the orange postdiscal band as far as the base of space 3, leaving only a broad orange bar, joining the subapical to the inner- marginal patch. Underside. As in acraea acraea. Holotype g. NIGERIA: Benin Prov., Ubiaja, vili.1955 (I. H. E. Jackson). Allotype 9. Same data as holotype. Distribution. NIGERIA: Benin, Ubiaja, Owerri, Port Harcourt. Telipna acraea bimacula (Pl6tz) comb. n. (Plt, figs 335.7) Pentila acraea Doubleday var. bimacula Pl6tz, 1880 : 199. Type: Ashanti. Telipna bimacula (Pl6tz) Aurivillius (1m Seitz), 1914 : 301, pl. 61c, d. Type. Abo : Marz, Mungo : Mai. 2. Liptena fervida Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1890 : 39, pl. X, figs. 1-3. Types gf and 9. Cameroons. Telipna fervida (Grose-Smith & Kirby) Aurivillius, 1898 : 257. The more eastern subspecies of acraea. Subapical spots small, yellowish and always divorced from the discal patch in the male. In the female, subapical spots usually also divorced, though connected by a thin yellow line, but sometimes indistinguishable from acraea acraea. Judging from the figures in Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1890, fervida might be a separate species, but Aurivillius, 1898, who must have seen it, since it was in the Staudinger collection, sank it as a straight synonym of bimacula. I am informed by Dr. Hannemann that the types are lost and it seems best, therefore, to follow Aurivillius. Distribution. NIGERIA: east of the Niger River; Calabar; CAMEROONS (ex Brit.). Holland, 1920, mentions a female from Niangara, Congo (ex Belge) which I am inclined to doubt, as also, a male at Tervuren from Congo (ex Belge), Haut Lomami, Kapanga, Kafakumba. Telipna acraea nigrita ssp. n. (Pl.-2, figs: 35-4) Telipna acraea bimacula 9° f. nigrita Talbot, 1935: 70. In Equateur and in Kasai (Congo, ex Belge) occurs a form of acraea which differs sufficiently to warrant a subspecific name. By courtesy of the Hope Dept., Oxford, two pairs of these have been examined and Talbot quotes eight females. In the males the subapical spots are small and orange, always separated from the inner- marginal patch and in the females the latter is always confined below the cell. 6 T. H. E. JACKSON Neallotype 3. CoNGo STATE, S.W. Upper Kasai R. Distr., 1908 (Paul Laudbeck). (Oxford). Holotype 2. CoNnGo (ex Belge) ; Haut Congo, Basankusu, Bongandanga, 9.iv.1928 (Talbot’s type), (Oxford). This locality is in Equateur Province. Distribution. CoNnGo (ex Belge): Equateur and Kasai. Telipna albofasciata Aurivillius (Pl. 1, figs. 9, 13) Telipna albofasciata Aurivillius, 1910 : 520. Types. Fernando Po. (Genoa, no actual types were designated). Telipna bimacula albofasciata Aurivillius; Aurivillius (im Seitz), 1914 : 301. Telipna albofasciata Aurivillius; Stempffer, 1965 : 1450. 3g. Red areas very dark; discal patch in the type series confined below the cell, or just reaching the median; wide black border, three (or two) white subapical spots in 4, 5 and 6. Q. Red areas more orange, restricted in the discal patch to the lower half of the cell; three white subapical spots conjoined into a bar and a small white streak in 7; very occasionally these spots are separate. The type series consists of 4 g and 3 9, all in Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat., Genoa and all from Fernando Po. The series from Moyen Congo differs in that the red discal area in fore wing of the male covers half the cell as in the female, and the white subapical spots are larger and broader. The underside is very similar to acraea and bimacula. Distribution. FERNANDO Po; CAMEROONS; GABON; MOYEN ConcGo: Etoumbi, Kelle; Conco (ex Belge): Equateur; Coquilhatville, Lake Tumba, Eala. Telipna semirufa (Grose-Smith & Kirby) (PLT; nes. 14730) Liptena semirufa Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1889 : 33, pl. VIII, figs. 5, 6. Type. Gold Coast (Ghana). Telipna bimacula semirufa (Grose-Smith & Kirby) Aurivillius (in Seitz), 1914 : 301, pl. 61d. No subapical spots; discal and hind wing patches red, much as in acraea and confined below thecell, It has been found that, at least in the Cote d'Ivoire, males of Telipna acraea (Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson) can occur without the red subapical spot in fore wing above, thus closely resembling semirufa. There are, however, two unmis- takeable characters separating the two species as follows—the male of acraea has the distal edge of red inner-marginal patch of fore wing above nearly straight and the fore wing submarginal black border below invaded by the yellow ground colour in spaces 3-5 inclusive. The male of semirufa, on the other hand, has the distal edge of red inner-marginal patch of fore wing above deeply incised between space I and 2 REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA 7 and the fore wing submarginal black border below entire. In the females the distal edge of the fore wing yellow patch is more crenulate in acraea and the submarginal black border of fore wing below differs as in the males. These characters can be plainly seen in Smith & Kirby’s figure of the type of semirufa. Distribution. Confined to the W. African Zone, i.e. west of the Niger River. Clench, 1965, is almost certainly correct in suspecting Aurivillius’ locality of the Congo. Telipna rufilla (Grose-Smith & Kirby) (Plot fies. 1115) Liptena rufilla Grose-Smith & Kirby, Igor : 133, pl. XXVIII, figs. 4, 5. Type. 6 Nigeria, Warri (unique). Telipna rufilla (Grose-Smith & Kirby) Aurivillius (7 Seitz), 1914 : 301. Similar to semirufa Grose-Smith & Kirby, but with larger red areas, and differing below. The red area in fore wing covers most of the cell. 92 unknown. Aurivillius (¢” Seitz) placed this species to Group II, but it has nothing in common with sanguinea Plotz, nyanza Neave, etc. I think that the median costal streak on the hind wing below is placed a little more distad than usual and that rufilla belongs to Group I. It is peculiar that no further specimens of this species have been taken. Distribution. NIGERIA: Warri, i.e. west of the Niger River in the true W. African Zone. Telipna rothi (Grose-Smith) (Pl 3 figs 22.16) Liptena rothi Grose-Smith, 1898 : 353. Type. Nigeria, near Warri. Liptena rothi Grose-Smith; Grose-Smith & Kirby, Igor : 133, pl. XXVII, figs. 1, 2, 3. Telipna rvotht (Grose-Smith) Aurivillius (im Seitz), 1914 : 301. A well known and well defined species in which the genitalia also differ. The subapical and discal patches in both sexes broadly conjoined. Distribution. West of the Niger; GUINEA: Mt. Nimba; GHANA; NIGERIA: Warri, Benin, Lagos. Telipna citrimacula citrimacula Schultze (Pl 2. Best 7,.12) Telipna citrimacula Schultze, 1916: 141. Type. Boenga, S.E. Cameroun. (Berlin). All markings in both sexes orange; underside much more heavily marked than in the next subspecies. 8 T. H. E. JACKSON The type of citrimacula Schultze was sent to me by Dr. Hannemann from Berlin. The type has no subapical spots but is otherwise identical above and below with angustifascia Joicey & Talbot. The lack of subapical spots is a common aberration and there is one here exactly similar, belonging to the Uganda subspecies from Budongo Forest, Uganda, and another from Eala at Tervuren. There is no doubt that these two subspecies are conspecific. Distribution. CAMEROONS: Bitje, Djah River; Boenga; Conco (ex Belge): Equateur; Eala, Paulis; Coquilhatville. Note: Monsieur Stempffer states that Schultze’s type of citvimacula was in the Hamburg Museum and therefore was probably destroyed, but the specimen, received from Dr. Hannemann in Berlin, was clearly labelled and must be the type. Telipna citrimacula angustifascia (Joicey & Talbot) comb. n. (Pl. 2, figs. 18, 22) Telipna angustifascia Joicey & Talbot, 1921: 77, pl. XIV, fig. 43. Type g. Bafwaboli, Congo (ex Belge). Type 9. Kasai, Congo (ex Belge). The name angustifascia may be used for the population in the eastern Congo to Kasai, and western Uganda. It is intermediate between typical citvimacula and the Uganda subspecies neaver Baker. In the male the subapical spots are larger than in the typical race and in the female the hind wing patch is yellowish, as also the subapical spots of fore wing. Distribution. E.ConGo (ex Belge): from Kibale-Ituri to Kasai; Kasai; Equateur; Kibale-Ituri; Bafwaboli, Beni, Iumu; W. UGANDA: Budongo, Bwamba, etc. Telipna citrimacula neavei Baker stat. n. (PL +2) .tes.. 20,23) Telipna neavei Baker, 1926 : 386. Baker’s neavet is merely a form in which the subapical patch is usually separated, but sometimes conjoined to the discal area. It occurs commonly in all populations in Uganda, and it is impossible to separate the two forms, but as it was described as a species, the name neavei must be used for the eastern subspecies. Ssp. neavei differs from typical citrimacula in that the subapical spots in the fore wing of the male are larger and all spots in the female are pale yellow; in citrimacula they are orange. The subapical spots in the fore wing may be missing or small in all subspecies. The normally red areas in the male are bright orange. This is the race from eastern Uganda: Kampala, Mabira, Mpigi, Kamengo. Type 3, 2. E. UGAnpbaA: Budongo Forest, Unyoro, 3,400 ft. Distribution. E. UGANDA: In all forested areas. REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA 9 Telipna sheffieldi Baker (Pl. 2; figs: 20, 24) Telipna sheffieldi Baker, 1926 : 387. Type: Uganda, Toro, Mpanga Forest. The subapical patch is much longer and broader than in citvimacula Schultze and the underside differs as can be seen in the plate, particularly in the first costal streak in hind wing, which is bent distad in all examples. Distribution. Known only from UGANDA: Toro, Mpanga Forest (= Kibale Forest). Telipna aurivillii Rebel (Pl. 2, figs. 29, 25) Telipna aurivillii Rebel, 1914 : 262. Type g. Congo (ex Belge): Mawamba (Grauer). (Vienna). Telipna rothioides Holland, 1920 : 214, pl. XII, fig. 7, syn. n. Type 9. Medje (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York). A large species, not very similar to any other. In the male pale orange with broad subapical band, conjoined to the discal area, in the female pale yellow. Photos of the types have been received through the kindness of Dr. Kasy in Vienna. The locality Mawamba is in the north-eastern Congo (ex Belge). The types were collected by Grauer. The figure of the female of rothioides, given by Holland, agrees exactly with the photo of the female of aurivillii Rebel from Vienna, except that the former shows some white markings along the fore wing costa below. It is significant that Holland, who was a very careful observer, makes no mention of these white markings in his description; he merely compares rothioides with rotht Grose-Smith, which has no white at all. Otherwise his figure agrees exactly with the female of aurivilliz, and in the author’s opinion there is no doubt they are synonymous. Distribution. MoyvEN Conco: Souanke; Conco (ex Belge): Kasai; Lulua; Kibale-Ituri; Mawamba, Beni, Irumu; Equateur; Coquihatville, Eala, Paulis. Telipna aurivillii jefferyi ssp. n. (Pl. 2, figs. 26, 30) Differs from the nominate subspecies by the much wider bands in fore wing, particularly in the female. In jefferyi the band at vein 2 is 8 mm. wide in the male, and 1o mm. wide in the female. In a. aurivillii these same bands are only 4 mm. wide, in both sexes. Holotype 3. UGANDA: Budongo Forest, ix 1934 (J. H. E. Jackson). Allotype 2. Same data, viii. 1958. Named after the pioneer G. W. Jeffery, who was one of the first to capture this species. Distribution. UGanpa: In all forests. = T. H. E. JACKSON Telipna sulpitia Hulstaert (PL. 2, fige. 3%, 27) Telipna sulpitia Hulstaert, 1924 : 114. Type 9. Haut Uele, Madyu. (M.R.A.C., Tervuren.) The type of this species was kindly sent me by Monsieur L. Berger from Tervuren and proves to be conspecific with examples from the N.E. Congo to S. Sudan, which have long remained unnamed in B.M.N.H. The male has not been described. 3. Upperside. Fore wing. Black, with red inner marginal area covering about half the cell and extending well over half way in 1 and 2; three smallish, whitish yellow submarginal spots. Hind wing. Red area covers most of the wing leaving a black marginal border 3 mm. wide. Underside. As in the female. Length of fore wing 2 mm. Neallotype 3. S.SuDAN: Tembura, xii. 1922 (Janson). In the 2 the subapical band may occasionally be divorced from the discal patch by a broad black line, part of which is always present. Distribution. N.E. Conco (ex Belge): Haut Uele, Madyu; S. SupAN: Yambio, Tembura, Aza Forest. Telipna villiersi Stempffer (Pl. 2, figs. 28 and 32) Telipna villiersi Stempffer, 1965 : 1450-52. Type g. Rep. du Congo. Sibiti. (Museum national de Histoire naturelle, Paris.) Allied to acraeoides Grose-Smith and Kirby and kayonza sp. n., but smaller and underside heavily marked as in kelle sp. n.; red areas more orange. The female has not been described. 3, 2. Eyes black; palps black with traces of white scaling; frons black with two white lateral spots; legs black with large white spots at the joints; antennae black above, checkered white below; abdomen red with brown extremity 3, brown 9. Q. Upperside. Fore wing. Three white subapical spots in 4-6, broad and conjoined, a very small white spot in 7. Otherwise as in the male. Underside. Markings, which are the same as in the male, show through above in both sexes, and the cilia are only minutely white spotted. Length of fore wing; g 21 mm.; 2 23 mm. Note. The subapical white spots in the male may be conjoined into a bar as in the type or divided into 3 separate white spots. Neallotype 2. R&p. pu Conco: Moyen Congo, Kelle, x.1963 (T. H. E. Jackson). Distribution. REP. pu Conco: Moyen Congo, Sibiti, Kelle, Etoumbi, Mayoumba; ConGo (ex Belge) : Sankuru. REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA Il Telipna cameroonensis sp. n. (Pl. 3, figs.-33 37) Nearest to atrinervis Hulstaert, but smaller and with white subapical spots in fore wing. A small weak species, flying with the common robust Acraea bimacula Plétz in an obviously protective association. 3, 9. Eyes black; palps black; frons black, bordered white; legs black, white on the joints; antennae black above, checkered white below. 3. Upperside. Fore wing. Black with dark red basal and discal patch, not quite covering the cell and leaving a wide black border even in space 1; up to three very small white subapical spots, sometimes two only, or one, or rarely, absent altogether. Hind wing. The red discal area is restricted, leaving a wide black border of 3 mm. Underside. Fore wing. Seven costal streaks, that proximal to the subapical spots being long and broad; margin narrowly black with white spots in each cellule, slightly wider in 1 and 2. Hind wing. Two black proximal costal streaks, all narrow; a wide black border enclosing two rows of white marginal and submarginal spots. 9. Upperside. Fore wing. Red areas orange, completely covering the cell and leaving only a very narrow black costal margin; three white subapical spots. Hind wing. As in the male. Underside. Asin the male. Cilia checkered white in both sexes. Length of fore wing; g 20 mm.; 2 25 mm.; the size is variable and there are much smaller specimens and an occasional larger. Holotype 3. CAMEROONS (ex Brit.): Mamfe, vii.1965 (7. H. E. Jackson). Allotype 2. Same data, x.1956. Distribution. CAMEROONS (ex Brit.): Mamfe, Victoria; NIGERIA: Calabar Prov., Ndebiji. Telipna atrinervis Hulstaert Telipna atrinervis Hulstaert, 1924 : 113. Type 9. Kamerun : Bitje. (M.R.A.C., Tervuren). Telipna ja Baker, 1926 : 388, syn.n. Types, 2. Bitje..ja River, Telipna venanigra Baker, 1926 : 387, syn.n. Type g. Bitje, Ja River. The types of all the above have been examined and are considered to belong to the same species. The differences are small and well within the legitimate limits in any given species; moreover they all come from the same place and the differences are all present in a series from Moyen Congo before me. One of the main differences between ja Baker and venanigra Baker is the presence, in both sexes on the underside in the longest and most distal costal black bar on the fore wing, of a large quadrate black spot in space 3 of the former and its absence in the latter, but in the series from Moyen Congo there is every variation in this spot, from large to complete absence. A larger more robust species, completely lacking the apical spots in the male. 12 T.H. E. JACKSON In the female three subapical spots, white or pale yellow, sometimes small, sometimes a bar. The red ¢ or orange-yellow 9 areas are restricted; in the male only covering half the cell of the fore wing or less and in the female not reaching the upper discocellular and often with one or two black costal spots invading the cell. The holotype 3 of venanigra Baker becomes the neallotype ¢ of atvinervis Hulstaert. Distribution. CAMEROON: Bitje; Ré&p. Du Conco: Moyen Congo; Etoumbi, Kelle, Impifondo; Conco (ex Belge): Kapanga. Telipna transverstigma H. Druce (Pl. 3, figs. 39, 35) Q Telipna transverstigma H. Druce, 1910 : 356, Pl. XX XIII, fig. 2. Type. S.E. Cameroons : Bitje. Telipna transverstigma Druce; Aurivillius (2m Seitz), 1914 : 302, pl. 63a. Red areas restricted in fore wing and not covering the cell, but in hind wing covering most of the wing, leaving only a narrow black border; subapical white spots broad and united into a bar in both sexes. On the underside 2 black, proximal costal spots in hind wing and in addition a black streak, nearly horizontal, across the base of I. Note. Aurivillius placed this species (in the author’s opinion incorrectly) to his Group IT. The male has not been described. 3. Upperside. Fore wing. Red area covers two thirds of the cell, then slopes obliquely, distally ending squarely from midway space 2 to the anal angle; costa narrowly black with a black spot entering the red area about midway along the cell; a prominent white subapical bar in 4,5 and 6. Hind wing. Entirely red, except for a narrow black border about 1} mm. wide. Underside. As in the female; the two black bars running at right angles from the inner margin of the hind wing very prominent. Length of fore wing; the three males and one female before me, all from Moyen Congo, are smaller than the female figured by Druce and reproduced in Seitz; ¢ 18 mm., 2 21 mm. Neallotype 3. Rp. pu Conco: Moyen Congo; Kelle.x.1963 (J. H. E. Jackson). Distribution. CAMEROONS: Bitje; R&p. DU Conco: Moyen Congo; Kelle. Telipna lotti sp. n. (Pl. 3, figs. 36, 40) Telipna bimaculata [sic]. No author. Wilson, 1953 : 96, pl. 15. [mis-spelling of bimacula Pl6tz.] Allied to albofasciata Aurivillius, but much larger. 3d, 2. Eyes black; palps black; frons black with white lateral margins; legs black, white at the joints; antennae black above, faintly checkered white below. 3. Upperside. Fore wing. Black; red discal patch restricted, covering only half the cell and leaving a black distal margin 2 mm. wide in 1 and 3 mm. in 2; white subapical spots in 4-6, those in 4 and 5 broad, that in 6 small or absent. Hind wing. Red basal and discal REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA 13 patch rather restricted, leaving a black marginal border 4 mm. wide; underside markings show through. Underside. As in albofasciata; eight costal streaks in fore wing and two in hind wing, proximal to the median streak. Q. Upperside. Fore wing. Black; orange-red discal patch as in the male, but covering more of the cell and with two black costal spots invading it, one at cell end and one mid cell; white subapical spots in 4—6 and a streak in 7, very broad and conjoined. Hind wing. As in the male. Underside. Asin the male. Cilia in both sexes faintly checkered white. Length of fore wing; ¢ 25 mm.; ? 29 mm, Holotype g. S.SuDAN: Lotti Forest (T. H. E. Jackson). Allotype 2. Same data. Distribution. Known only from the type locality. Telipna hollandi Joicey & Talbot (Pl. 3, figs. 41, 44) Telipna hollandi Joicey & Talbot, 1921 : 80, pl. XIV, figs. 46, 47. Telipna exsuperia Hulstaert, 1924 : I12. Type. Congo (ex Belge): g¢ Beni; 2 Kasai. A large species with three white subapical spots in male and extensive red areas. In the female the subapical white spots are very large and joined into a bar and the red area in hind wing reaches within 4 mm. of the margin. Two proximal costal streaks in hind wing below; the red areas in fore wing reach almost to the costa, leaving only a narrow black margin. Distribution. CoNnGo (ex Belge): Kasai, Kibali-Ituri; Beni. Telipna kelle sp. n. (Pl. 3, figs. 42, 45) Nearest to hollandi Joicey & Talbot, differing as follows; red areas very dark in both sexes. 3. Upperside. Fore wing. Subapical white spots as in hollandi; red area more extensive, reaching nearly to the margin in 2, and further beyond the cell; a thick black stigma in the red patch at the cell end. Hind wing. The red areas are less extensive, reaching only to 3 mm. from the margin; in hollandi 2 mm.; three white submarginal spots as in hollandt. Underside. Fore wing. Much as in hollandi, but hind wing red area much narrower, leaving a black border 4 mm. wide, as against 2-3 mm. in the latter; costal streaks as in hollandi, but broader, the whole underside being darker. 2. Upperside. Subapical white spots not much larger than in the male in fore wing, other- wise differing as in the male; red areas darker than in hollandi. Underside. Differs as in the male, only the reduction of the red patch in hind wing is even more striking. Length of fore wing; ¢ 23 mm.; 2 25 mm. Holotype 3. R&P. pu Conco: Moyen Congo, Kelle, x. 1963 (T. H. E. Jackson). Allotype 2. Same data. Distribution. REP. Du Conco: Moyen Congo: Kelle, Ketta. 14 T. H. E. JACKSON Telipna acraeoides (Grose-Smith & Kirby) (Pl. 3, figs. 43 and 46) Liptena acraeoides Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1890 : 39. 3 Liptena sanguinea (Plétz) Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1889; 2, pl. 1, figs. 1 & 2. Liptena acraea Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson; Hewitson, 1866, 3 pl. 60, fig. 12. Type: Angola. 2 Telipna acraeoides (Grose-Smith & Kirby) Aurivillius (2m Seitz), 1914 : 301, pl. 61d. This species has been often confused, but a photo of the type male and two more males and two females have been received from B.M.N.H. and there is no longer any doubt as to its identity. It is a good species, apparently confined to N. Angola. The most important characters are: large species; subapical spots in male 3, of equal size and well separated in 4, 5 and 6. In female large, broad, finely separated by the veins and an extra streak in 7; red areas cover most of the cell in both sexes; prominent white submarginal spots in hind wing above; below; costal streaks finer than usual and an extra series of black spots in hind wing in the bases of 1, 2 and 3, one or other of which may be missing, but always two. The series of five in B.M.N.H. are remarkably constant. The figure of the female in Seitz is a good one and shows the large size and the hind wing spots showing through from below. N. H. Bennett states there are none from other localities in B.M.N.H. but that there are a further two males and eight females from Angola. The type female is missing, but no neotype is designated, since the type is probably one of those in the series. Distribution. ANGOLA: Canhoca, N’dalla Tando. Note. There is a note in Talbot’s handwriting under the male type saying; “This must be the ¢ type vide Rhop. Exot. Lyc. Afr. p. 39 (1890) = specimen figured as sanguinea 3 Lyc. Afr. pl. I : figs. 1, 2 (1889)’’. Telipna kayonza sp. n. (Pl. 4, figs. 47, 50) Allied to acraeoides (Grose-Smith & Kirby), and to villierst Stempffer but lighter below. 3, 9. Eyes black; palps black; frons black with white lateral lines; legs black, small white spots at the joints; antennae black above and below. 3. Upperside. Fore wing. Black, with large red basal and discal area; three white sub- apical spots in 4—6, that in 6 sometimes missing and always smaller; red area to cell end and cover- ing the base of 3 and most of 1 and 2, but not beyond the upper discocellular; black costal border, a little over I mm. wide. Hind wing. The red area reaches to within 2 mm. of the REVISTON OF'GENUS DTELLEPNA 15 margin, hence a narrow black border with no white submarginal spots; the underside costal streaks show through. Underside. Fore wing. Reddish yellow; five black costal streaks and a dot in the base, all short except that proximal to the subapical white spots, which outlines these and is prolonged by a spot in 3; narrow black margin, interrupted by the veins. Hind wing. Two fine black proximal costal streaks, black margin narrow with two rows of white spots, but the submarginal spot in 3 covered by the ground colour. 9. Upperside. Fore wing. As in the male but white subapical spots broad and conjoined and a white streak in 7; a fine black stigma at cellend. Hind wing. As in the male. Underside. Asin the male. Length of fore wing; g 24 mm.; 2 27 mm. N. H. Bennett has examined the genitalia of this species and compared it to that of acraeoides (Grose-Smith & Kirby). He states that although very complicated and difficult to describe, it is quite different from acraeovdes. Holotype g. UGanpba: Kigezi, Kayonza, v.1954 (7. H. E. Jackson). Allotype 2. Same data, vii. 1952. Distribution. Only W. UGANDA: Kigezi, Kayonza; Ankole, Kalinzu Forest. Telipna plagiata Joicey & Talbot (Pl. 4, figs. 48, 51) Telipna plagiata Joicey & Talbot, 1921 : 79, pl. XIV, figs. 44, 45. Type @. Lower Butahu River, Semliki Valley, Congo (ex Belge). Distinguished particularly by the heavily white spotted cilia between the veins. A large species. Red areas cover all of cell and in female almost to costa. The male has not been described. g. Eyes black; palps black; frons black, centrally white; legs black, white at the joints; antennae black above, checkered white below; abdomen rufous. Upperside. Fore wing. Black; three small white subapical spots in 4—6; red inner marginal patch from margin to upper discocellular, extending over most of space 1, three-quarters of 2, half of 3 and the base of 4. A small black triangular spot of ground colour at the cell end. Hind wing. Black with large red area covering whole wing to within 3 mm. of the margin. Cilia of both wings heavily spotted white in the interspaces. Underside. Fore wing. Reddish yellow with six black costal streaks and the white subapical spots showing through; margin spotted black with two very small white streaks in 1 and 2. Hind wing. Of the usual pattern; two black proximal costal streaks; a double row of white spots in the black margin; red discal and postdiscal area reaching the margin in 5 and 6, centrally whitish from costa to beyond cell; a small black streak on the inner margin in the base of I. Length of fore wing; 25 mm. Neallotype 3. Conco (ex. Belge) ; Ituri, Beni, (Kivu), iii.1947 (7. H. E. Jackson). Distribution. Conco (ex Belge): Kibale-Ituri; Semliki Valley, Beni, Itoa River. 16 T. H. E. JACKSON Group II. Hind wing below at the costal margin with one black transverse streak, proximal to the median streak. Telipna sanguinea sanguinea (P16tz) (Pl. 4, figs. 49, 52) Pentila acraea var. sanguinea Plétz, 1880 : 198. Type: Victoria (Berlin?). Liptena anneckei Dewitz, 1886 : 427, pl. II. Type: Mukenge. Liptena sanguinea sanguinea (Plé6tz) Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1887 : 2, pl. I, figs. 3, 4. Telipna mariae Dufrane, 1945 : 112 [9], Syn. n. Type 2: Congo (ex Belge): Kivu; Kamituga. Telipna sanguinea f. bistrigata Aurivillius, 1925 : 7. A well known species with a subspecies in Uganda; subapical white spots variable but usually large, especially in the female, the spot in 4 occasionally absent or very small; one proximal costal streak in hind wing below. The type of mariae Dufrane has been received through the kindness of Monsieur L. A. Berger and the Director of I.R.S.N.B., Brussels. It is a typical female of sanguinea Plotz. The type of f. bistrigata Aurivillius has also been received from the Naturhistoriska Riks- museum, Stockholm; the fore wings in this specimen are badly rubbed, but from the hind wings it appears to be a normal male of sanguinea. The underside also is typical. It came from north of Lake Edward. The “ rubbing ”’ in the fore wings may be due to lack of pigment on emergence from the pupa. Distribution. NIGERIA: Calabar, Ikoni; CAMEROONS: Mamfe, Victoria; CoNnGo (ex Belge): Kibale-Ituri, Epulu, Beni, Kamituga; Eala, Equateur; Paulis; Uele, Haut Lornarni; Kapanga; Lake Edward. Telipna sanguinea depuncta Talbot (Pl. 4, figs. 53, 56) Telipna sanguinea depuncta Talbot, 1937 : 59. Type g: Uganda, Tero Forest, Buddu; 9: Mpanga Forest, Toro. Distinguished by the much larger white subapical spots in both sexes; in the female these are broad and rounded, about 3 mm. wide. Distribution. UGANDA: all forested areas. Telipna medjensis Holland (Pl. 5, fig. 61) Telipna medjensis Holland, 1920 : 214, pl. XII, fig. 8 [9]. Type: Congo (ex Belge), Kibale-Ituri; Medje. (Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg). This species seems to belong to Group II. The 9 type is unique, but from the figure and description it is a good species. On the underside fore wing as stated by REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA 17 Holland, “ the entire apical region, save immediately on the costa, is immaculately yellowish red’’. This is not the case in any other species known to me. Further there is only one costal streak in the fore wing below, that proximal to the white subapical spots. Distribution. CoNGo (ex Belge): Kibale-Ituri; Medje; only known from the type. Telipna nyanza Neave (Pl. 4, figs. 54, 57) Telipna nyanza Neave, 1904 : 335, pl. I, fig. 19. Type: Entebbe. (Hope Department, Oxford). Red areas very large as in all this group, leaving, on fore wing, only a very narrow black costal border and on hind wing a black marginal band of only 2mm. Sub- apical spots of fore wing small, that in 4 very small or absent, that in 6 shifted basad as in vuspiniodes Schultze and katangae Stempffer, a small white streak in 7; one proximal costal streak in hind wing below. Distribution. CoNnco (ex Belge): Lubudi and Lufupa Rivers; UGANpDa: All forests. Telipna erica Suffert (Pl. 4, figs. 55 and 58) Telipna erica Suffert, 1904 : 41. Type 2: Cameroon, Barombi (Berlin.) Telipna erica Suffert; Aurivillius (im Seitz), 1914 : 302, pl. 61e. Telipna acraea 9, f. nigra Suffert, 1904 : 42. The type of this species was examined through the kindness of the authorities in Berlin. It is a female and differs from all other species by the large white marginal spots on fore wing above and by the very short costal streaks on hind wing below, of which there are two including the median. On hind wing above two rows of white spots, marginal and submarginal. A male of this apparently very rare species was received from Moyen Congo and is described as under: 6. Upperside. Fore wing. Black, with three white subapical spots in 4—6, that in 6 being the largest; a white streak in 7; red area large, leaving only a narrow black costal border and almost reaching the margin in 1; a fine black stigma at cell end. Hind wing. As in the female, a double row of white spots marginal and submarginal. Underside. Agrees well with the female, two costal streaks hind wing, all very short. Length of fore wing; 22 mm. Neallotype g. REP. Du Conco: Moyen Congo, Kelle, x.1962. (I. H.E. Jackson). A specimen has been received recently by request from Berlin of Telipna acraea 2. f. nigra Suffert. It bears on the bottom of the pin an MLS. label stating, ‘‘ Type, Telipna acraea f{. nigra Suffert’’. Higher up on the pin is another M.S. label, ENTOM. 23, I 2 18 T. H. E. JACKSON “ Telipna erica Suffert. Type’’, and a red Type label with no number. The type of erica, a female, has already been received from Berlin and photographed and this specimen does not differ in any way from the type, moreover it comes from the same place, i.e. Cameroon: Barombi. The synonomy above is given on the strength of this specimen which is the only one which can be found in Berlin, but it is possible that this is not Suffert’s 9 f. migra. Distribution. CAMEROONS: Barombi (Preuss); REP. DU Conco: Moyen Congo, Kelle. Telipna consanguinea consanguinea Rebel (Pl. 5, figs. 59, 62) Telipna consanguinea Rebel, 1914: 262. Type 3$: Congo (ex Belge), Beni. (Vienna). 2 Telipna consanguinea Rebel; Schultze, 1923 : 1150. Type 9: Sud-Kamerum, Molundu. Probably destroyed in Hamburg. Telipna consanguinea ab. 9 exstincta Schultze, 1923 : 1150, fig. 49. Type 2: Moyen Congo, Ouesso—probably destroyed in Hamburg. Red areas very dark above and below; two white subapical spots above in fore wing, in 5 and 6, occasionally, in the female, a small white streak in 7, all spots well separated; one costal streak proximal to the median streak in hind wing below. A photo of the type g has been examined, through the courtesy of Dr. Kasy, in Vienna, and it agrees exactly with the species so named in the author’s collection and in B.M.N.H., except that the white apical spots are inclined to be larger in Ugandan specimens. The female was described by Schultze from S. Cameroon. I have not seen this specimen and it is possible that it does not belong; a description of the true 9 is given below. 9. Upperside. Fore wing. Red areas slightly larger than in the male; two white subapical spots a little larger than in the male; hind wing as in the male. A replacement Neallotype is designated. Length of fore wing; 25 mm. Neallotype 9. UGANDA: Mpanga Forest, Mpigi, iv.1959 (7. H. E. Jackson). Distribution. ConcGo (ex Belge): Equateur; Eala, Kibale-Ituri; Lake Tumba; Beni; UGANDA: Bwamba. Note. The specimen, a male, allocated here from Lake Tumba, appears to belong to this species, but differs as follows; it is larger and darker above and below; on the underside the black patch containing the white subapical spots is larger and the costal hind wing streaks are larger and thicker. The specimens from the localities cited by Schultze in S. Cameroon have not been examined. They were probably in Hamburg and have been destroyed, and the locality sounds most unlikely. Q ab. exstincta was said to differ by the reduction of the triangular costal streak in fore wing below. REVUSLON OF GENUS FELL N A 19 Telipna consanguinea ugandae Baker comb. n. (Pl. 5, figs. 60, 63) Telipna erica ugandae Baker, 1926 : 388. Type: Uganda, Toro. This insect is a subspecies of consanguinea Rebel and has nothing to do with erica Suffert. It is distinguished by the larger subapical spots, especially in the female, in which they are united into a broad band. Distribution. UGANDA: all forests except Bwamba where the nominate subspecies occurs. Telipna katangae Stempffer (Pl. 5, figs. 64, 66) Telipna katangae Stempffer, 1961 : 9. Types: Congo (ex Belge), Kapanga. (coll. Stempffer, Paris). Very similar to consanguinea Rebel differing as follows; three subapical spots in 5~7, with a minute dot in 4, that in 6 shifted basad out of line; cilia more conspicuously white, so that in hind wing there are two rows of white spots, marginal and submarginal; slightly larger than consanguinea; underside very similar, but distal black margin in fore wing enlarged in 1 and 2, enclosing two triangular spots of the ground colour. A small series from near Coquilhatville appear to belong here. Distribution. Conco (ex Belge): Haut Lomami; Kapanga, Sandoa; Equateur; Kafakumba, Coquilhatville, Lake Tumba, Paulis, Eala. Telipna ruspinoides Schultze (Pl. 5, figs. 65, 67) Telipna ruspinoides Schultze, 1923 : 1151, fig. 50. Type: Siid-Kamerun, Owong. Similar to katangae Stempffer, but subapical white spots in fore wing large in 4—6, occasionally a trace of a streak in 7 in the female, the large spot in 6 shifted basad out of line; cilia very con- spicuously white; on the underside the first costal streak is divided into two spots. Schultze based this species on two examples (g) from Owéng and Kom Félle in S. Cameroon, but did not fix a type. As these specimens were probably destroyed in Hamburg a NEOTYPE male is proposed here. The female has not been described. 9. Fore wing costal band narrower than in the Neotype ¢ and not invading the cell. Hind wing marginal band broader than in the 3, the orange-red area more angled towards the outer margin. NEOTYPE ¢. CAMEROONS: Bitje, Ja River, dry season (G. L. Bates). Neallotype 9. Fr. Eguat. Arr.: Moyen Congo, Feb., 1959 (T. H. E. Jackson), 20 T. H. E. JACKSON Distribution. CAMEROONS (ex Brit.): Mamfe; NiGerta: Calabar, Ndebije; S. CAMEROON: Owing, Kom Félle. Note. In Peters’ Check List, 1952, there are two entries which are quite inexpli- cable; p. 91, Telipna acraea f. rothi Grose-Smith and Telipna erica parva Kirby. The former is a good species and the latter is the eastern subspecies of Ptelina carnuta Hewitson, parva is mentioned again in its correct place. I have been unable to find the following; acraeoides laplumet Devos, 1919. Species incorrectly placed to Telipna. Ptelina carnuta Hewitson Pentila carnuta Hewitson, 1873 : 125 Type: Gabon. Telipna carnuta (Hewitson) Aurivillius (im Seitz), 1914. Pl. 61e. Ptelina carnuta (Hewitson) Clench, 1965 : 271-273. Durbania carnuta (Hewitson) Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1895 : 91, Pl. XXI, figs. 1, 2. Telipna kamitugensis Dufrane, 1945. Type: Congo (ex Belge), Kamitugu. The type of Telipna kamitugensis Dufrane has been examined through the courtesy of the Director of I.R.S.N.B., Brussels. It lacks an abdomen, but appears to be a male of Ptelina carnuta Hewitson. Above it is typical of this species, but has a small black discocellular spot on hind wing above, present also in a female in this collection. Below the hind wing marginal band is broader, but I do not think this is more than an individual variation. Ptelina carnuta parva (Kirby) Liptena parva Kirby, 1887 : 362. Liptena parva Kirby; Grose-Smith & Kirby, 1888 : 15, figs. 1-4. Ptelina subhyalina (Joicey & Talbot) Telipna subhyalina Joicey & Talbot, 1921 : 78. Telipna actinotina Lathy Telipna actinotina Lathy, 1903 : 194. Type: Nigeria, Ogruga. Telipna actinotina Lathy Aurivillius (in Seitz), 1914, Pl. 62a. Acraea actinotina (Lathy) Peters, 1952 : 88. T. G. Howarth of the B.M. N.H. states that Lathy misplaced the species and this was apparently corrected by Neave, according to a label in the collection, who placed it to the genus Acraea. Peters gives the date as 1915 for this correction, but no reference to this can be found. Three examples of this rare species were taken by Mr. R. G. T. St. Leger in December, 1959 at Ahoda, E. Nigeria. REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA 21 Pentila rogersi (H. Druce) Telipna rogersi H. Druce, 1907 : 78. Type: 14 m. from Mombasa, Rabai. (Oxford.) Pentila rogersi (H. Druce) Stempffer, 1954 : 7-8. Telipna rogersi H. Druce; Aurivillius (im Seitz) 1914 : 302. This species is now in Pentila. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS My thanks are due to Monsieur L. A. Berger of M.R.A.C., Tervuren, the Director, I.R.S.N.B., Brussels, and to Dr. H. Hannemann of Berlin for the loan of their types; to Dr. F. Kasy of Vienna for photographs of their types; to the Director, Natur- historiska Riksmuseum, Stockholm for the loan of the type of sanguinea bistrigata Aurivillius; to the Director, Mus. Civico Storia Nat., Genoa, for photographs of the series of Telipna albofasciata Aurivillius; to the Curator, University Museum, Oxford. Without the co-operation of the above this paper could not have been written. To the Keeper and staff of the B.M.N.H. and particularly to Captain N. D. Riley, C.B.E., T. G. Howarth, G. Tite, and N. H. Bennett for much help in arranging the plates, completing the distributions etc.; and finally to Monsieur H. Stempffer of Paris for reading and correcting this paper. REFERENCES AURIVILLIUS, C. 1898. Rhopalocera aethiopica. Ofvers. K. VetenskAkad. Férh. 31 (5), 561 pp., figs. 1910. Schmetterlinge gesammelt in Westafrika von L. Fea in dem Jahren 1897-1902. Annali Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Giacomo Doria (3) 4 : 494-530. 1914. In Seitz, Macrolepidoptera of the World 13. Stuttgart. 1925. Zoological Results of the Swedish Expedition to Central Africa 1921. Insecta. 12. Lepidoptera. Ark. Zool. 17a (32) : 1-20. BAKER, G.T.B. 1926. Descriptions of new species of Rhopalocera from the Ethiopian Region. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 17 : 384-402. Dewitz, H. 1886. Neue westafrikanische Tagsschmetterlinge. Dt. ent. Z. 30 (2) : 427-430. DouBLEDAY, E., WEstwoop, J. O. & Hewitson, W. C. 1846-1852. The genera of diurnal Lepidoptera. London : 534 pp., figs. Druce, H.H. 1907. Descriptions of some new Butterflies from Tropical Africa. Tvans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1907 : 77-82. 1910. Descriptions of new Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae from tropical West Africa. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1910 : 356-378. DUFRANE, A. 1945. Lépidoptéres du Kivu. Bull. Annls Soc. ent. Belg. 81 : 90-143. GrosE-SmitH, H. 1898. Descriptions of new species of African butterflies in the Tring Museum. Novit. zool.5 : 350-358. GrosE-SmiTH, H. & Kirpy, W. F. 1887-1902. Rhopalocera Exotica. London. 3 vols. HeEwitson, W.C. 1862-1878. TIilustrations of diurnal Lepidoptera. Lycaenidae. London. HoLianp, W. J. 1920. Lepidoptera of the Congo. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 43 (6) : 109— 368, figs. HutstaErt, G. 1924. Lycaenidae nouveaux des collections du Musée du Congo Belge. Revue zool. afr. 12 : 112-122, 173-194. Joicry, J. J. & Tatsot, G. 1921. New Lepidoptera collected by T. A. Barns in east central Africa. 2. New forms of Rhopalocera. Bull. Hill Mus. Witley 1 : 44-118, figs. Kirspy, W. F. 1887. Descriptions of new species of Papilionidae, Pieridae and Lycaenidae. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 360-368. 22 REVISION OF GENUS TELIPNA Latuy, P. I. 1903. An account of a collection of Rhopalocera made on the Anambara Creek in Nigeria. Tvans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1903 : 183-206, figs. NEAVE, S. A. 1804. On a large collection of Rhopalocera from the shores of the Victoria Nyanza. WNovit. zool. 11 : 323-360. PETERS, W. 1952. \ ~ . \ . : i) ee > | \ Ke : Ase fers See ON . NARBOROUGH | \ 1 RE 9 \ Be DUNCAN | INDE FAITIGABLE ‘ \ (za) } 4 BARRINGTON 1, J : : } <4 pat e CHATHAM 1 : ALBEMARLE |1 ae ¥ l - ie / / / ( Brgy * GARDNER |, uae . Fae a, F pte Siar HOOD 1 4 sigh trashe ve ee eke 7 ne Od Marr. Area of distribution of S. melanocera (dotted line) and S. litovosa (interrupted line). ACRIDOIDEA OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 35 The difference of means between these two species is: in males 0-41, standard error + 0:04, ¢ 9:37, df 264, P a". Ce - REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) PART V V. G. L. van SOMEREN BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. 4 LONDON: 1969 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) PART V BY: V. G. L. van SOMEREN yy . P.O. Box 24947, Karen, Kenya Pp. 75-166; 8 Maps, 29 Plates, 31 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. 4 LONDON: 1969 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted im 1949, ts issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. In 1965 a@ separate supplementary series of longer papers was instituted, numbered serially for each Department. This paper is Vol. 23, No. 4 of the Entomological series. The abbreviated titles of periodicals cited follow those of the World List of Scientific Periodicals. World List abbreviation : Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) © Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History) 1969 TRUSTEES “OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) Issued 11 April, 1969 Price £4 Ios. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) PART V By V. G. L. van SOMEREN CONTENTS Page SYNOPSIS , ; : : oF 1. SUPPLEMENTARY Notes AND ADDENDA 6 ON SPECIES PREVIOUSLY DEALT WITH . : 77 2. THE Charaxes cedreatis- vetula CoMPLeX . AND Charaxes chepalungu—a NEW SPECIES : : : ‘ 2 : : : : 84 Systematic List . : gI 3. Charaxes virilis ROTHSCHILD, Ch. ie STAUDINGER, Ch. morthcoit ROTHSCHILD AND Ch. mafuga sP.N. . : , : , : 92 Systematic List . : ; : ‘ z ‘ : ‘ 98 4. THE Charaxes etheocles COMPLEX . F ‘ : ; ; : 98 Systematic List . ; ; : : : : 3 ‘ 114 5. Charaxes grahamei sP. N. : } ‘ j II5 6. Charaxes contrarius WEYMER AND Charéxes Peldess SP. ies ‘ ; 119 7. Charaxes baileyi VAN SOMEREN , : : : . ‘ ‘ 122 Systematic List . , : : : 125 8. Charaxes viola BUTLER AND ITS SUBSPECIES AND FORMS : : : 125 Systematic List. ‘ : Ff ‘ : ‘ ; ; 147 9. Charaxes cynthia BUTLER . : : : , A : : 149 Systematic List . : : é : ‘ ‘ ; : 159 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ; ; , , i ; : ; 5 160 REFERENCES . : ; ; : : : : ; ‘ : 165 INDEX . : : : : : : 5 ; : : ; 165 SYNOPSIS In this paper three new subspecies and two new forms are described of species already dealt with in previous parts of the Bulletin and four new species, six new subspecies and thirteen new forms are described. I. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES AND ADDENDA ON SPECIES PREVIOUSLY DEALT WITH Charaxes acuminatus Thurau (van Someren, 1963 : 211-220) Charaxes acuminatus obudoensis ssp. n. (Pl. 28, figs. 243, 246) Tuts distinct race is represented by several specimens of both sexes, collected by Mr. R. G. T. St. Leger on the Obudo Plateau at 5,200 ft. in eastern Nigeria, formerly ENTOM. 23, 4. 8 78 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN part of British Cameroons. The discovery of this race extends the range of Ch. acuminatus very considerably to the west. Mae. Fore wing length 46 mm. Apex of wing strongly acuminate, tapering and slightly flattened at end of costa, typical of the species. Upperside. esembles somewhat Ch. a. cotivelli of the Mwinilunga area of N.W. Zambia in general appearance, but differs markedly by the restricted and more defined bluish white basal areas of both wings; the distal portions of the wings are a richer orange, with the dark pattern more defined. Underside. Generally darker in ground colour, but somewhat variable in rufous brownish tones, with a strong satiny sheen on distal borders; oblique dark line strong. FEMALE. Fore wing length 53 mm. Apex slightly more attenuated than in the male. Upperside. Pattern generally similar. Underside. Darker more greyish olive. Holotype male. E. NIGERIA: Obudo Plateau, 5,200 ft., 12. xii. 1963 (R. G. T. St. Leger). InB.M. (N.H.). Allotype female. E. NIGERIA: Obudo Plateau, 25.v.1965 (R. G. T. St. Leger). In B.M. (N.H.). Charaxes druceanus Butler (van Someren, 1963 : 228-240) Charaxes druceanus tectonis Jordan (Pl. 29, figs. 251, 254) Charaxes tectonis Jordan, 1937: 324. Type male, Cameroon, Maungli. Charaxes druceanus tectonis Jordan; van Someren, 1963 : 230-231. Originally described as a species, possibly allied to Charaxes eudoxus or “ fallax” Richels = richelmanni Rob., tectonts was placed by me (1963) as a subspecies of druceanus, for reasons stated. Some doubt was expressed as to whether the under- side pattern of the unique type could be typical of the race as a whole, in view of the fact that very similar variations had been noted in other subspecies of druceanus. This doubt has now been dispelled as a result of the capture of additional specimens on the Obudo Plateau, eastern Nigeria (at one time part of the territory included within the Kamerun, then under German control, subsequently administered by Britain under Mandate). These specimens were taken by Mr. R. G. T. St. Leger in 1964-65, but all were males, exhibiting a reasonable constancy of underside pattern and agreeing with that of the type, i.e. suppression of the broad silvery discal bars of fore and hind wings, but otherwise conforming to the druceanus pattern below and above. Mr. St. Leger supports my view that tectonts is a subspecies of druceanus. During a brief visit to Nigeria over the Easter vacation, 1966, a young friend of mine visited the Obudo Plateau in company of Mr. St. Leger, and by the extensive use of baited traps, he was fortunate in securing not only males but also two examples of the hitherto unknown female. These latter exhibit the broad silvery white bars on the underside, characteristic of druceanus, thus supplying corroborative evidence that tectonts is a race of that species. FEMALE. Fore wing length 38mm. Upperside. Base of fore wing dark chestnut; black spots in the cell and through the discal line and on the distal portion of the wing as in the male; REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 79 the series of spots forming the discal and postdiscal pattern as in the male, but orange-ochreous, the marks in 1a—3 coalescing, those of the postdiscal series rather more rufous; margin with distinct rufous spots, double in 1b. Hind wing pattern generally similar to that of the male, but the basal triangle more blackish brown; the discal band defined on the inner border and almost straight, extending from the costa, where it is 7mm. wide, gradually decreasing in width to above anal angle, colour orange-ochreous, shaded with rufous on outer border. Black band broad, carrying blue spots in 2-3, double at anal angle; marginal border with well defined orange-ochre contiguous lunules, accentuated by a marginal black line; margin rather serrate below 5; tails longish, upper 7 mm., lower 6 mm., followed by some olive at anal lobe. Underside. Fore wing subcostal area and bases of 1b—4 chestnut; the subcostal black marks broadly outlined in silver; sub-basal black marks in 1b—3 strongly black; the discal-postdiscal band whitish, shaded with orange on edges, followed by a series of black lunules of decreasing size from 1b to subapex, slightly accentuated by bluish white; marginal border rufous, with greyish olive rays along veins. Hind wing basal area chestnut, with black lines strongly edged in silvery white, the black angled line crossing 1b—Ic to inner fold. Discal band, widest at costa and almost straight along inner edge, tapers to above the anal angle where it crosses the inner fold at right angles; postdiscal chestnut bar widest at 3, fading to ochreous olive to above the anal angle and is distally bordered by a submarginal zone of greyish olive, flushed with rufous scales, the zone outlined in black, the black lines forming a double ocellus at anal lobe. Marginal border orange-tawny, paler between tails, more olive at anal lobe; margin black. Neallotype female. E. NIGERIA: Obudo Plateau, 5,200 ft., 16.iv.66 (Stephen Collins). Another rather damaged female taken in trap, same data, in Coll. J. Brock. Charaxes pythodoris occidens van Someren Charaxes pythodoris occidens van Someren, 1963 : 223. When I described this subspecies from several males taken in the Central African Republic (French Congo) at Ouesso and Mambili, the female was unknown. It has now been discovered in the Bangui district of the Central African Republic, and I am indebted to Mr. J. Plantrou for a colour photograph of this female. It is very similar in general appearance to the male, having the same strong blue areas on both wings; the upper blue spots of the discal row larger; the submarginal blue spots in the hind wing more strongly developed. Fore wing length 52mm. Size larger than the male, but the fore wing less incised on outer border; the hind wing more rounded. CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC: Bangui, i.1964 (P. Quonian), in Coll. Plantrou. Charaxes schoutedeni Ghesquiére (PL<20) 112.257) Charaxes schoutedeni Ghesquiére; van Someren, 1964 : 220. By an unfortunate oversight I omitted to give a photograph of the unique type of this insect when I dealt with this species in some detail, pointing out that it differed in many important respects from the race of Charaxes smaragdalis leopoldi Ghesquiére of the southern Congo. Monsieur Jacques Plantrou has recently sent me photos of leopoldi from Brazza- ville which he suggests are transitional toward schoutedeni and, though exhibiting 80 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN an extension of the blue in the fore wing toward the base of the cell, nevertheless have the large subapical bluish white spot of the fore wing concave and not convex; moreover, the submarginal blue spots of the hind wing are small, compared with the large spots of schoutedeni. Furthermore, the undersides do not agree. Until more specimens of schoutedeni are obtained from the type locality its exact status cannot be decided. Charaxes penricei tanganyikae van Someren Chavaxes penvicei tanganyikae van Someren, 1966 : 67. 2 form caerulescens forma n. (PI. 29, figs. 255, 256) Fore wing length 40mm. Upperside. Similar in pattern to the white-barred form of this subspecies, but the hind portion of the broad discal bar and the broad discal band on the hind wing strongly flushed with blue. The fore wing subcostal spots white. Holotype female. TANZANIA: Kigoma district, Mihumo, vi.1965 (Japanese Primate Expedition). To be deposited in B.M. (N.H.). Charaxes berkeleyi van Someren & Jackson (Text-figs. 10-11 [aedeagus]) Charaxes berkeleyi van Someren & Jackson; 1957 : 52. Charaxes berkeleyi van Someren & Jackson; van Someren, 1966 : 74. This species was described from the progeny of two females captured in the Karen area of Ngong, Kenya. Details of the families are given in the original publication. Since then, several additional families have been bred from known parents. These families confirm the general characteristics on which the species was based. The species was redescribed in detail in the first section of my revisions dealing with the “Black Charaxes ”’ in 1966 (op. cit.). Two interesting variations were raised in a recent family and deserve mention. 2 form ngonga forma n. (Pl. 29, figs. 249, 250) Upperside. Similar to the nominate form in pattern, but the fore wing spots in the discal row larger and creamy white; the postdiscal spots small and creamy; the hind wing band is white with strong bluish on borders. Underside. Pattern similar to that of the nominate form but the discal bars are whitish. A slight variant has the fore wing discal spots white, but the postdiscal spots are orange. Range: The distribution of Ch. berkeleyi, as known at the time the species was redescribed in 1966, was given in some detail; it has now been discovered that the species occurs on the west side of the Rift Valley and extends in a north-west direc- tion to the eastern side of Mt. Elgon, but in a distinct form worthy of subspecific rank, which is now described. (Map 1). REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES ote Fo [s) * Ss oa, e * Ses L.Rudolf f #4 ‘2 aE UGANDA : Mt. Kulal Ps * my Mt. Marsabit] < : Mt. Nyiru ii “ana das? ; it ponds Messe : Cherangani es : 3, 2 wets @: Kitale> ae KENYA i$ *¢ Mathews iy Fang 2 5 ; 2 ° i“ =r mbeni 0 Kavirondo, Gulf : ° bite 2 ¢ 4 Kericho} 4 =~ . ? Mh 3 Mau, 5.7 es Pececcesenesecseseces's ss ‘en Fo 4 © Oey Chepalungu Mau-Narock ¢ = : A L. Victoria coe if iNS@Nairobi Forests rake: A) L. Magadi Mua Hills Oo SS, | MYR, FOREST RESERVES Relative distribution uy of sree ~ “te, hyulu * * Charaxes berkeleyi. eo, Soyuly Ma 7% ‘ * & C. baileyi. Oe 3 Cn he Kilimanjaro “2 ™ = C. evansi evansi. diane eo ce \ +" test Mt. Meru” TANZANIA 81 82 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Charaxes berkeleyi masaba ssp. n. (Pl. 29, figs. 252, 253) FEMALE. Fore wing length 38mm. Upperside. The pattern differs from the nominate race by having larger and more strongly orange spots in the fore wing and having a wider discal band in the hind wing especially in the subcostal region. Underside. Pattern generally similar to that of the nominate race but bolder; the ground colour exhibiting the same variation, either cold greyish or warm brownish. (Pl. 29, fig. 252.) A slight variant may have the fore wing spots less strongly orange and thus very similar to the nominate, but the hind wing bar is always broader. Variation. Some specimens exhibit a tendency for the discal and postdiscal spots of the fore wing to be slightly or strongly rayed or conjoined. There is thus a marked general similarity to the upperside pattern of some examples of Charaxes etheocles evansi van Someren which flies in the same area, and they could be easily confused. (Pl. 29, fig. 253). Mate. This resembles the male of the nominate race, having well developed blue subcostal marks in the fore wing and a decided greenish postdiscal line in the hind wing. It is of interest to note that the genitalia of berkeleyi differs markedly from that of Ch. etheocles evansi van Someren though the general facies of the upper sides are very similar. Holotype female. N.W. Kenya: East Mt. Elgon, Teldet Estate, 1963. (Coll. Lloyd.) Range: Most numerous in the east Elgon area from 7,000 ft. in the riverine forests and on the lower slopes at Endebess; also noted in the forest around the Keringet Dam in the Kapenguria area. It thus has a considerable overlap with Ch. e. evansi, with which it has hitherto been confused. These two main aggregates, each with its restricted range, east and west of the Rift Valley, are however partially bridged by a “cline’’, the members of which, though conforming in the main to the nominate race as regards pattern, have the fore wing spots richly coloured orange-ochre to tawny orange as in the race masaba. This cline occupies intermediate territory, west of the Rift in the Visoi-Kilombe Hill area and along the Elgeyu Escarpment to Kaptagat. Biological Note. Food plants: there is no doubt that the principal food plant of the nominate race in the Ngong-Kikuyu-Nyeri areas is Albizia gummifera (Gmel.) (Leguminosae). This is also the food plant of the cline found in the Visoi-Kilombe Hill area. But, as mentioned in the original description of the species, 1957, females do occasionally lay on Ochna insculpta Scleumer (Ochnaceae), and on Scutia myrtina Kurz (Rhamnaceae). A few specimens were raised on Scutia on the Kinangop area. The early stages, larvae and pupa have been described (op. cit., 1957). Charaxes xiphares kilimensis ssp. n. (Pl. 28, figs. 244-245, 247-248) This new subspecies of Ch. xiphares belongs to the north-eastern group of the species which, at the present, includes brevicaudatus Sch., maudei J. & T., desmondi van Som. and kulal van Som., in which the females exhibit a departure from the usual female pattern of the more southern group, most of which have a large ochre patch in the disc of the hind wing. In the northern group the hind wing discal REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 83 patch is white with strong blue scaling on the borders or overall. The fore wing discal bar is white, while the postdiscal spots, which are pronounced, are ochreous to orange-ochre. This new subspecies from western slopes of Mt. Kilimanjaro exhibits characters which place it intermediate between brevicaudatus of the northern end of Lake Nyasa and the southern highlands of Tanzania, which has very short tails in both sexes, and mauder of the Usambara Mts., and possibly the Ulugurus, which has very long tails in both male and female. Mate. Fore wing length 49mm. Upperside. Ground colour deep blue-black with strong blue sheen in side light, base of costa browner. Discal blue spots rather small, two spots just beyond end of cell, upper one a streak, spot below larger, spot sub-basal in 4 larger and round, spot below it in 3 more elongate but smaller with a minute dot beyond, no spot in 2 and spot in 1b small and round, but mark in 1a an elongate streak widest proximally and tapering toward postdiscal line. Postdiscal series: two subapical in 8-7 white, spots in 6-4 slightly smaller and blue, spot in 3 slightly larger, that in rb double. Margin without orange spots except for a slight indication in 1b. Hind wing with a large discal bluish white patch not reaching beyond 5, with strong blue suffusion on the borders, represented at the subcosta by a discrete blue spot; in the postdiscal row there are two discrete blue spots in the upper sector, but there are confluent blue marks on the outer border of the discal patch, with black scaling in between. Submarginal blue spots distinct from 2-6; border of wing with rufous orange lunules from anal angle to 6, edged with black. Tails black, of about equal length, 4mm. Underside. Fore wing ground colour earthy grey with a slight brassy tint, the whole with a satiny sheen in side light except in mid areas of 1 and 2, which are dull; the base of the wing olive crossed by narrow black lines outlined in white; the discal spots represented in olive, proximally edged with black with a suggestion of white in between; the postdiscal spots: the two upper subapical spots ochreous, the rest golden olive, the tornal mark olive to greyish distally with conspicuous double half moon, black in centre, spot in 2 above with slight black distally. Margin with very obscure olive marks, more obvious in 1b and 2. Hind wing ground colour as fore, the sub-base crossed with zigzag olive line narrowly edged in black; the distal zone more bronzy, with a zigzag narrow whitish line from costa to 2, a narrow black line through end of cell area. Postdiscal series of spots from costa to anal angle golden olive, narrowly edged with black proximally, the mark in the anal angle a long crescent double-edged in black; submarginal spots bluish grey, those toward the anal angle with black dot distally; marginal lunules golden olive, more greenish at anal angle; margin black with very narrow white fringe. Tails mostly black with olive mid line at base. FEMALE. Fore wing length 55mm. Upperside. Ground colour purplish brown-black in basal triangle, blacker on distal half of wing. Disc of wing crossed by a broad white curved band extending from the costa to hind margin, consisting of four elongate white marks, including white area on costa, beyond end of cell followed by an off-oval spot sub-basal in 3, the mark in 2 more elongate somewhat pear-shaped, the white mark in 1b double, small mark above, that below a blunted triangle, followed by a long streak in 1a, the marks in 1a, 1b shaded with violet scales. Postdiscal spots distinct, a large subcostal subapical mark is whitish and rounded, spot in 6 smaller, those in 5—2 smaller and orange in colour, mark in 1b double and contiguous with the discal marks. Margin with slight internervular orange marks, double in 1b. Hind wing ground colour black in basal triangle, more purplish black in dark border; disc of wing with large violet-blue patch, more whitish toward bases of 5—6, with a large whitish quadrate mark at subcosta in 8; the discal patch itself shaded with violet and on its distal border is a series of dyslegnic rounded orangish marks from 2-5. Submargin with a series of lilac-blue spots, distinct from anal angle to 5; inner margin with strong orange border of confluent lunules which shade to olive-green at anal angle; margin black with narrow white fringe. Tails black, 5 mm. long. Underside. Ground colour as in the male. Basal triangle of fore wing with series of 84 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN strong black lines margined with bluish white, three crossing the cell and two at end of cell, with a black spot sub-basal in 1b and at sub-base with a short bar in 2. The discal white bar conspicuously outlined proximally in black; postdiscal spot white in subapical area, then increas- ingly orange to 1b, with the double black spot in 1b and 2 strongly marked; admargin with slight orange lunules strongest in 1b. Hind wing ground colour as fore; fine black lines outlined in white at basel triangle; discal bar represented by a pale ochre-greyish band, dyslegnic on its outer border but edged internally by a narrow black and white zigzag line; postdiscal series of rather indistinct ochreous lunules, shaded brownish in lower half, slightly more olive and more defined above anal angle; submarginal series of greyish lunules, broadly edged with black distally, touch the marginal orange-ochre lunules which shade to olive at the anal angle; extreme edge black. Holotype male. TANZANIA: Lower slopes of West Kilimanjaro at Maua Estate, ix.1966 (Collector Edmund, for Major Grahame). Allotype female. Taken in the same locality, ii.1964 (A. F. Brown). Both deposited in the B.M. (N.H.). Range: This subspecies is at present known only from the West Kilimanjaro area. 2. THE CHARAXES CEDREATIS-VETULA Complex When Rothschild & Jordan published their monograph of Charaxes in 1898-1900, the position of many of the black males, so confusingly alike, was left in doubt; equally so, the many female forms, which could not be associated with any given males, were left in a state of chaos. Typical of this confusion are the many names, to which they added several, all lumped under the oldest named form, namely Charaxes etheocles (Cramer, 1777). They predicted however that in the course of time, with more extensive collecting and breeding from known parents, this aggregate would be divided into authentic species and subspecies. A tentative re-classification of the complex was put forward by van Someren & Jackson (1952). This was based on considerable field work, breeding from known females and a re-assessment of the vast amount of material in the B.M. (N.H.), which now combines the bequests by Rothschild, Joicey & Levick, together with numerous large collections donated in the past fifty years. Very considerable use was made of collections in Continental and African museums and in private collec- tions. During the past decade, particular attention has been paid to verifying published records by examining the actual specimens, to mapping the distribution of most of the species within this complex and to breeding them where possible. Charaxes cedreatis was described by Hewitson in 1874, based on two specimens, one of which was selected as type and recorded as a male; in fact both are females. The locality was given as ‘‘ West Africa ’’, but Hewitson refers to these specimens again in 1876, and gives the restricted locality of the type as Fernando Po. Roths- child however placed cedreatis as one of the numerous female forms of etheocles Cramer, 1777. In 1932 I suggested that cedreatis Hewitson, protocedreatis Poulton and lutacea Rothschild were sexes of one species, based upon the evidence of bred families from cedreatis females. I did not however completely disassociate it from “ etheocles”’ s. l., but this was done by van Someren & Jackson (1952). REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 85 When we reviewed this species, it seemed reasonable from the evidence before us, to recognize two races, a northern and a southern, based on slight differences in the male and considerable colour differences in the females. All the northern females were cedreatis, and the very few from the southern zone were vetula Roths- child, which we considered to be a form of cedreatis. We made a bad mistake, how- ever, in recording the type locality of vetula as Ogowe River in Angola instead of in Gabon! Thus the type locality of vetula lies between the two places mentioned by Hewitson for cedreatis. It is also unfortunate that we selected as allotype male of vetula, a specimen taken at Geita, south of Lake Victoria, in Tanzania, where a female vetula had been captured, instead of one of the many male specimens taken in Gabon, but these we had placed as cedreatis cedreatis. Thus we overlooked that the two supposed races overlapped to a considerable extent. It has now been ascertained that vetula occurs in eastern Nigeria, below the Obudo Plateau (St. Leger in lit.). Moreover, as a result of recent collecting it has been shown that lutacea males and cedreatis extend to Katanga and to north-western Zambia, thus cutting right across the supposed range of vetula. Further to the north-east, in N.W. Kenya, vetula and cedreatis have been taken in the same forests and in one instance, in the same trap. It is therefore necessary to re-assess the species in the light of our present knowledge. Charaxes cedreatis cedreatis Hewitson (Pl. 1, figs. 1-6) Chavaxes cedreatis Hewitson, 1874 : 247, 3, 2 (W. Africa). Charaxes cedreatis Hewitson; Hewitson, 1876 : (Restricted locality, Fernando Po). Charaxes cartert Butler, 1881 : 108, 2 (Accra). Charaxes etheocles cedreatis Hewitson; Rothschild, 1900 : 484, 2 form. Charaxes etheocles lutacea Rothschild, 1900 : 485, ¢ form. (Beni, Congo). syn. n. Charaxes etheocles cedreatis Hewitson; van Someren & Rogers, 1932. Charaxes etheocles lutacea Rothschild; van Someren & Rogers, 1932. Charaxes cedveatis Hewitson; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 276. Charaxes cedreatis vetula Rothschild; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 277. It has been proved by breeding that /utacea Rothschild is the male of cedreatis. The males of this species exhibit little variation on the upperside; the number and size of the blue spots on the fore wing may vary slightly. The submarginal white spots on the hind wing, usually distinct, may be small or even obscured. On the underside, as in many species of this ‘“‘ black complex ”’, the tone of the ground colour may vary, and more particularly, the strength of the black and dark brown pattern may vary from very strongly to lightly marked. These variations are not related to any geographical area but may occur throughout the distribution of the species; they may occur in a single bred family. Mate. Fore wing length 35-36 mm. Shape slightly incurved at 3-4 on outer edge. Upper- side. Ground colour blue-black but with strong greenish sheen toward and at base; a small blue spot at upper end of cell, a larger subcostal spot in discal line; one or two bluish to white 86 V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN spots in subapex; marginal glaucous spots usually distinct, largest at the tornal angle at 1b. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, with slight greenish sheen over disc; there may be a trace of a greenish wavy postdiscal line most evident opposite the tails; submarginal linear white marks usually distinct, double at anal angle; border reddish above upper tail, or reddish mixed with greenish to anal angle; extreme edge black; tails moderately long, of about equal length, 4 mm. Underside. Ground colour sepia-brown, slightly browner on border; disc of fore wing with a satiny bar most evident and expanded at 4—5 and toward costa at end of cell; basal black marks usually strong up to discal line; postdiscal dark brownish spots often strong, black at tornus and outlined with greyish. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing; basal black line fine, divided by a satiny bar in sub-base and a more distinct wavy bar through discal line followed by a strong dark zone bearing the series of olive and maroon lunules which are usually strong; the border is more satiny and the submarginal line of whitish linear marks edged with black distally, strong. The margin is usually strongly reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle, which carries two black dots. Variation. Exhibiting little difference on the upper side, the underside ground colour is less strongly sepia, more greyish brown, thus the satiny bars are not in strong contrast, and the dark marks at the base and lower part of the fore wing much reduced. A similar suppression of pattern is seen in the hind wing. This type of variant is well illustrated in the male we selected and allocated to vetula of the Geita area. (Pl. 1, fig. 5.) However, typical /utacea also occurs with vetula females, as in Gabon. FEMALE. The type specimen is rather worn and somewhat faded. (Pl. 1, figs. 3, 4.) It exhibits certain features which are of interest from the point of view of evolution of pattern. Upperside. Ground colour from base of fore wing including most of the cell, the sub-base of 2, the basal area of 2b and most of 1a, dull tawny olive. A curved white bar crosses the wing from a white spot in upper part of end of cell followed by larger spots at base of 4, a larger mark basal in 3 in the discal line, a long mark in 2 and rb representing the fusion of white marks in discal and postdiscal lines; those in the postdiscal line represented in 3—5 by small white spots and larger ones in subapex in 6—7._ In addition there are two subcostal white dots in the upper discal line. Apical half of wing and outer border black, and pale whitish lunules are present on the margin, most obvious at the tornal angle. The hind wing is mostly tawny olive from the base to postdiscal line, represented at the costa by two discrete spots; the dark blackish border is narrow, widest at upper angle; the submarginal row of linear white marks distinct; marginal border above upper tail reddish then olive to anal angle. Underside. Ground colour brownish grey with slight olive tone; fore wing basal area with strong black marks. Pattern of above represented as whitish marks in the curved bar and as pale spots in the apical half of the wing. Black marks at and above the tornus strong. Hind wing pattern rather subdued; submarginal pale line fairly clear; margin reddish above upper tail, olive to anal angle. (Pl. 1, fig. 4.) Although form cedreatis has the widest range, and indeed is the only form recorded from most of W. Africa, with the exception of type vetwla from Gabon and another specimen from eastern Nigeria, and is the dominant one in the Congo and Uganda, its overall distribution embraces all the localities from which other female forms have been described. This precludes the recognition of any subspecies. (Vide Distributional Map 2.) Variation. (a) Ground colour and pattern very similar to the type, but curved white bar more restricted in 1b in discal line; no white spots in upper discal line; the postdiscal white spots restricted to two in subapex. Hind wing as in nominate form. Underside dark olive- grey-brown; pattern strong. Variation. (b) very similar to (a) but base of fore wing darker, more brownish olive; the spots of the white bar more restricted especially in 1b to postdiscal line. Hind wing discal area paler tawny olive. Underside more greyish olive and the pattern less strong. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES por i ee \ ‘ / H ~s ‘—, H Type of vetula. ae o gf. pseudosmaragdalis. ® gf. dewitzi. © dg chepalungu. Map 2. 2 form protocedreatis Poulton Charaxes etheocles protocedreatis Poulton, 1925 : 556. Charaxes etheocles protocedveatis Poulton; van Someren & Rogers, 1932. Somewhat like var. (b) above but curved bar of fore wing distinctly creamy ochre in 1a—1b; the discal and postdiscal spots rather obscured; no marginal spots or if present only faintly indicated at tornus. Hind wing basal area dark brownish olive but the distal half of the patch paler olive ochre contrasting with the rather wider black border; submarginal spots rather obscured; marginal border as usual. Underside ground colour olive greyish; pattern rather obscured except for curved bar of fore wing. (PI. 2, fig. 15.) 87 88 . Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN 2 form inexpectata forma n. This remarkable form would seem to be a development from protocedreatis but exhibits a pattern unlike any other in cedreatis. Upperside. The fore wing pattern is basically similar to that of nominate cedreatis, but the basal tawny olive area is darker and more restricted in 1a—2 by a prolongation of the discal pale marks of the curved white bar in these areas basad; this bar is white in its upper segments then becomes creamy in colour. The distal half of the the wing is black, but the spots in the upper discal line and those of postdiscal row are large and distinct though that in 4 is obscured. The marginal spots are mostly small, but those at the tornal angle, large, especially in rb. The base of the hind wing is tawny olive but encroached upon by the wide creamy band which is complete from the costa to just above the anal angle.; there is some tawny olive scaling on the lower outer border. The black border is widest at 7-6 then narrows slightly and carries the usual series of submarginal linear white marks; the marginal border reddish above the upper tail becomes olive to the anal angle; extreme edge black. Tails long, upper rounded at end, 6mm. long, lower pointed 5 mm., black with median orange-red line. Underside. Ground colour greyish olive, slightly darker brownish at border of fore wing; basal black marks strong to discal band; the pattern of above showing up strongly and pale cream in colour; postdiscal row of dark spots distinct from subapex to tornal angle where they are black. Hind wing ground colour greyish olive at base crossed by fine black lines; discal band strongly marked but less wide than above tapering from mid point to above the anal angle, bounded distally by a strong row of olive-maroon lunules; border slightly darker olive-grey with submarginal row of linear white marks strong carrying black dots in lower segment in region of tails; marginal border narrow, reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. Holotype female. TANZANIA: N.E. of Lake Tanganyika, Kigoma district, Mukuyu Forest, 5,200 ft., iv.1965. Captured by Major I. Grahame’s collector. To be deposited in the B.M. (N.H.). (Pl. 2, figs. 13, 14.) A second specimen has the upper spots of the fore wing white; and those of the curved bar slightly less ochreous. The hind wing band is wider and slightly more whitish. Taken at Muhimo, Kigoma district, N.E. of Lake Tanganyika, vi.1965 (Japanese Primaie Expedition) (Pl. 1, figs. 7, 8.) The associated males are typical lutacea. Two examples of this new form have recently been taken in the Ivory Coast by A. Gallay, and a third specimen by the late Mr. T. H. E. Jackson’s collector in the same area. 2 form vetula Rothschild Charaxes etheocles {. vetula Rothschild im Rothschild & Jordan, 1900 : 488. The type came from Ogowe River, Gabon, and is figured in Rothschild’s mono- graph. This type locality is thus within the range of nominate cedreatis Hewitson. Upperside. Pattern is very similar to cedreatis as regards the curved fore wing bar, but the basal area is brownish black; the distal half of the wing black, with an indication of a white subcostal spot in the discal line, two white spots in subapex while those of the postdiscal series are faintly indicated. The inner ends of the white marks in ta—1b are bluish; marginal pale spots faint, most obvious at tornal angle. Hind wing basal area brownish black; disc of wing with a large blue patch tapering toward the anal angle, represented at subcosta by two blue spots one in discal and one in postdiscal line; border black, widest at upper angle; submarginal row of linear white marks very distinct; marginal border reddish to between tails then olive REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 89 to anal angle. Tails moderately long, 5 and 4mm. Underside. Ground colour greyish olive or pale brownish, darker on border of fore wing. Basal black marks strong or weak; white curved bar distinct; a satiny quadrate mark sometimes present at subapex; submarginal series of dark spots are black at tornus but fading out toward the apex. Hind wing ground colour greyish olive or brownish, pattern rather obscured except in lower part of postdiscal line; submarginal pale line usually distinct; marginal border mostly brick-red but olive at anal angle. (Pl. 2, figs. 9, 10, Type. Gabon.) Variation. (a) Upperside. Very similar to nominate specimen but some indication of dark ground colour invading the white marks in ta—rb in the line of junction of the discal and post- discal spots; upper subcostal spots in discal row free; spots of upper postdiscal row small but distinct. Underside. With a rather stronger pattern, division of discal and postdiscal white marks 1b—2 clearly indicated; submarginal marks in fore wing not strong. Hind wing with satiny bar in discal line; lunules large in postdiscal zone; submarginal row of white spots distinct. Geita, Tanzania. Variation. (b) Upperside. Basal area blacker with distinct blue sheen, particularly toward the inner edge of the curved white bar, the blue colour suffusing most of the marks in 1a—1b; subcostal mark in discal row faint or absent, but postdiscal spots are blue; marginal spots glaucous but faint except for double mark at tornal angle 1b. Hind wing ground colour at base, black, black also along costal border thus restricting the upper border of the strongly blue patch in the disc; submarginal row of linear marks bluish white, more strongly blue at anal angle; marginal border a mixture of reddish and glaucous to upper tail then olive to anal angle. Tails shorter: 4mm. Underside. Ground colour olive greyish, brownish on border; pattern rather obscured except for white bar in fore wing and white submarginal spots in hind wing. (Pl. 2, fig. 11, Kakamega, Kenya.) (Rydon Coll.). Variation. (c) Upperside. Very similar to (b) with the same strong blue invading the proximal two thirds of bar spots in ta-1b. The hind wing blue band goes right through to the costa and crosses the inner fold above the anal angle. Underside. Ground colour and pattern as in (b). (Pl. 2, fig. 17, Visoi Gap, Kenya.) (Bailey Coll.) 2 form pseudosmaragdalis van Someren & Jackson Charaxes cedveatis vetula 9 f. pseudosmaragdalis van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 50. At present known only from a single specimen taken in the Djelo-Binza area of Leopoldville, lower Congo. It bears a superficial resemblance to the male of Charaxes smaragdalis smaragdalis Butler. Upperside. Base of fore wing brownish black with a strong greenish blue suffusion up to the discal line, with a stronger blue sheen in the cell. Discal spots large, two upper elongate, bluish white, a rounded mark sub-basal in 4, that in 3 more quadrate and set out a little, followed by and conjoined to larger blue mark in 2, and a larger mark in 1a—1b conjoined to the blue spot in postdiscal row, the remaining postdiscal spots in 2—5 in a slight curve terminate in the two larger subapical spots which are white. Margin with indication of diffuse glaucous marks. Hind wing basal area as fore wing merging into the blue discal patch which extends from the costa to above the anal angle. Border black with distinct linear white marks; margin with reddish scales to upper tail then olive to anal angle. Underside. Light rufescent brownish; black lines thin to discal zone; pattern of upperside represented by slight greyish brown marks, the lower postdiscal ones margined in black, proximally in 1b-2 where the tornal marks are black. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, a pale bar present in the discal line finely outlined in black proximally; the postdiscal row of buff and maroon lunules strong; whitish marks in submargin strong; border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle carrying black dots in region of tails. (Pl. 3, figs. 18, 19, deposited in Central African Museum, Tervuren, Belgium.) 90 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN 2 form dewitzi Butler Charaxes alladinis Dewitz, 1887 : fig. 8. Charaxes dewitzi Butler, 1895 : 255. The type of this insect is lost. It was described as the male of alladinis Butler by Dewitz, but was subsequently shown to be a female and was renamed dewitzi by Butler. It is figured in colour in Dewitz’ original paper. It appears to be nearest to the female form pseudosmaragdalis, differing mainly in the absence of the post- discal spots in the fore wing other than the two subapical ones; otherwise, the descrip- tions agree very well. The specimen came from Pungo Andongo in northern Angola. (Pl. 3, fig. 20, [photograph of original figure. ]) Charaxes chepalungu sp. n. (Pl. 3, figs. 21-25) Charaxes cedreatis vetula Rothschild; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 278. This species was briefly referred to, with a query, in van Someren & Jackson (1952), under the heading Charaxes cedreatis vetula. Two females and several males were taken in the Chepalungu Forest, lower Sotik in September, 1949 and several males in the Mara district. Subsequently, an interesting gynandromorph, male on right side, female on left, was taken by the late R. T. Evans at the edge of the Chepalungu Forest. The male half agrees exactly with the males taken previously, and the female side with the previously known females, tentatively placed to vetula. Since these males do not agree with any form of lutacea, the male of cedreatis vetula, it becomes desirable and necessary to disassociate the Chepalungu insect from cedreatis; moreover, cedreatis 3 lutacea occurs in the Mara area. Mae. Fore wing length 31-33 mm.; shape of fore wing only slightly incurved on outer border, thus somewhat resembling Charaxes ethalion. Upperside. Fore wing ground colour velvety black with slight indication of glaucous spots on margin between veins; blue subcostal spots very small and limited to one beyond end of cell and one in subapex, or these spots may be obscured. Hind wing ground colour velvety black; submarginal row of spots whitish, very small and may be obscured; marginal border greenish or with very slight maroon scaling above ~ upper tail, all rather obscured Tails short, robust, upper 3mm. lower 4mm. Margin at veins slightly dentate. Underside. Fore wing ground colour greyish brown basally, more brownish on distal third; slight satiny bars in discal and postdiscal lines; basal black lines thin or may be strongly indicated in lower half of wing especially at tornus, with submarginal dark marks diminishing toward subapex. Hind wing ground colour greyish brown with a satiny bar in discal line, followed by a darker brownish bar distal to which the postdiscal zigzag band of lunate olive and maroon may be strong, or may be mainly olive in colour. Submarginal row of linear marks lilac or greyish with black dots present in region of tails, double at anal angle; margin narrowly maroon above upper tail then olive to anal angle. There is some variation in the strength of the underside pattern. FEMALE. Fore wing length 35-36mm. Upperside. Ground colour basal area blackish brown, distal half black, separated by an oblique white bar made up as follows: a small white spot at upper end of cell, a quadrate mark beyond end of cell followed by an elongate triangular, at base of 3, a long white mark in 2 extending to postdiscal line, the marks in 1a—rb blue shading to white in postdiscal line; the postdiscal spots small and obscured in 3—5, but the subapical REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES gI punctiform and white; one or two obscure whitish marks midway in 6 and subcosta. Margin with obscure internervular glaucous marks. Hind wing brownish black at base followed by a large irregular blue discal patch, tapering toward the anal angle, represented in subcosta by blue marks in postdiscal line; border black, carrying distinct linear white marks on outer edge; margin reddish from above upper tail to base of lower, anal angle olive. Tails rather thin, upper 5 mm., lower 3 mm., black edged with maroon-olive mid line. Underside. Fore wing ground colour clayish brown with white pattern of above well represented and with pale satiny spots in the postdiscal row; black tornal spots strong but black lines toward base rather fine. Hind wing ground colour clayish brown with fine black lines at basal area; postdiscal zigzag line of ochreous olive-maroon lunules fairly well marked. Variation. In one specimen, the white marks in the fore wing rather more extended and the hind wing blue patch more extended basad over cell. Holotype male. N.W. KENyA: lower Sotik area, Chepalungu, viii.1g50 (van Someren). Allotype female. Same locality, ix.1946 (van Someren). Deposited in B.M. (N.H.). Range: The topotypical series of ten males and three females were taken in the Chepalungu Forest in lower Sotik and in the riverine forests along the Mara River. Identical males have been captured in the Serengeti Game Park across the border in Tanzania. Two males which appear to belong to this species are recorded from Mukuyu in the Kigoma area, Tanzania. There is thus an overlap with both cedreatis and ethalion ssp. The species has not been bred, but the capture of the gynandromorph verifies the association of males and females. (Map 2.) Males were dissected by Mr. Bennett of the B.M. (N.H.) who reports that they differ appreciably from ethalion, and are more sinuate than lutacea (Text-fig. 20 [aedeagus)]) with the toothed lobe placed less toward the distal end of the aedeagus. SYSTEMATIC LIST Charaxes cedreatis Hewitson Charaxes cedreatis cedreatis Hewitson, 1874. Type locality: Fernando Po. Ranges of various forms: Synonym: lutacea Rothschild, rgoo. 2 {. cedreatis and variants: W. Africa: Ivory Coast, Ghana, French Guinea, Fernando Po, French Cameroons, N. Angola, Congo central, Kasai, Katanga. Uganda: S.W., W., C. and E. Uganda. Kenya: N.W. Kenya, Trans Nzoia, Kaimosi, S. Kavirondo, Nandi, Lumbwa, Ravine, Lembus, Pekera Gorge, Visoi Gap-Kilombe Hill; all west of the Rift Valley. Tanzania: Usukuma, Serengeti, Geita, south of Lake Victoria; Bukoba and south of the Kagera River; N.E. Lake Tanganyika, Kigoma. Zambia: Mwinilunga area. 2 f. protocedreatis Poulton, 1925. Type locality: Uganda, Jinja. Uganda: Central and eastern; Jinja. Tanzania: Serengeti, Orange River forest. ENTOM. 23, 4. 9 92 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Qf. inexpectata forma n. Type locality: Tanzania, Kigoma, Mukuyu Forest. Tanzania: Kigoma area, Mukuyu Forest, and Muhimo. 2 f. vetula Rothschild, 1900. Type locality: Gabon, Ogowe River. W. Africa: Gabon, Ogowe R., Eastern Nigeria below Obudo. Tanzania: Geita, S.W. Lake Victoria. (1 specimen.) Uganda: Rutenga, Kigezi, S.W. Uganda. (1 specimen.) Kenya: Kaimosi Forest, N. Kavirondo; Kilombe Hill, Visoi Gap, (4 specimens.) 2 f. pseudosmaragdalis van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Unique. Type locality: W. Congo, Leopoldville district, Djelo Binza. 2 f. dewitzi Butler, 1895. Var. of above? 3d Type locality: N.W. Angola, Pungo Andongo. Charaxes chepalungu sp. n. Charaxes chepalungu sp. n. Type locality: Kenya, Chepalungu Forest, Lower Sotik. Range: Kenya, Chepalungu, Mara River and Tanzania, Serengeti. 3. CHARAXES VIRILIS Rotuscui.p, C. KHEILI STauDInGER, C. NORTHCOTTI RoruscuHILpD and C. MAFUGA VAN SOMEREN Charaxes virilis van Someren & Jackson Charaxes etheocles 9 f. virilis Rothschild; van Someren & Jackson, 1900 : 487. Charaxes etheocles 2 f. virilis Rothschild; Aurivillius in Seitz, 1912 : 136. Charaxes etheocles ° f. virilis Rothschild; Poulton, 1918 : 71-73. Charaxes etheocles g f. lenis Jordan, 1929 : 483. Type loc., Uganda, Mulange, Mabira Forest. Charaxes virilis van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 283-284. The type of virilis is a female and was described as a female form of etheocles by Rothschild in rg00. Poulton (1918) refers to a series of specimens bred from larvae found feeding on Adenthera pavonina L. (Mimosoidea), (native to Tropical Asia, and introduced into other parts of the Tropics) at Ibadan, S. Nigeria by Lamborn and Farquharson. The series contained four males and three females and Poulton makes special reference to the females which are male-like, though somewhat variable. No particular mention is made of the males, which is somewhat surprising since the male of vivilis had not been described. Dr. Jordan examined the material and agreed that the females were nearer to virilis than to alladinis Butler. The males were apparently considered to be just etheocles (Cramer). In 1929 Dr. Jordan described etheocles male form lenis (not leonis as given by Wallace Peters, 1952). There were three specimens taken in the Mabira Forest, Uganda. He did not asso- ciate these males with female vivilis, but he compared them with “ etheocles”’ 3 form cytila which I now know to be the male of manica Trimen, 1894. There is no doubt that lenis is the male of virilis, which is a species distinct from etheocles (Cramer) (s. str.). Whether vivilis can be divided into western and eastern geographical races will now be discussed. Western aggregate, topotypical material: Ghana to Cameroon and Congo. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 93 Mate. Fore wing length 33-35 mm. Shape somewhat like ethalion, the outer border of fore wing only slightly incurved at 3-4. Upperside. Ground colour velvety black with a strong overall blue sheen, more especially over the cell. Blue spots in the subcostal area rather variable, but there is usually one at the upper end of cell, one beyond in discal line, no spots in subapex; marginal glaucous lunules ill-defined but often contiguous at the hind angle. Hind wing black, sometimes with a very faint indication of a greenish or bluish wavy line, strongest opposite to tails; submarginal row of linear marks, bluish white or blue, complete; border reddish or bluish green above upper tail then more olive at anal angle; tails short and thin, upper sometimes stumpy 5-4 mm., lower 3-4mm. Underside. Somewhat variable, usually clay-coloured with a purplish brown tone overall; satiny bars more greyish; black dots and lines in basal triangle of fore wing distinct, but rather obliterated in distal half, but tornal black mark strong. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, basal black marks fine and indistinct; sub-basal and discal satiny bars fairly distinct; postdiscal wavy line of olive and maroon lunules defined but may be somewhat obscured in the general brownish tone; submarginal line of lilac marks with black dots distally in region of tails fairly strong; marginal border narrow, slightly reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. Variation. Some specimens may have the fore wing devoid of blue spots in the costal area and the marginal lunules may be very small. The underside ground colour more greyish brown and on the hind wing the satiny bars may be strong. An aberration is figured in which the subcostal spot in the discal line is enlarged and elongate, represented by two long, contiguous, blue streaks; the ground colour more purplish brown. (PI. 4, fig. 32.) Eastern aggregate. Uganda, from Budongo Forest to Kenya border. Mave. Eastern males are, on the whole, more compact looking than their western counter- parts, due mainly to the fact that the outer margin of the fore wing is less incurved, the wing thus looks less elongate. Upperside. The subcostal blue marks vary in number and size; the marginal glaucous marks are usually obscured. On the hind wing the submarginal whitish marks are usually distinct and well developed. Underside. Pattern variable, weak, moderate or fairly strong but always with a strong vinaceous or rusty purple bloom overall. The postdiscal wavy line of lunules well marked. There is thus little to distinguish western from eastern males on the upper side. In shape, eastern males are more compact and the underside is more rusty, or cinnamon-brownish with a strong vinaceous tone overall. (PI. 4, figs. 34-37.) Western aggregate. FEMALES. The type female on the upperside is blue-black with steel-blue reflections especially on the hind wing. Fore wing marks limited to one blue subcostal spot in discal line; margin with large glaucous lunules. Hind wing with a indication of obscured greenish blue row of spots in the postdiscal line; submarginal white spots large and distinct. Border ochre reddish above upper tail, more olive to anal angle; edge black; tails thin, upper 6 mm., lower 5 mm. (PI. 4, figs. 26, 27.) Variation. Topotypical females exhibit a considerable degree of variation in the upper side markings. They may be as in the type or (a) there may be obscure marks in 2-3 in the discal line and obscure marks in the postdiscal row from sub-apex to 1b; (b) the spots on the fore wing may be purplish, though obscured in the postdiscal line and represented in the hind wing in the same zone by purplish marks; (c) the fore wing spots may be as in (b) but discal and postdiscal spots slightly whitish. The undersides in all these forms are similar, clayish brown, slightly darker brownish between the discal and postdiscal zones and in the curve of the wing. The pattern of black marks usually thin and faint except for the black tornal mark and one more proximad in the same area, the tornal mark with a greyish surround. The hind wing ground colour as fore with very faint marks in the basal half; the postdiscal row of lunules obscured, but the submarginal series of pale marks to the anal angle fairly strong. The border reddish to the upper tail then olive to the 94 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN anal angle; the postdiscal mark above anal angle strong with an irregular whitish mark above it. Females from the Moyen Congo area exhibit the same variations on the upper side but the pattern of the underside is stronger. (PI. 4, fig. 31.) Eastern aggregate. Uganda. FEMALES. These exhibit the same character as regard shape as noted in the males. The markings on the upperside of the fore wing as in western examples, but less strong, but the marginal glaucous lunules are stronger; the submarginal white marks on the hind wing larger and stronger. The underside pattern is stronger and the ground colour richer vinaceous cinnamon-brown. (PI. 4, figs. 28, 29.) Whether or not the combined characters of males and females of the eastern aggregate warrant subspecific ranking is a matter of opinion; if so, the name lenis Jordan, applied to the eastern male (Mabira Forest, Uganda) is available, the western aggregate being virilis. The species has not been bred in the east. Range: The Western aggregate: Ivory Coast—Ghana to Nigeria, Cameroon, Central African Republic, Moyen Congo, Central Congo eastward to Semliki River and south to upper Katanga. The Eastern aggregate: Uganda, from the Budongo Forest in the west to Busogo in the east to the Busia area on Kenya border. (Map 3.). Charaxes kheili Staudinger (Pl. 5, figs. 38, 39, 40, 43) Charaxes kheili Staudinger, 1896, Iris 9 : 216. Chavaxes kheili Staudinger; Rothschild, 1900 : 473. Charaxes kheili Staudinger; Jackson, 1957 : 66-67. (partim). This species is still rare in collections, and little is known about it, the female being still unknown.* The type is in the Berlin Museum and was kindly forwarded to the B.M. (N.H.) in 1956 for examination and dissection of genitalia when the late Mr. T. H. E. Jackson was working on the butterflies of the Kigezi country, Uganda, more particularly on the species of black males of the “ etheocles group ” which exhibited characters very similar to the description of kheili Staudinger. Jackson came to the conclusion that these black males were not kheili, and referred them to cedreatis vetula on the evidence of a vetula female taken in the same area. I have now separated these males under the name Charaxes mafuga sp. n. The type of kheili was taken in the Njam-Njam savanna country in the north of what is now the Central African Republic. I have been able to locate a second specimen taken in the same general area (unfortunately without exact data label) in the Central African Museum, Tervuren, Belgium and this has been sent to me by Dr. Berger for critical examination. Dr. Berger informs me that the Museum has three other male specimens taken at Sassa & Yakoma in the Njam-Njam country, which agree with the specimen sent. * The female has now been taken and will be described by MM. J. Plantrou & Drage. ae REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 95 MALE (type). Fore wing length 36 mm. Upperside. Ground colour black with blue sheen at base and over cell; pattern: a blue spot at upper cell-end, two spots beyond, the subcostal one large and whitish the lower small and bluish; three subapical spots in line, upper ones whitish, in postdiscal row with spots in 4-3 set in a little, that in 2 set out a little followed by an elongate double mark in 1b and a transverse mark in 1a, on hind margin; marginal glaucous marks complete and distint. Hind wing ground colour black, with a strong greenish blue postdiscal irregular band extending from above anal angle and terminating in a small spot in 6; submarginal linear marks bluish and well marked; border bluish to lower tail then olive at anal angle; extreme edge black with slight white fringe. Tails rather thin, of about equal length, 5 mm. Underside. Greyish brown with darker brown zone between paler discal line and postdiscal series of paler spots, both proximally outlined in black; submarginal dark marks, black at tornus become less distinct up to subapex. Basal lines moderate. Some satiny Pe pS e ied ' a 2 H ‘ > % aoe Pe SSN | oo. ood w . ee H besa proeseeeern ny H . “ ‘“ Ss. H H as oo” \ i H H aor rie i Pa: H oh ag ' ' i i i i ‘ ‘ ' ' *. ? ; “ i ws euibaratene meat” ‘ Pad P od aod pone es ene’ ih o. ies wed ¢ A© ‘ a ‘ Nee sarees 7 t A as ; i \ ‘ =o {Fs \ aa i eet " % ’ NIGERIA if p> 4 uae Pe eco ot ae Gel eres foe) NS H {) /@ ps ® i ee ies as ~ a ¢ \ ‘ - ord os !. y ~ mos Pio ecb Dm “7 \ CENTRAL @ \., ETHIOPIA i “IVORY Coast H ' 5 Pay % ff o / &y ‘ \ v3 Sy GHANA Ore 0 + AFRICAN REPUBLIC,>: A — / 3 i CAMEROUN, @ ? “ fA a\ ff None ; r D) . ‘ ‘ KEY NS A ANDA H Se Oe KENYA 3 4& = Charaxes virilis (lenis). 2.../ \--sMOYEN} 4 ' f CONGO { @ ic kheiti. GABON 2 ’ © C:kheili sbsp. eel ae CONGO D) C. northcotti. a AS fi VC. mafuga. ‘ Pook ~ pce Bien ; iy } \e ANGOLA ; H ’ ' ‘ A Ne weewnren= a eucoweeeee 7 Ra ee eS f ' \.. RHODESIA epee H i a ‘ ' h i ve i \ if sae wn tid o, ' ' ee 4 ae ee Map 3. 96 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN sheen over discal and postdiscal zones. Hind wing, ground colour as fore wing but more uniform, as basal lines are fine, but satiny bar in sub-base and in discal line moderately strong; postdiscal irregular line of lunate marks, ochre-olive and maroon well marked; submarginal row of linear marks strongest in region of tails; border reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle, which carries double black spots. (Pl. 5, figs. 38, 39.) Variation. Fore wing. Upperside. Subcostal marks not so marked; the postdiscal row not so strong from 2-4, but there is an indication of a blue mark in discal line sub-basal in 3; marginal glaucous marks smaller. Hind wing postdiscal blue-green band strong as in type but extending to 5 only. Underside. Not so strongly marked and more uniform on the hind wing. Range: The known range of this species appears to be the savanna country to the north of the Central African Republic in the region of the Shari-Ubanji River. How far south it extends is uncertain, but there is a record of the insect from north of Bangui (J. Plantrou, in lit.). (Map 3). I have before me an interesting specimen of a male Charaxes taken by one of Mr. Jackson’s collectors at Metu, West Madi, Nile Province, Uganda, which closely resembles the variety of Charaxes kheilt mentioned above as regards the upperside of both wings with the exception that the marginal glaucous marks of the fore wing are larger and more diffuse. The underside however, though resembling khezlz in general pattern, is more strongly variegated, the markings being stronger, thus having a marked resemblance to this respect to the underside of a boldly marked variation of Charaxes northcotti from the Bouar area of Central African Republic (Cf. fig.) described later. (Pl. 5, figs. 40, 43.) It is impossible to gauge the degree of variation of the underside of khezlt owing to paucity of material. Charaxes northcotti Rothschild (Pl. 5, figs. 41, 42, 46) Charaxes northcotti Rothschild, 1899, Nov. Zool. 6 : 171, Pl. 8, fig. 5. Charaxes northcotti Rothschild; Peters, 1952 : 54. There appears to be some justification for uniting northcotti with kheili, but the evidence is not entirely conclusive. The ranges of the two do not seem to overlap, but adequate material of each is sadly lacking, and only males are known. Mae. Fore wing length 36-38 mm. Upperside. Ground colour black with a slight greenish sheen over base of fore wing. The pattern of the fore wing is very similar to that of kheztli, but the blue markings in the postdiscal series are larger, and in the discal row there is a large spot sub-basal in 3 and a smaller one below in 2. In the hind wing the postdiscal greenish blue band is wider than in kheili, and the outer margin nearer to the submarginal row of blue linear marks and on the inner border it extends proximad toward the cell so that the widest portion is in area 4-5, but the width is somewhat variable. The border of the wing is blue-green to lower tail then olive at the anal angle. Tails rather short and sharply tapering, upper 4 mm., lower 3°5 mm. Underside. Although the dark pattern is essentially similar to that of kheili, the black marks are finer and the satiny bars less obvious due to an overall darker more brownish tone; this applies to both wings. This general description is based on the type and a paratype which came from the ‘ Gold Coast, Gambaga, near the Volta River”’. (Pl. 5, figs. 41, 42.) REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 97 Variation. An interesting male specimen which would appear to be a variant comes from the Boar area of the Central African Republic. It differs from the nominate form in having a much bolder pattern of blue spots on the upperside of the fore wing, with indications of additional spots in 1b; on the hind wing the postdiscal blue patch is wider throughout, especially in 2-4; the submarginal spots are bolder and the border is wider. On the underside, the pattern is bolder, the fore wing discal and postdiscal spots more defined and the basal black marks stronger. The hind wing pattern is also bolder giving the whole underside a ‘‘ spotted ’’ appearance. (Pl. 5, fig. 46.) More material from this area may show the characters to be constant and the aggregate may constitute a good subspecies. Range: The nominate form is known from the Volta River area and Kumasi of the Ghana Republic (Gold Coast) and extends eastward into Nigeria, N.E. of Enugu. (Map 3). Charaxes mafuga sp. n. (Pl. 5, figs. 44, 45, Text-fig. 9 [aedeagus]) Charaxes cedreatis vetula Rothschild; Jackson, 1957 : 66. This insect is represented by a long series of males taken in the high rain forests of Mafuga-Rutenga, 7,000-8,500 ft., Kigezi district of Uganda. Its true position has remained a puzzle; no authentic females can be associated with it. On the evidence of one very battered female, identifiable as vetula Roths- child, taken in the Mafuga area, Jackson associated it with these males (tentatively, it is true) but he placed the males to cedreatis vetula Rothschild. However, these Mafuga males do not agree with males of cedreatis which Jackson placed to cedreatis vetula of the Geita area, Tanzania, nor with cedreatis males (lutacea Rothschild) from northern Angola, or elsewhere. I have already shown that lutacea males are variable, above and below and have expressed the opinion that cedreatis vetula cannot be upheld as a subspecies, because the form vetula crops up here and there within the range of the species, from Nigeria to N.W. Kenya. There is a superficial resemblance on the upper side of the Mafuga insect and C. kheilt Staudinger of the savanna country to the north of the Central African Republic, in the Njam-Njam country. (Cf. Pl. 5, fig. 38). The habitats of the two are thus totally different. The shape of the two are unlike, kheili having a more pointed acuminate fore wing. No significant difference can be noted in the genitalia according to Bennett. It seems advisable to consider the Mafuga insect distinct; it is certainly not conspecific with cedreatis (male lutacea). Mate. Fore wing length 44-46 mm. Shape of fore wing broad and slightly incised at 3-4 on outer edge though the tornal angle projects slightly at vein 2. Upperside. Ground colour blue-black with a slight overall greeny tinge to the hind wing. Fore wing with an obscure blue spot at end of cell followed by two distinct blue spots sub-basal in 5—6 the upper one large; three subapical spots in a row followed by a complete row of less distinct blue postdiscal spots, largest and double in 1b; margin with distinct glaucous marks, double at tornus. Hind wing with a row of postdiscal greenish contiguous lunules from above anal angle to 5; complete row of submarginal linear marks bluish green, whiter at upper angle, distinct, double at anal angle; marginal border dark maroon above upper tail then olive to anal angle; edge black. Tails rather short, upper 4 mm. lower 5 mm. black-edged, with greenish mid line. Underside. 98 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Ground colour sepia-brown, darker in interspaces, with strong satiny bars, quadrate at end of cell, a zigzag line in discal zone, with a more continuous zone in postdiscal zone, widest in sub- apex and most distinct, almost whitish in 1b opposite and adjoining the strong black tornal mark, with more brownish marks to subapex; margin of wing shaded brownish in the curve but greyish at tornus. Hind wing ground colour slightly stronger brownish but satiny bars strong, especially in sub-base and through the discal line; postdiscal row of ochreous olive and maroon lunules, outlined proximally in black, strongly marked; submarginal row of linear whitish lilac marks strong; marginal border dark reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle. The strength of the variegated underside pattern depends on the distinctness of the satiny bars. Holotype male. S.W. UGANDA: Kigezi County, at Rutenga-Mafuga Forest, 7,000 ft., vi. 1951 (van Someren). In B.M. (N.H.) Paratype male. Same data. The female is not yet known, with certainty. Range: The species was particularly plentiful in the high rain forests of Mafuga and Rutenga, in Kigezi; and the males came readily to ground bait, particularly excrement of carnivores, less so to banana smeared on tree trunks. (We had not adopted traps as a method of capture in those early days.) (Map 3). SYSTEMATIC LIST Charasxes virilis van Someren & Jackson Charaxes etheocles 2 {. virilis Rothschild, 1900. Type locality: ‘‘ West Africa ”’. Range: Western aggregate; Ivory Coast, Ghana to Nigeria, Cameroon, Central African Republic, Moyen Congo, C. Congo eastwards to Semliki River and south to Upper Katanga. Eastern aggregate; Uganda, from Budongo Forest in west to Busogo in east to Kenya border (Busia area). Charaxes kheili Staudinger Charaxes kheili Staudinger, 1896. Type locality: Central African Republic, Njam- Njam. Range: Central African Republic in Shari-Ubanji River area and possibly north of Bangui. Charaxes northcotti Rothschild Charaxes northcotti Rothschild, 1899. Type locality: Ghana, Gambaga. Range: Ghana, Volta River and Kumasi to Nigeria, north-east of Enugu. Charaxes mafuga sp. n. Charaxes mafuga sp. n. Type locality: S.W. Uganda, Kigezi County, Rutenga Forest. Range: S.W. Uganda. 4. THE CHARAXES ETHEOCLES Complex The bewildering number of African Charaxes with black males exhibiting hardly any or only slight differences, has given rise to a great deal of confusion. Before Rothschild and Jordan (1896-1900) produced their monograph of Charaxes, there was little or no evidence supporting the allocation of many of the equally numerous REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 99 females with any given males, or vice versa. The confused state confronting them can be gauged by the long list of described males and females under the heading ““ Charaxes etheocles ’’ to which were added many more names, both males and females, as members of the complex. During the past fifty years some attempt has been made to breed the various “suspected species ’’ from known females. A study of these families has provided evidence that certain males are definitely associated with certain females, and the degree of constancy in this respect, coupled with the constancy of external characters, supported the view that several distinct species were involved in this “‘ complex ”’. Characters of the larvae in various stages and food preference were also noted. In 1952 an attempt was made to disentangle the muddle, utilizing as evidence the breeding results obtained up to that date, coupled with close field observations relative to distribution, general ecology, etc. (van Someren & Jackson, 1952 and 1957): Additional data has come to hand during the past decade which necessitates a further modification. Some of the more obvious species in the “ complex ’”’ have been dealt with previously in the present series of Revisions; many of the names listed by Rothschild as “forms of etheocles’’ have been elevated to specific or subspecific rank. The present paper deals with Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) (sens. str.) on a Pan- African basis. The species ranges from Sierra Leone through the Congo to N.W. Kenya; it also occurs in N. Angola, eastward through Katanga to N.W. Zambia and western Tanzania. It appears to be divisable into reasonably well defined subspecies, based mainly on the characters of the female sex in each aggregate; the males being hardly distinguishable and variable on the underside. Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) [Papilio] etheocles Cramer, 1777 : 34, pl. 119. Nymbphalis etheocles Cramer; Godart, 1823 : 355. Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) Thon, 1837 : 74, pl. 37, figs. 547, 548 (9). Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) ; Butler, 1869 : 52. Charaxes alladinis Butler; Kirby, 1871 : 269, n. 23 (9). Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) ; Trimen, 1891 : 80. Charaxes hollandi Butler, 1893 : 266. Charaxes ephyva ab. catochrous Staudinger, 1896 : 218. Charaxes etheocles 9 f. vegalis Rothschild, 1900 : 486. Charaxes etheocles 2 f. fulgens Rothschild, 1900 : 487. Only important relevant references are cited; for further references vide Rothschild & Jordan, 1900 : 481-482, and Bryk, 1939 : 375-542. Charaxes etheocles etheocles (Cramer) (Pls. 6, 7; Text-fig. 1 [aedeagus]) REGION 1. W. AFRICA, SIERRA LEONE EAST TO Cross RIVER, NIGERIA. The type of the species is the female form etheocles (Cramer), described from Sierra Leone. No type specimen now exists, but the figure given by Cramer 100 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN though not entirely satisfactory, must be taken as representing the white-barred female of Sierra Leone. (PI. 7, figs. 55, 56. [Photo of original figure].) FEMALE. Fore wing length 35-37 mm. margin of wing slightly incurved at 3-4. Upperside. Fore wing spots well separated and complete; a large spot in the cell; discal spots including a dot at base of 4 creamy to 2, larger marks in 1a—1b white, blue-tinged distally; postdiscal spots larger, ochre in colour, extending from subapex to 2; margin with faint indication of greyish marks, most obvious at tornus. Ground colour brownish black with blue tinge at base. Hind wing ground colour brownish black, blacker on border; discal band fairly narrow, almost straight on outer border, more irregular on inner, generally white with slight blue on inner border; tapering rapidly to inner border above anal angle where it crosses the inner fold as a partially separated mark. Submarginal series of linear whitish marks strong; marginal border strongly reddish to lower tail then olive to anal angle; margin black; tails moderately long, upper 6 mm. lower 5 mm., black with red midline. Underside. Ground colour light brown, slightly more rusty on outer border of fore wing; basal black marks fairly strong; pattern of above well marked, white, slightly buffish in subapical area; submarginal ocelli weak except at tornus and area above where the marks are strongly black outlined distally in whitish. Hind wing ground colour slightly more rusty; basal black lines thin; discal white band well represented but narrower, broken towards inner border; postdiscal row of lunules weak in upper sector but stronger from mid point to anal angle; submarginal row of linear whitish marks strong; marginal border brick-red to lower tail then olive with black dots to anal angle. Variations. (a) Generally similar to above, but Upperside spots and marks in fore wing slightly larger, spots from 2-5 slightly conjoined. Hind wing band slightly wider. Underside. Very similar to nominate form, basal fore wing spots and pattern slightly stronger; fore wing spots “rayed’’. The figure of the type is intermediate between the two. (PI. 7, fig. 60.) Variation. (b) Basically similar to (a) but Upperside fore wing spots white and more strongly conjoined. Hind wing band wider, with slight blue distally on lower half. Underside. Basal black marks less strong, but white pattern strong and fusion of fore wing spots clearly indicated. (PI. 7, fig. 63.) Variation. (c) Upperside. Ground colour blacker; pattern of fore wing very similar to (b). Underside. Ground colour darker brownish, but pattern more contrasty and stronger; the submarginal dark spots in fore wing complete to subapex; the postdiscal row of lunules in hind wing stronger. 2 form alladinis Butler, 1869 : 5 Fore wing length 40-42 mm. Upperside. Ground colour purplish blue-black, sometimes rather brownish black. Fore wing with bluish spot toward upper end of cell and a small whitish one beyond, blue spots sub-basal in 2 and 5 in discal line; a row of postdiscal spots, three in line in subapex bluish white or bluish, followed by a slightly larger blue spots in 4-1b. Margin with indistinct glaucous marks, strongest in 1b. Hind wing ground colour as fore, blue spots rather indistinct, one diffuse spot subcostal in discal line; spots in postdiscal line whitish at subcosta but bluish and almost obscured, slightly more whitish toward inner fold; submarginal row of linear whitish marks complete but not strong; marginal row of lunules reddish above upper tail then olive to hind angle which has two black dots; edge black; tails longish, slightly spatulate at end, 5-6 mm. lower 4—5 mm., more pointed at end. Underside. Fore wing ground colour greyish brown, more brownish on the distal border; basal black lines moderately strong; discal and postdiscal spots of above strongly represented, greyish white, bolder, edged proximally in black; the double tornal spot black with pale surround, not very large. Hind wing ground colour more brownish, sub-base with a greyish irregular bar; discal band irregular and much broken at 5-6, but strong on inner fold; postdiscal series of olive and maroon lunules strong and extending from costa to above hind angle; submarginal row of linear whitish to lilac marks complete and accentuated with black marks opposite tails and double at anal angle. (Pl. 7, figs. 58, 59, 61, 62.) REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 101 Variation. In some specimens the upperside fore wing spots may all be blue and the post- discal spots in the hind wing limited to the two upper ones only, the rest totally obscured. 2 form fulgens Rothschild, 1900 : 487 Fore wing length 40mm. Upperside. Ground colour deeper blue-black, slightly purplish toward base. Pattern as in alladinis but all spots of fore wing bolder and usually bluer; the marginal glaucous or greyish lunules more apparent. Hind wing with costal and postdiscal spots larger and more distinct, blue, often with a bronzy tint. Underside. Pattern as in alladinis but stronger and bolder, the fore wing postdiscal strongly supported distally by bold black marks in the submarginal zone, shaded with grey distally; there is also a large black mark in 1b-1a between discal and postdiscal spots. Hind wing pattern generally as in alladinis but much bolder, the postdiscal zigzag line of lunules heavily brownish distally; the submarginal linear lilac to whitish marks strong, followed by the clearer marginal border strongly reddish above upper tail and olive to anal angle with strong black dots at tails and double at anal angle. This form is a transition towards the next. (PI. 6, figs. 53, 54 (Type).) 2? form regalis Rothschild, 1900 : 486 Fore wing length 40 mm. Upperside. Ground colour black with blue sheen toward the base. Pattern very similar to fulgens, but those of the discal series strongly developed and reaching to the hind margin; the postdiscal spots often large, all spots except those in 1a—1b orange-ochre, the latter blue. Hind wing slightly darker in ground colour has a well marked blue band made up of six marks in the discal row and two in the postdiscal in the subcosta area. The submarginal row of linear bluish white marks strongly developed and separated from the marginal border by black; marginal border reddish to lower tail then olive to anal angle. Tails 6 and 5 mm. long, reddish, narrowly edged black. Underside. The basal area of fore wing greyish brown, with deeper brownish in the discal area and wing margin; the discal and postdiscal light spots strong; the submarginal black spots of tornus and one above strongly outlined distally in greyish. Hind wing ground colour browner than fore except at base; discal band distinct but rather interrupted in mid area; the postdiscal lunules, olive and maroon bold; the submarginal linear marks strong; marginal border reddish to lower tail then olive to anal angle. In some specimens the fore wing spots are not large and may be entirely blue or with a suggestion of bronzy red. The type specimen has exceptionally large spots. The pattern suggests a transition toward the “ etheocles’’ pattern. (PI. 6, figs. 51, 52.) d form ephyra Godart, 1824 : 330 (355) = 4 form holland: Butler, 1893 : 266 Fore wing length 35 mm. Upperside. Ground colour black with little or no sheen. Sub- costal blue spots variable, but usually one at end of cell, one beyond and one or two subapical. Marginal lunules greyish, small or vestigial. Hind wing ground colour black; submarginal whitish spots small or ill-defined; margin may be slightly greenish; extreme edge black with slight white fringe well separated between veins. There may be a suggestion of a wavy greenish line opposite the tail in the postdiscal zone, usually absent. Underside. Fore wing ground colour greyish brown with strong satiny bars, one through end of cell, a complete bar through the disc outlined proximally in black, followed by a less marked bar in the postdiscal line; border broadly satiny with a row of dark spots from apex to tornus, of increasing size, blackest at tornus. Basal black marks clear and white-edged. Hind wing ground colour as fore, crossed by a satiny bar in sub-base; a satiny bar through the disc outlined in black proximally; postdiscal olive and maroon lunules strong, outlined in black proximally; submarginal line of pale marks accentuated distally in region of tails with black; marginal border mostly olive with some reddish scales above upper tail. The underside thus has a variegated appearance. (PI. 6; figs. 49, 50.) 102 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN 3 form carteri Butler, 1881 : 108 Very similar above to ephyva Godart but on underside rather variable, satiny bars less developed and on the whole less variegated and suffused over with a brownish or rusty purplish tint. There is much intergrading. (PI. 6, figs. 47, 48.) $ form catochrous Staudinger, 1896 : 218 This form was described from Cameroon as an aberration of ephyra. When we wrote our paper on the etheocles complex (van Someren & Jackson, 1952) only one male specimen was known from the W. African zone, taken at Lagos, Nigeria. It is now known to occur in Ghana and Ivory Coast and in Liberia. This extension westward increases the range of overlap of this form with ephyra and carteri. The question thus arises were we justified in considering catochrous as a distinct species? Our action received support when in 1955 we bred a large family from a female which gave thirty-three males of the catochrous form and females similar to the parent. Two subsequent families also from ‘“‘ catochrous’’ females produced both carpenteri and catochrous females and male forms ephyra (hollandt) and catochrous. It is true that these families were from females captured at Katera, Uganda, within the range of Ch. etheocles carpenteri and not from Cameroon or W. Africa, nevertheless the catochrous males are indistinguishable from Cameroon specimens. I am thus of the opinion that catochrous must be considered merely a male form of etheocles. Ghana and Ivory Coast specimens: Fore wing length 35 mm. Upperside. Ground colour black; blue spots small, one at upper end of cell, one beyond and two in upper subapex slight whitish; marginal glaucous spots small; fringe narrowly white. Hind wing ground colour as fore; submarginal row of small whitish spots not strong; marginal border greenish. Underside. Basal area to discal bar silvery; fore wing bar not strong but proximally lined in black; distal portion of wing browner and post- discal pale spots not strong; margin of wing brownish. Hind wing silvery at basal half crossed by paler sub-basal satiny bar; discal white bar strong, bordered brownish, postdiscal line of olive and maroon lunules strong accentuated proximally in black; marginal border reddish above upper tail greenish to hind angle; submarginal lilac spots not very strong but with black dots at anal angle. Range: The nominotypical etheocles ranges from Sierra Leone and Liberia to Ivory Coast, Ghana and Nigeria, where it merges eastward into a slightly different larger form in Cameroon, Moyen Congo, west of the Congo River. (Map 4). REGION 2. CAMEROON, CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC, MOYEN CONGO, WESTERN CONGO, KATANGA AND ?N. ANGOLA. Charaxes etheocles biinclinata ssp. n. (Pl. ro, figs. 82, 83, 85-87, 89, Pl. 11, figs. 92, 93, 96, 97) Type locality, Moyen Congo. This is a mixed aggregate, occupying a very large area, and might be considered a “cline ’’ between nominate etheocles of the western area and ochracea of the Gabon, REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 103 lower Congo area, and it would appear to merge with carpenteri in the south-eastern Congo area. In this aggregate, the female forms resemble variations of the nominate race, alladinis and regalis and the majority of them are larger than those of the nominate etheocles. 2 f. resembling etheocles Fore wing length 42-44 mm. Upperside. Ground colour brownish black towards base, blacker on distal two-thirds of wing. Pattern of white spots bold, the spots being well separated, a rounded or triangular spot at upper end of cell, a larger ovoid spot at base of 4 set well in from the two upper spots of the discal line, spots of 3—1b of increasing size, that of 1a a streak; postdiscal series of spots complete from three in line in subapex, spot in 4 set well in, spots in 3-1b following the curve of the wing, spot in 1b touching the mark in discal line. All spots = ee ' so : pees bea H : ‘ << a i H . Me Pen, Sse ait ane H ereee eet v os H eS, \encnne neocon bonne! H . eee Bote H Bane oe ‘ em 1 H Hepes ‘ -! : ra ' i . H A oh oan ronson: / ; WA ie ae Bs . Ki uf Re tg ted Oe NEN LS { ete Of eo fay te Pye Pos fog f } 4 ts Ph } S eee med a Fel ‘ , AN : ye: ‘SUDAN SIERRA LEONE “ : : fe ae e: : GHANA NIGERIA A a * VORY COAST! | Ox/ ZAFRICAN REPUBLIC “% @ ee - / e; CAMEROUN), O Z ' oon OMe Wek 2 want tee oees CH eer, KEY Bee dO GABON o¢, Charaxes etheocles etheocles. Be 5 a} Region }. Dei tcae eg OGO C. etheocles biinclinata. MOYEN CONGOQ Region 2. oes ; (5 al oR Ord 2 =" C. etheocles ochracea. Region 3. ‘\ oC. etheocles carpenteri. ANGOLA Region 4. & C. etheocles evansi. H er P Region 5. re" ZAMBIA ‘* MALAWI MOZAMBIQUE +) ome tt ae ae eseare ‘en % Charaxes grahamei. ' Cc : ¢ " ¢ pe St ‘w = Charaxes contrarius. PES nese n mae fF Nareta co ‘ ws, Map 4. 104 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN creamy in colour. Margin with slight indication of greyish, separated by black at ends on veins. Hind wing ground colour brownish black at base, border wide and blacker; discal band whitish to creamy, of about equal width to 1c then tapering and crossing the inner fold, inner border slightly bluish. Submarginal elongate whitish marks distinct and well spaced; marginal border reddish orange above upper tail, then olive to anal angle. Tails long and slender 6—7 mm. upper, lower 5 mm., black with orange central line. Underside. Ground colour greyish brown, darker on the border of fore wing. Pattern bold, basal black marks strong. Upper- side. Discal and postdiscal spots strongly represented; submarginal row of dark marks complete, strongly black at tornus and space above; a black mark also present in rb. Hind wing basal area slightly darker brown with a satiny bar in sub-base; discal whitish bar strong, though less wide than above; postdiscal line of olive and maroon lunate marks strong; submarginal row of linear whitish marks strong; marginal border reddish to mid tails, then olive toanalangle. (PI. 10, figs. 82, 86.) Holotype female. MoyENn Conco: Kelle, x.1962 (Jackson). Variation. (a) Very similar to above. Upperside. Ground colour more strongly black; fore wing spots smaller, and ochre in colour. Hind wing band wide at costa but tapering rapidly the outer border incurved; submarginal linear marks more bluish. Underside. Ground colour more uniform greyish brown, satiny bars more diffuse; pattern of above, well-marked in discal line but less strong in postdiscal row, with the adjacent dark marks fading out above tb. Hind wing discal band creamy white and distinct; the zigzag row of olive and maroon lunules strong; submarginal row of linear pale marks clear; marginal border reddish to upper tail, then olive to anal angle. (Pl. 10, fig. 85.) Variations. (b) Upperside. General pattern of fore wing very similar to Pl. 10, fig. 82 but the spots are conjoined by rays. Underside. Ground colour more greyish; pattern of above well represented and showing raying for fore wing spots; marginal pale area divided by black veins. Hind wing ground colour more brownish and with a sub-basal satiny bar present but not strong discal creamy white band well represented; the postdiscal lunules not marked in upper half but strong thereafter to anal angle; submarginal whitish line broad but rather diffuse; marginal border reddish orange, outlined in ochre. (PI. ro, figs. 83, 87.) Variations. (c) Upperside. Fore wing ground colour brownish black with purplish tinge on basal area; distal border of wing more brownish. No spot in cell; spot in sub-base 4 very small; two upper spots in discal row quadrate, those in 3—2 crescentic, marks in 1b—1ra increasing in size. Postdiscal spots large, of almost equal size, that in 1b in contact with mark in discal row. All spots orange-ochre except those in Ia, 1b discal row which are creamy. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing; the discal band rather irregular on borders, showing a tendency to raying on lower half of outer border, colour creamy with a tinge of purplish colour on inner border in 2-3. Submarginal linear marks creamy with a slight purplish surround; marginal border orange-red to lower tail, then olive to anal angle. Underside. Ground colour brownish grey with purplish flush over bases of both wings, more rufous on distal border of fore wing. The black marks at bases well developed, so also the black line on the proximal side of the discal ochreous spots; the postdiscal spots strongly ochreous; the postdiscal spots on fore wing only strong at tornus. Hind wing discal bar ochreous with some indication of breaking up toward the inner fold. Postdiscal lunate marks not strongly shown and suffused over by a rufescent bloom; submarginal pale marks strong; border reddish to lower tail then slightly olive to anal angle. (Pl. 10, fig. 89.) This variation shows a strong tendency towards ochracea Rothschild of Gabon. ? form near regalis Rothschild. Fore wing length 43 mm. Uppferside. Ground colour black with some purplish brown towards the base; pattern of discal and postdiscal spots much smaller than in the nominate vegalis type (q.v.), particularly in the discal row; all spots ochreous orange except those in 1a-1b REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 105 which are blue. Hind wing ground colour blue-black, slightly browner at base; discal bar blue, not so strong as in nominate regalis especially as regards the two postdiscal spots at subcosta The submarginal row of linear marks bluish, not so pronounced; marginal border reddish to lower tail, but olive at anal angle. Underside. Ground colour brownish grey, slightly browner on outer border; black basal marks bold. Discal spots greyish, outlined in black proximally; postdiscal spots greyish white in 1b—3 then ochreous to apex; tornal spot and one above strongly black, the dark spots in spaces above hardly visible. Hind wing ground colour slightly browner, sub-base with paler bar; discal band whitish at costa, irregular and fading out at 2 to inner fold; olive and maroon lunules in postdiscal line rather large but not strong except opposite tails; submarginal row of linear marks rather diffuse, but narrowly outlined distally in black; marginal border not very clearcut but reddish to lower tail then olive to anal angle, which has two black dots. In some examples, the fore wing spots are blue with little orange tinge. There is thus consider- able difference between these specimens and nominate vegalis, q.v. 2 form near alladinis Butler Very similar to form alladinis of the nominate race, but slightly larger; fore wing length 43-45 mm. Upperside. Ground colour purplish brown-black, slightly blacker on distal half of wing. Spot in cell and in discal line rather obscured, purplish blue; postdiscal spots more distinct and extending from subapex to 1b, upper ones whitish, lower purplish blue. Hind wing with two rather indistinct purplish blue marks subcostal in discal line; postdiscal spots indistinct and purplish blue; submarginal row of whitish linear marks distinct; marginal border reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle. Underside. Ground colour rather dull, uniform greyish brown with rufescent bloom overall. Basal black marks thin; discal row of paler spots hardly visible except in subcosta but outlined proximally in black; postdiscal marks more distinct; tornal black mark distinct. Hind wing almost uniform with only slight indication of discal and postdiscal spots; submarginal row of linear white marks distinct. The males associated with this aggregate are of two forms which differ mainly on underside characters. They are f. ephyra, carter: and f. catochrous. The male forms are ephyra and cartert. These three forms are hardly separable and have been referred to when dealing with the nominate race. Upperside. Ground colour deep velvety black with an overall blue-green sheen, most pro- nounced over the disc of the hind wing. Length of fore wing, 33-35 mm. The number of sub- costal blue spots variable, there is usually one at the upper part of end of cell, a larger one at the discal line, and sometimes one or two in the subapical area, but these may be absent. Margin with varying degree of glaucous marks. Hind wing sometimes with a trace of a wavy greenish line in the lower postdiscal zone opposite the tails, but more often this is absent; submarginal row of white dots with lilac surround complete; marginal border greenish; edge black, with very slight white fringe between veins. Tails short, rather thin, of about equal length, 3-4 mm. Underside. Ground colour rather dark earthy grey-brown with slight purplish flush. er fi Pt " . f. fiie“i4 ds . a Ol vy; ee “om ‘. “Pend ‘. fate ‘. : . . *, : on, : *, < e eee, ? eee, E Pa : . . . ‘ : v4 : ‘ : Tae m : - ee Pr 7 : *oeeeetan,,® Map 5. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 119 submarginal linear marks subdued; marginal border obscured, dull reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle. Range. This species is found in the forests of the Kigoma district, north-east of Lake Tanganyika, extending southward to the forest of Kungwe Mt. in the Mpanda district. It is to be noted that Charaxes etheocles carpentert also occurs within this range, the male forms carpenteri and catochrous having been taken in considerable numbers. (Maps 4, 5). 6. CHARAXES CONTRARIUS WEyYMER AND C. PETERSI sp. N. Charaxes contrarius Weymer (Pl. 13, Text-figs. 27, 28 [aedeagus]) Charaxes contrarius Weymer, 1907 : 44. Charaxes subargentea van Someren & Rogers, 1932 : 167. Charaxes catochrous contrarius Weymer; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 279. When I described Charaxes subargentea in 1932, I did so on the assurance of the late Dr. Karl Jordan that the species had not been described previously, but we had both overlooked Weymer’s contrarius, published in 1907. The subsequent association of contrarius with catochrous by van Someren & Jackson in 1952 was most unfortu- nate, for catochrous is but a male form of etheocles (vide Ch. etheocles (Cramer) p. 99). The differences between catochrous and contrarius were clearly set out by us then; beyond the somewhat silvery underside exhibited by both, there is no real resem- blance between the two. No subspecies of etheocles is known to occur within a thousand miles of the range of contrarius, the intervening country being unsuitable to etheocles. The recently described Charaxes martini van Someren, 1965, from southern Malawi, may be related to contrarius, but insufficient material, especially authentic females of this southern insect, precludes any definite decision on this point. Mate. Fore wing length 30-40 mm. Shape incurved on outer border at 3-4, apex falcate, thus very like Charvaxes viola kirki. Upperside. Ground colour blue-black with strong blue sheen at base of costa. Blue spots in subcostal region slightly variable in number and size, but there is usually a spot at the upper part of end of cell, one large spot with a small one below in the discal line, two blue spots in the subapex; margin with distinct glaucous lunules, often strong, and with a white streak in centre of each. Hind wing ground colour blue-black, greyer on the inner fold; a slight greenish sheen sometimes present over lower part of disc sometimes represented by an indistinct wavy greenish line opposite tails; submarginal row of short linear white marks distinct; marginal border with maroon lunules outlined in olive, then olive to anal angle usually strong, but may be obscured, edge black, tails long, of about equal length, 5 mm., black with central olive-red streak. Underside. Fore wing ground colour silvery greyish to discal line, slightly browner beyond to the postdiscal series of greyish spots, outlined proximally in areas 1a—6 in blackish, followed by the submarginal row of darker diffuse marks which are black in 1b at the tornus. Basal black marks well defined but thin. Hind wing basal area silvery, more whitish toward the inner fold; basal black lines thin; ground colour more tinged with brownish in the postdiscal line which has conspicuous olive and maroon lunules accentuated proximally in black; submarginal row of linear marks rather broad in the type but usually well 120 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN defined and outlined distally in black, particlarly in region of tails; border brick-red above upper tail then olive to anal angle. (Pl. 13, figs. 106, 107, type.) Variations. Upperside. The size and number of blue spots on the fore wing reduced and the marginal lunules smaller. On the hind wing the submarginal spots are small and partially obscured while the marginal border is narrow, broken and mainly greenish. Underside. The fore wing distal pattern is stronger while on the hind wing, the band carrying the postdiscal lunules is strongly brownish; the submarginal linear pale marks continuous and not interrupted; the marginal border is strongly reddish above upper tail then olive to analangle. PI. 13, fig. 108. Female. There are two distinct patterns of female: (a) those with an “‘ etheocles- like ’’ pattern, and (b) those with a “ vosae-like’”’ pattern. The former predominates. (a) 9 form contrarius, nominate form Size rather variable, fore wing length 35-42 mm., average 38 mm. __In shape the fore wing may be strongly falcate (as in Pl. 13, fig. 111) or the outer margin may be less incurved at 3-4 as in the majority. Upperside. Ground colour blue-black or slightly brownish black, with blue sheen towards the base of fore wing. There may be a white spot at upper angle of end of cell, more often missing, seldom large; the discal row of spots as follows: two subcostal, the upper large, quadrate-elongate, usually no spot sub-base in 4, but when present is often large; the spots from 3 to hind margin increasing in size, the increase usually on the distal end, these marks are usually white. The spots in the postdiscal row are three subapical in a row of about equal size, spot in 4, sometimes missing, is set in, those of 3 to 2 may be free or slightly joined to discal mark in same area, that of 1b fused with discal mark. Margin with no marks as a rule but may be very faintly indicated at tornus. Hind wing basal area blue- or brownish black, slightly greyer in the inner fold, border black; discal white band broad, commencing at costa and widening opposite cell, then gradually diminishing and tapering to above the anal and crossing the inner fold; the band may be slightly blue-tinged on borders from mid point to anal angle; the submarginal line of linear bluish white marks distinct and well separated; border reddish to upper tail, then olive to anal angle; margin black. Tails long and thin, upper 8 mm., lower 5-6 mm., black with reddish or olive mid line. The fore wing white discal bar is the main feature of the wing and may widen abruptly from 3 to hind margin. (PI. 13, figs. 109-112.) Underside. The ground colour in all these forms is silvery greyish, slightly tinged with brownish in the curve of the fore wing. The basal black lines are fine but distinct; the discal bars are whitish, the upper postdiscal spots buffish; the submarginal dark marks strongly represented in the tornus at 1b and in an area above and are black and touch the postdiscal spots in these areas. The hind wing ground colour is satiny silvery grey with a slight brownish tinge in the base; the discal white band shows up strongly but reduced in width and tapering rapidly toward the inner fold which is crossed above the anal angle. The postdiscal bar of olive and maroon lunules is very strong except toward the costs. The border is slightly more brownish and the submarginal row of linear white to lilac marks are continuous and strong, accentuated distally by black marks; the marginal border strongly reddish to upper tail, then olive to anal angle. Variation. (a) Upperside. The fore wing discal and postdiscal spots in the upper section may be creamy, creamy ochreous or ochreous. Variation. (b) Upperside. The upper fore wing spots may be slightly conjoined by rays; the spots are white. Variation. (c) Upperside. A rather striking variant in which the ground colour is a deep blue-black; there is a well developed white spot in the fore wing cell; the white marks from 3 to hind margin fully conjoined, the marks in 1a—1b bluish at the ends; the hind wing band, white in the mid area, is strongly bluish on both borders, especially on the proximal border. (PI. 13, fig. 111.) Variation. (d) Upperside. This is an extreme of (b) in which all the wing spots are fused from 5 to 1b, the upper spots larger than usual. The hind wing band is exceptionally broad and expanded proximally and strongly blue on the inner border. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 121 (b) form conjugens forma n. (Pinx3, fie Tr0) 2 form rosae pattern (Pl. 13, fig. 112) Size rather variable, fore wing length 35-44 mm. Shape similar to other forms. Upperside. Ground colour of fore wing brownish black, sometimes with a slight purplish sheen at base. The conspicuous white curved band commences as a white spot at the upper part of the cell (it is of interest that a spot in the cell is unusual in the nominate form) which is continuous with a larger triangular mark beyond at base of 4, and this, with a larger triangular mark at base of 3, an elongate mark in 2 with obliquely cut proximal end, followed by elongate quadrate mark in 1b and streak in 1a completes the band. The upper discal and postdiscal spots are usually large and free, but may be small. Marginal glaucous or greyish marks hardly visible except at tornus. Hind wing basal area brownish black, greyer on the inner fold. The discal white band commencing at the costa, expands over the mid-region then tapers to the inner border and crosses it above the anal angle as a narrow white mark; the band is mainly white but may have some bluish scaling on the borders especially at the lower half. Border of wing black and broad, the submarginal linear white marks distinct or slightly obscured opposite tails, but here bordered by black distally; marginal border reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle; margin black; tails long and thin, 8 and 6 mm. long, black edged with olive or whitish mid-line. Underside. Ground colour slightly variable silvery greyish or with varying amount of pale brownish suffusion. Fore wing black basal marks thin out distinct; pattern of upperside strongly represented; tornal black mark and one above very strong. Hind wing silvery grey at base, browner on border, the discal band strongly marked but narrower than above and tend- ing to fade out above anal angle, but postdiscal series of olive and maroon lunules strong; submarginal row of linear marks usually strong; with strong black distally especially in region of tails; marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. (PI. 13, fig. 112.) Variation. An occasional specimen may have on the upperside a fore wing bar of more even width and the white scaling extending onto the costa. The hind wing band however is limited at the costal end to a large free spot in the discal line, and a reduced mark in 5; the lower part of the band strongly flushed with bluish. Range: Kenya, occuring in the coastal forests and heavy savanna from just north of Lamu in the Mundane range to the Sekoke-Arabuko forest, the Rabai Hills south to the Shimba Hills and the coastal forests at Zombo and Marima Hill in the Kwale district. Tanzania, the lower forests of the Usambara range, and the Pugu forest, south to Lindi. (Maps 4, 5). Charaxes petersi sp. n. (Pl. 13, figs. 113, 114; Text-fig. 25 [aedeagus]) This interesting new species was first taken by Dr. W. Peters in Liberia at Kitoma, 1,600 ft. in August of 1953, and remained unrecognized until 1965 when Dr. Arthur Rydon made dissections of the genitalia of the type and other specimens. All had genitalia which differed markedly from those of Charaxes etheocles, which is common in the area. The species was taken subsequently by Monsieur A. Gallay in the Ivory Coast at Abidjan; these specimens have similar distinctive genitalia. Unfor- tunately, all examples are males; the female is not known with certainty. 122 V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN This species comes within the “ etheocles ’’’ s.1. aggregate, and indeed is very similar in general appearance, especially on the underside, to the catachrous form of etheocles etheocles, and could easily be mistaken for it. Mate. Fore wing length 30 mm., (type), 29 mm., paratypes. Upperside. General appear- ance very similar to male etheocles etheocles (Cramer), deep velvety black with slight greenish sheen at base of the fore wing costa. Fore wing immaculate except for an obscure blue subcostal spot toward end of the cell, a smaller blue spot at base of 6, two bluish white spots at mid 8—7 and a small white subapical dot in 8. Margin with very obscure glaucous lunules and slight white fringe between veins. Hind wing ground colour as fore, slightly browner on inner fold; disc immaculate but submargin with small punctiform white dots, double at anal angle; margin with glaucous lunules, edge black with slight white fringe. Tails short, 4 and 3 mm. long, black with central glaucous streak. Underside. General appearance very similar to the catachrous form of etheocles, but base of fore wing with more pronounced silvery satiny sheen; discal bar silvery edged internally with black crescentic marks; postdiscal lunules silvery, inwardly margined in black and distally with series of rounded dark spots, strongest at tornus, that at hind angle and in rb, ringed greyish; margin brownish. Hind wing basal area greyish brown with fine wavy black lines in sub-base; discal bar strongly silvery from costa to above anal angle where it crosses the inner fold, bordered distally by a brownish zone; the postdiscal greyish and brownish ocelli well marked; admargin with whitish lunules accentuated distally with black, most apparent in area between tails and at anal angle; margin black with very slight white fringe. For formation of the aedeagus, vide Text-fig. 25, it will be noted that the main “ tooth ” or spine is extremely large and prominent, and is situated on the ventral or ventro-lateral side of the shaft of the penis. Holotype male. Liperia: Kitoma, 1,600 ft., viii.1953 (W. Peters). In B.M. (N.H.). Paratypes. Same data, in B.M. (N.H.), and one male from Ivory Coast in National Museum, Nairobi, Kenya. Other males from Ivory Coast in coll. Gallay. Range: Liberia, in forested areas at Kitoma; also on the Ivory Coast, in forest at Abidjan. The species has not been bred. 7. CHARAXES BAILEYI VAN SOMEREN Charaxes baileyi van Someren (Pl. 14, Text-figs. 13-14 [aedeagus]) Charaxes baileyi van Someren, 1958 : 4. This insect was referred to very briefly by van Someren & Jackson (1952 : 285). There were two female specimens of uncertain status, one from Ravine, the other from Rongai on the western side of the Rift Valley. The species was subsequently taken at an intermediate locality, Visoi Gap, by J. H. Bailey. This was a female with a broad blue band on the upperside of the hind wing, similar to the first specimen taken at Ravine. When on a visit to the Visoi area, I was successful in obtaining a few females from which I raised families with sufficient progeny to indicate the constancy of both male and female characters. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 123 Several additional males and females have been secured by Mr. Bailey during the past year or so. Mate. Fore wing length 35-37 mm. with only a very slight inward curve on outer border. Upperside. Ground colour intense blue black with slight blue sheen at base; glaucous marginal marks triangular or lunate usually well marked; subcostal blue spots, one minute dot at upper end of cell, a larger spot in discal line, a small dot in upper subapex. Hind wing ground colour intense black with some greenish sheen toward postdiscal zone where there may be the slightest trace of a greenish zigzag bar opposite tails, but usually absent; submarginal row of linear white marks distinct, well separated; marginal border greenish, more olive at anal angle; extreme edge black with slight white fringe. Underside. Fore wing ground colour greyish brown, browner in zone between discal and postdiscal lines, more so in slight curve of the wing on outer border, but the satiny sheen is strong over the discal zone and toward the subapex; the pattern is thus rather strong; the submarginal dark spots, ringed in greyish, black at tornus then more brownish to subapex. Hind wing ground colour as fore with a slight olive tinge; sub-basal and discal satiny bars strong; the postdiscal wavy line of lunate marks olive and maroon, outlined proximad in black; submarginal series of pale linear marks well marked. (Pl. 14, figs. 115, 118, holotype.) There is little variation in the males on the upperside; in the fore wing the subcostal blue spots may be reduced in size and number; on the hind wing the submarginal linear marks may be obscured. On the underside, the pattern may be less strong but the satiny zones are still marked; the postdiscal line may be bronzy. The shape of the hind wing in baileyi is more rounded and less pyriform than in berkeleyi which flies with it. I selected as the type female of nominate baileyi, the form predominating with a broad discal band in the hind wing. FEMALE. Fore wing 38-40 mm. Upperside. Ground colour deep blue-black with strong blue sheen at base of wing. There is a suggestion of a blue spot at the upper end of the cell; the discal spots are one large subcostal with a dot below, followed by a small spot sub-basal in 4 set well in, two larger spots in 2 and 3, and a suggestion of blue scaling in 1b; the post- discal row of spots well marked and blue, three subapical in line, followed by spots in 4-2 slightly larger and set in, the mark in 1a and rb larger and bluer, that in la, a streak; margin with small glaucous marks, largest in 1b at tornus. Hind wing ground colour as forewing; a broad blue band crosses the disc of the wing, represented in subcosta by a free quadrate spot in post- discal line, the band tapering to the inner fold above the anal angle. Beyond this band a black border carrying the complete series of crescentic blue and white marks, double and more bluish at anal angle; marginal border reddish and green slightly outlined in mauve; extreme edge black with narrow white fringe. Tails rather long, upper 7 mm., lower 5 mm., black edged with reddish median line. Underside. Basically similar to that of the male as regards pattern, but the discal and postdiscal spots of upperside are represented by buffish spots and the whole ground colour is paler and browner but the dark spots toward the hind angle are strong, particu- larly that at the tornal angle. On the hind wing the pattern is subdued in the basal area; the postdiscal line is not strong except opposite the lower tail and above this there is a somewhat quadrate pale mark on the inner fold; the submarginal linear lilac marks are well developed, the marginal border of reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle is rather narrow. (ek: 2A, figs. 116, 119, allotype.) There are several variations of this form. (a) Upperside. The fore wing spots are mainly bluish, the marks in the discal line not extending to the hind margin in 1a-1b, the postdiscal series extending to 1b as a blue streak. The hind wing blue band as in the nominate form, the submarginal spots blue and the marginal border strongly reddish to lower tail then olive to anal angle accentuated proximally in green. Underside. Ground colour more rufescent, especially on the outer border of fore wing; the hind wing more rusty, and the postdiscal line of lunules almost entirely reddish. Variation. (b) Upperside. Fore wing upper discal spots are white, but strongly blue in tab, the marks coalescing with the large blue marks in 1a—1b of the postdiscal series; the margin of the wing with diffuse glaucous marks. The hind wing discal blue band broad and ENTOM. 23, 4. II 124 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN complete to the costa; the submarginal bluish white marks large; the border greenish with a few reddish scales above the upper tail. Underside. As the nominate form but discal spots in fore wing from 2—costa white. Variation. (c) Upperside. Fore wing spots in the upper sector in both discal and postdiscal rows are small and obscured but those in 1a—1b and slightly in 2 conjoined and strongly blue. The hind wing band broad and complete to costa; the submarginal linear marks strongly blue and in marginal border green, slightly more olive at anal angle. Underside. As in nominate form. These forms occur in bred material from the type locality. Variation. (d) Merely a colour variant in which the blue spots and hind wing band of upper- side are strongly greenish blue (Mau-Narok.) 2 form pseudocarpenteri van Someren, 1958 : 5 This form bears a superficial resemblance to female f. carpenteri of etheocles carpenteri, but the two do not fly together. The length of fore wing is 40-42 mm. Upperside. Ground colour blue-black with purplish brown shading toward the base, sometimes shot with green. The spots in the discal zone are limited to those in subcosta to area 2 and these are white or slightly bluish white; the postdiscal series complete and ending in a streak in 1a, the subapical spots white, the remainder blue. The blue band on the hind wing is limited to the postdiscal zone and extends from the subcosta to just above the anal angle, the mark in 6 is set in so that there is a double kink in the bar; the submarginal linear marks are bold and bluish white; the marginal border reddish above upper tail and olive to anal angle. Tails as in nominate form. Underside. Ground colour purplish grey-brown with a golden olive bloom over the base of the fore wing and on the border; the pattern very similar to the nominate form but whitish marks in discal area limited to spots above. Hind wing ground colour as fore but golden olive bloom covers the whole of the disc, but is traversed by satiny bars in sub-base and discal line. Submar- ginal line of pale marks strong but rather fused in region of upper tail, spots bordered by olive marks distally, double in anal angle; border reddish to upper tail then olive to anal angle. A quadrate whitish grey mark is present at inner fold above the dark postdiscal mark, the rest of the postdiscal lunate marks not strong, reddish olive. Variation. (a) Upperside. Similar to typical, but all fore wing spots blue; the postdiscal blue bar in hind wing bordered with bronzy golden scales. (Pl. 14, figs. 117, 120.) Variation. (b) A paratype specimen of this form has the upperside ground colour of fore wing blue-black, slightly bluer toward base; postdiscal spots reduced in number and the post- discal series present but obscured, the mark in 1a elongate along the hind border. The hind wing ground colour blue-black shaded with purplish brown towards the base; the blue band is limited to the postdiscal area but does not reach the costa; the black border carries a row of linear bluish white marks extending from upper angle to anal angle; the marginal border is a mixture of greenish and red scales to upper tail then olive to anal angle. Tails as in typical form. Bionomics: A full account of the biology of this species can be found in the original description. (1958 :5) Thespecies lays on Scutia myrtina Burm. s.l. (Rhamnaceae). Families bred from 2 form baileyi produce both baileyi and 2 form pseudocarpentert ; and pseudocarpenteri also produces both forms; variants appear in some families. The males are remarkably constant. Range: So far, this species has only been taken west of the Rift Valley in Kenya at Visoi Gap between Kilombe Hill and Londiani Hill, at Molo and Ravine, at Mau-Narok, and recently on the eastern slopes of Mt. Elgon. Thus there is a considerable overlap with Charaxes berkeleyi ssp. and Charaxes etheocles evanst. (Map 1). REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 125 SY SG EMATIC EIS fT Charaxes grahamei sp. n. Charaxes grahamet sp.n. Type locality: Tanzania, Kigoma Dist., Mukuyu Forest. Range: Tanzania, Kigoma Dist., N.E. of Lake Tanganyika and southwards to Mpanda Dist., Kungwe Mt. Qf. lacteataforman. Type locality: Kigoma Dist., Mukuyu Forest. Charaxes contrarius Weymer Charaxes contrarius Weymer, 1907. Type locality: ‘German E. Africa’. Range: Kenya, coastal forests and heavy savanna from Mundane Range, Lamu to Sekoke to Arabuko Forest, Rabai Hills, Shima Hills, Zombo, Marima Hills, Kwale Dist., Tanzania, Usambara Range and Rugu Forest, south of Lindi. 2 f. conjugens forma n. Type locality: Shimba Hills, Kwale. Charaxes petersi sp. n. Charaxes peterst sp.n. Type locality: Liberia, Kitoma. Range: Liberia and Ivory Coast. Charaxes baileyi van Someren Charaxes baileyi van Someren, 1958. Type locality: Kenya, Visoi Gap. Range: Kenya, west of Rift Valley at Visoi Gap, Kilombe Hill, Molo, Ravine, Mau-Narok and Mt. Elgon. 2 f. pseudocarpentert van Someren, 1958. Type locality: Kenya, Visoi Gap, Kilombe Hill. 8. CHARAXES VIOLA BuTLER AND ITS SUBSPECIES AND FORMS Charaxes viola Butler Butler described this insect as a species in 1865. Subsequently, Rothschild and Jordan (1900) referred to viola as a subspecies of etheocles (Cramer), 1777. Auri- villius (1925) and subsequent authors followed the general classification advocated by Rothschild. Van Someren and Rogers (1925 : 42-43) drew attention to certain breeding experi- ments which seemed to indicate that “‘ etheocles’’’, as defined by Rothschild, was an aggregate of several well defined species. This view was upheld and amplified by van Someren and Jackson (1952 : 257-259), and was followed by a tentative division of the group into species, being further amplified by us in 1957. Charaxes viola Butler was reinstated to specific rank and several subspecies were recognized. The present revision carries the investigation still further, and is based on a great deal of additional material and data. This species, throughout its range and in all its racial forms, is an insect of the 126 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN ‘ savanna country, i.e. “ thorn-bush”’ or “ orchard country ”’, light riverine gallery forest, and dry forest areas, thus seldom extending into areas of heavy forest. Charaxes etheocles on the other hand, is generally an insect of heavy forest. If one studies a ‘“‘ Vegetational Map”’ such as that of UNESCO, 1959, it will be noted that areas of various types of savanna or woodland extend from W. Africa to Abyssinia and Somalia, eastern Africa to Central Africa and to S. Africa north of Lat. 25° with varying degrees of tree coverage; Zones 8, 16, 18, 20, 21-22, and 25. The known ranges of Charaxes viola correspond more or less with these areas which are described as: Forest-savanna, mosaic woodland, savanna woodlands, wooded steppe, etc., the main trees being Acacia, Combretum, Commiphora, Terminalia, Brachystygia, Albizia, Entada and Isoberlina. Many species of some of these genera are food plants of Charaxes viola. This type of habitat being more or less continuous, either as large blocks or even narrow corridors, from west to east and east to south with no natural ecological barriers completely severing the continuity, we find some evidence of merging of the subspecies into which viola has been divided. One is thus faced with the problem of deciding which of these races is taxonomically sound, i.e. do they represent restricted or isolated breeding communities or are some bio-ecological strains affected by climatic conditions and restricted food plants, yet exhibiting evidence of consider- able genetical control of female forms. There is often a size difference. On the evidence of the considerable material before me, Charaxes viola can be divided into four main groups, based on female forms (1) a western group (W. Africa to Uganda) in which the females conform to a fixed pattern and coloration, with comparative slight variation; (2) a north-eastern group (Ethiopia-Kenya- Tanzania) in which the female pattern remains more or less constant, but the colour varies from white to orange; (3) a central southern group (western Tanzania-Malawi- eastern Zambia-Rhodesia in which the female is of totally different pattern and colour but in which the white-barred female crops up again, but mostly in the southern parts of its range; (3a) S.W. Africa in which a boldly marked, white-banded 9 is the only one recorded; (4) a southern Congo (Katanga), western Zambia-Angolan group in which the females are highly polymorphic and polychromatic. One is led to speculate on what was the ancestral female form. By analogy, one would expect that the original female was somewhat male-like, the first major diver- gence being the development of discal and postdiscal spots, already present in males, most apparent on the underside. These two series of spots, originally bluish or whitish, became creamy, ochreous or orange; at first completely separated, they became partially united in the lower or hind portion of the fore wing, and in the disc of the hind wing. The appearance of form phaeus is difficult to explain, but if one studies the female forms of the polymorphic group 4, the possible development of this form is sensed; the greenish blue basal area present in the male became gradually intensified or became paler blue, the postdiscal spots developing concurrently with some trace of discal spots. If there is any substance in this speculation, one must assume that the polymorphic aggregates are still in a state of flux of evolutionary development, whilst the monomorphic have evolved the more rapidly and achieved stability. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 127 I deliberately avoid the controversial subject of mimicry as an agent in the evolution of Charaxes viola; it abounds in pitfalls. Since this is a taxonomic paper one should be able to define, with some degree of certainty and accuracy, the characters of the subspecies and state their distribution. In the main, these criteria can be fulfilled, but there is some evidence of apparent overlap, even merging, of aggregates to which subspecific names have been applied. There is also a paucity of material and detailed field data from some areas. | prefer, at this juncture to retain the taxa as given in the systematic list. Charaxes viola viola Butler (Pl. 15, figs. 121-132) Charaxes viola Butler, 1865 :627. (Partim) Type female. Charaxes ephyra Feistamel, 1850 : 255 (3). Charaxes viola Butler, 1876 : 481 (2). Charaxes etheocles viola Rothschild, 1900 : 488 (9). Charaxes etheocles viola Aurivillius in Seitz, 1912 : 137. Charaxes viola viola Butler ; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 263. GROUP I, AREA I. SENEGAL—N. NIGERIA Females are monomorphic with only slight variation. Mate. Fore wing length 33 mm., shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour blue-black with greenish sheen especially at base of cell. A blue spot in cell, two blue spots beyond, upper large, lower a mere dot, two subapical bluish white spots, (occasionally only one), or sometimes three, continued in postdiscal line as faint blue dots from 4 to hind angle; margin with strong glaucous lunules increasing in size to tornus, slightly separated by dark veins. Hind wing black, greyer on inner fold, disc immaculate, but in postdiscal zone a wavy bluish green line, most pronounced opposite tails and fading out toward upper angle; submarginal linear marks whitish in upper part, then bluish to anal angle; marginal border greenish ochre with reddish centres, becoming more greenish to lower tail, then olive to anal angle; margin black. Tails rather short, tapering rapidly to a point, upper 4 mm., lower 3 mm. Underside. Ground colour greyish drab, slightly more brownish on border, or generally pale earthy brown overall. Fore wing black marks strongest in lower part of basal triangle in 1b; satiny bars faintly indi- cated in discal line, internally outlined in black especially towards the hind margin; postdiscal line proximally faintly outlined in black; submargin with a series of dark marks from apex to tornus increasing in size and culminating in double black tornal mark. Hind wing with an indication of a pale sub-basal bar and an irregular pale bar in discal line; basal black lines very fine and hardly indicated; postdiscal series of conjoined lunate marks greenish ochre and reddish, outlined in black proximally, extends from costa to above anal angle; submarginal whitish lilac marks not strongly developed; marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle, with black central dots double at anal angle. (Pl. 15, figs. 123, 124.) FEMALE. Fore wing length 40 mm., shape falcate, generally narrow, since the length of vein 1 seldom exceeds 24 mm. Upperside. Ground colour brownish black, slightly browner on the outer border. All fore wing spots are tawny orange except those in 1a~1b which are pale. Two spots beyond end of cell, usually no spot basad in 4, but those in 3 to hind margin gradually increasing in size, their inner ends rounded, the outer ends continuous with the post- discal but usually with some dark scaling indicating line of junction; postdiscal spots: three ovoid in subapex, spots from 4 to hind margin increasing in size and somewhat quadrate are contiguous with the discal row. Margin with conspicuous though ill-defined tawny orange 128 V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN lunules, most clear from 4 to 1b. Hind wing basal triangle brownish black, disc of wing with a broad white patch slightly bluish on borders, the band goes through from the costa where it is narrow, then widens and fills the greater part of the disc, then tapers to and crosses the inner fold above the anal angle. The distal dark border is thus narrow, widest in 6—7 but narrowing to anal angle. The submarginal linear or lunate marks are whitish blue, more blue toward anal angle, and conspicuous. Marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle, with black marks and double dots at anal angle. Margin black tails long and slender, upper 6-7 mm., lower 5 mm., black edged with ochre-olive mid line. Underside. Fore wing ground colour palish grey-brown in basal area, slightly more rusty toward curve of outer border; black marks strongest in lower area 1b and along the inner border of the tawny ochreous discal and postdiscal band, the inner border of the latter with subdued dark spots in submarginal line which become black at tornus at 1b and area above, the former accentuated by a pale lilac surround. Hind wing colour as fore, the basal black lines very thin; the discal band is ochreous, bordered distally by the postdiscal zigzag ochreous and reddish lunules which extend from costa to anal angle. The ground colour of the border is slightly greyish, traversed by the com- plete row of whitish lunate marks, slightly black lined distally, then strongly black opposite the tails; marginal border rather narrow, reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. (PI. 15, hes. T25°122.) Variation. (a) Upperside. In the fore wing the tawny orange discal and postdiscal spots are conjoined to 5, there being a spot in 4 in discal row; the outer border of wing strongly rufous from apex to hind angle so that the lunules on the margin are fused. Underside. Asin nominate form. Variation. (b) Upperside. Fore wing discal and postdiscal spots well separated from 7—4 then almost separated by black scaling in 3-2. Marginal lunules not very distinct. Hind wing dark border divided into triangles by angular intrusion of the discal white band into it, which almost meet the submarginal row of linear marks. Underside. Pale greyish putty colour, with barely indicated black marks, only the tornal black mark distinct. The discal bands only slightly visible and suffused over. Range: Nominate viola extends from Senegal to Togoland and Ghana thence to northern Nigeria and perhaps to Lake Chad, inhabiting the Savanna bush country. I am unable to check the records of viola from Atbara, as the specimens appear to have been lost! (Map 6). Charaxes viola picta van Someren & Jackson (Pl. 15, figs. 127-130) Charaxes etheocles 3 f. picta Rothschild, 1900 : 483. Charaxes etheocles 3 f. picta Rothschild; Aurivillius, 1912 : 553. Charaxes etheocles 9 f. vansomereni Poulton, 1925 : 553. Chavaxes etheocles 9 f. illuminata and f. splendens Rousseau-Decelle, 1938 : 161. Locality, Rio Luvna, E. Congo Belge. Charaxes viola picta van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 263. GROUP I, AREA 2. S. NIGERIA, CAMEROON, THEN SKIRTING NORTH OF EQUATORIAL FOREST TO E. Conco, UGANDA, S. SUDAN AND N.W. KENYA The females are monomorphic with slight variation. Mate. Fore wing length 33-35 mm. (average 35 mm.), thus larger than the nominate race, and more robust; shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour black with greenish sheen especially over the cell. This race is usually more strongly marked with blue spots than in nominate; a large blue spot in the cell, in discal row beyond, a large subcostal whitish spot with a smaller REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 129 below, traces of blue spots in 4—2; postdiscal spots, three in a row in subapex, usually white or with slight ochreous tinge, followed by two to four small blue spots, the lower ones fading out; marginal glaucous lunules broad and strong, separated by dark veins. Hind wing ground colour as fore, greyer on inner fold; disc immaculate, but postdiscal wavy greenish line present in lower half, less clear in 5—6; submarginal bluish white marks complete but often small; marginal border reddish above upper tail, then olive to anal angle which has two black spots. Tails rather short and of equal length 4 mm. Underside. Darker than nominate race with black marks at base of fore wing more pronounced, so also the satiny bars, which are bordered in lower half by black; tornal mark strong. Hind wing ground colour slightly more brownish, satiny discal band more distinct; postdiscal ochreous olive and reddish lunules, outlined proximally in black stronger; marginal lunules reddish above upper tail, then olive to anal angle; black dots strong, double at anal angle. (PI. 15, figs. 127, 128, type.) Variation. (a) Upperside. Very similar to typical but with discal and postdiscal blue marks stronger and distinct; the subapical spots ochreous. Hind wing with strong postdiscal wavy green line. Underside. More strongly marked. Variation. (b) Upperside. A variant in the reverse direction: the subapical spots limited to two small blue dots; the glaucous marginal lunules strong. Hind wing postdiscal greeny line hardly visible; marginal border with hardly and red scaling above upper tail. Underside. As in nominate form. (Pl. 15, fig. 129.) FEMALE. Upperside. Somewhat similar to nominate viola but considerably larger, and, as in that race, the discal band of the hind wing is restricted at the costa but expands over the disc in mid area and lower end. (Pl. 15, fig. 130.) 2 form vansomereni Poulton, 1925 : 553 Fore wing length usually 40-42 mm., shape falcate. Upperside. Base of wing brownish shading to black toward the discal band, basal area often with a greenish sheen; distal border blackish. Usually no spot in the cell, but there may be a slight indication of orange scales, two spots beyond the cell, part of the discal series, usually free, as are the three subapical in the postdiscal series; the remaining spots of both series conjoined in varying degrees; all spots tawny orange to orange but those of 1a—1b paler to whitish. Margin of wing with tawny brown lunules separated by dark veins. Hind wing basal area brownish toward costa but distally merging into the bluish white discal patch which is narrowest at the costa but expanded over the mid area then narrows to, then crosses, the inner fold, the borders of the patch tinged with greenish blue scales; the outer border of the wing blackish and wider than in nominate race: submarginal whitish to bluish marks strong; marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle which has two black dots. Tails moderately long with rounded ends, upper 8 mm., lower 6 mm., black with olive mid line. Margin of wing black with slight white fringe. Underside. Rusty greyish brown ground colour with varying amount of satiny bars from hardly visible to strong especially in the subapex; black lines strongest in the basal area of 1b and on either side of the discal band which varies in distinctness, tornal black marks variable, often strong. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, black marks fine; discal pale band variable but narrower than patch above, often limited to the discal zone, sometimes diffused over and hardly visible; the postdiscal olive ochreous and reddish lunate marks outlined proximally in black, usually strong; submarginal pale lunate marks strong to moderate; border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle, witb black dots distinct. (Pl. 15, fig. 131.) Variation. Some indication of variation has been given in the foregoing general description. Upperside. A marked variant has the ground colour of the fore wing rusty brown to brownish in the discal line while the outer border is strongly rusty, especially in apical half, so that the marginal lunules are absorbed into the ground colour except at the tornal angle. The discal and postdiscal orange spots are conjoined by rays. The hind wing discal band is strongly suffused over with orange scaling from costa to 5. The whole pattern is suffused over with a golden rusty bloom. (PI. 15, fig. 132.) 130 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Range: This subspecies occurs in S. Nigeria and Cameroon, then skirts north of the Congo equatorial forest to E. Congo, Uganda, S. Sudan and N.W. Kenya. (Map 6). Charaxes viola kirki Butler (Pl. 16, figs. 133-137, Text-fig. 29 [aedeagus]) Charaxes kivki Butler, 1881 : 105. Charaxes etheocles 9 f. kirki Butler; Rothschild, 1900 : 486. Charaxes etheocles 9 f. kirki Butler; Aurivillius in Seitz, 1912 : 136. Charaxes etheocles 9 f. rogersi, Poulton, 1919 : 1xxxi. Charaxes etheocles 9 f. albifascia Poulton, 1926 : 553, 555- Charaxes etheocles 9 f. handavi Poulton, 1926 : 553, 555. Charaxes viola kirki Butler; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 265. GROUP 2, AREA I. N. AND CENTRAL TANZANIA AND PARTS OF KENYA Females of viola from most localities in this area are dimorphic on the upperside. Though somewhat similar to female viola picta they can readily be distinguished by the form of the hind wing discal band, which is widest at the costa, then tapers strongly to the inner border, above the anal angle, but usually does not cross it. Mate. Fore wing length 44 mm., averaging slightly larger than picta; shape falcate. Upper- side. Ground colour fore wing blue-black with slight greenish sheen at base and along costa. A large blue spot at upper angle cell end; a large spot and a small dot below beyond cell end; two subapical spots are white or slightly ochreous; glaucous marginal lunules usually large and distinct, increasing in size from apex to tornus. Hind wing velvety black with no green in postdiscal line; submarginal bluish white spots small, often indistinct except in area opposite tails and at anal angle; marginal border a mixture of reddish and green, then green at upper tail, then olive to anal angle. Tails tapering abruptly, of about equal length 5-6 mm. Under- side. Ground colour ashy grey-brown or brownish grey, rather strongly variegated, the satiny bars and black marks strong. Fore wing with a satiny quadrate mark in cell, a satiny bar through disc and a patch at upper apex; submarginal dark marks often strong especially toward tornus. Hind wing with a sub-basal satiny bar, a rather broken bar through the disc; post- discal zigzag line of olive and maroon lunules strong, outlined proximally in black; marginal border maroon to upper tail then olive to anal angle, strongly marked. (Pl. 16, figs. 136, 137.) Variation. Upperside. Some specimens exhibit a reduction in the number of fore wing spots, the number being reduced to two small subapical which may be white or ochreous; the marginal glaucous lunules are obscured. In the hind wing the submarginal spots are only just visible in the tail region; the marginal border in this area is broken up into separate spots; the tails are mostly black. Underside. Black marks are reduced and the whole pattern suffused over. FEMALE. The named female forms with orange fore wing pattern are kirki, albifascia and vogerst. The form with a white fore wing pattern has been named handari. These females can be distinguished from picta by their darker, blacker ground colour and the form of the hind wing discal band. ° form kirki Butler, 1881 : 105 Fore wing length 34-38 mm.; shape falcate, not so markedly as in nominate viola but more like picta. Upperside. Ground colour darker, almost black, especially on the hind wing border. Fore wing pattern: an orange spot usually present in the cell, varying in size and clarity; the discal and postdiscal orange spots, except for the two subcostal discal ones and the two upper REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES Ese subapical, fused together, with occasionally some black scales indicating the line of fusion in areas 5-3. The colour of this band is stronger orange than in picta, the lower portion of this band is almost parallel-sided from 3 to hind margin. Marginal lunules rusty to orange, only slightly divided by dark veins. Hind wing ground colour black, slightly greyer on inner fold; discal band widest at costa then tapering rapidly to inner fold above anal angle, but usually not crossing it; the upper or costal portion of the band tinged with orange scaling to about middle of disc; borders very slightly tinged blue; submarginal bluish white marks well separated but distinct; marginal lunules reddish maroon above upper tail then olive to anal angle; edge black, tails longish, upper with rounded end, lower pointed, length 7 and 5 mm. Underside. Ground colour fore wing greyish brown, pattern strong; basal black marks well developed; satiny bars distinct, a quadrate mark at end of cell and a triangular patch at upper part of apex; discal and postdiscal light marks here separated, the former pale creamy ochreous, the latter ochre-orange with a pinkish tinge, both outlined in black proximally; submarginal dark marks increasing in size and blackness, strong at tornus and area above, the tornal spot with lilac surround. Hind wing basal area darker chocolate-brown crossed by a sub-basal satiny bar; black marks fine but distinct; discal band whitish, slightly shaded brownish distally and outlined in black proximally; zigzag postdiscal olive and maroon line strong, extending from costa to above anal angle; bordered by a wide greyish brown zone; submarginal row of lilac whitish marks fairly clear, most distinct in region of tails; marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle and carrying black dots. (PI. 16, fig. 135.) 2? form albifascia Poulton, 1926 : 553, 555 Upperside. Very similar to kivki on fore wing, but discal band of hind wing entirely white. (Pi 36, fiert 33.) 2 form rogersi Poulton, 1919 : 1xxxi Upperside. Generally similar to kivki, but both fore and hind wing bands orange or orange tawny though slightly paler on costal portion of hind wing. The ground colour of fore wing more rusty brown at base and on the distal half of the wing, so that the apical portion is almost uniform rusty, thus obliterating the marginal lunules. Submarginal spots of hind wing small, almost obsolete in upper half. Underside. Pattern strong, but slightly suffused with an ochreous bloom. (PI. 16, fig. 134.) Variation. Upperside. A boldly marked form in which the ground colour of both wings is more blackish, thus the orange bands of both wings are in strong contrast. 2 form handari Poulton, 1926 : 553, 555 In this form the upperside patterns of fore and hind wings are creamy white or white. Variation. (a) Upperside. Ground colour black with slight blue sheen over base of fore wing; two large white spots beyond the end of cell, an equally large spots at base of 4, set well in, spots in 3~1a of gradually increasing size, rounded or straight on inner side, angled on outer, are very slightly bluish on borders; postdiscal spots are, three subapical in a row, spot in 4 set in followed by free spots in 3-2; border of wing with slight indication of glaucous lunules. Hind wing ground colour black, disc crossed by a white band widest at costa then tapering to above upper angle, the borders strongly suffused with blue, especially on the lower half; submar- ginal bluish white spots distinct; marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive-green to anal angle. Underside. Fore wing ground colour greyish brown with some indication of satiny bars; pattern of upper side strongly reproduced and accentuated by black on proximal side of marks; the border of wing slightly darker brown so that the upper marks in the submargin are obscured, but tornal black mark and that in space above accentuated by a whitish surround. Hind wing ground colour more brownish than fore but discal band whitish and strongly indicated ENT. 23, 4 11§ 132 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN and going through to inner fold above anal angle; postdiscal whitish lilac linear marks strong; border as usual. (Pl. 20, figs. 188, 192.) Variation. (b) Upperside. Ground colour of fore wing more brownish at base but with a bluish sheen. A white spot in the cell, discal and postdiscal ones larger than in (a), all spots creamy white. Hind wing ground colour as fore but outer border blacker; discal band creamy white, widest at costa then tapering, lower half tinged with greenish blue scaling. Underside. As in (a) but ground colour paler, and pattern less strong. Range: N. and Central Tanzania and along its coast to north of the Ruvuma River; extending into Kenya along the coast and inland to Ukambani and Masai country, spreading into the Kikuyu area, Nairobi, Thika, Fort Hall, Sagana and Nyeri. (Map 6). Charaxes viola suk Carpenter & Jackson (Pl. 16, figs. 138-144.) Charaxes etheocles suk Carpenter & Jackson, 1950 : 98. Charaxes etheocles suk Carpenter & Jackson; van Someren & Jackson 1952 : 266. GROUP 2, AREA 2. N. AND CENTRAL KENYA This aggregate comes nearest to viola kirkz; it is very variable in size but is usually smaller. Mate. Fore wing length 37-40 mm., shape falcate, often strongly. Upperside. Ground colour of fore wing black with some green sheen at base and along costa. Pattern: a small blue spot at cell end, two blue spots beyond in discal line, two subapical spots white or slightly ochreous. Glaucous marginal lunules strong; fringe white separated by black veins. Hind wing ground colour black; submarginal white dots most evident in region of tails, double at anal angle; marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. Tails acutely tapering and of about equal length, 4-5 mm. Underside. Ground colour fore wing ashy grey-brown with a satiny quadrate mark in the cell, a satiny bar through the disc and a patch in upper half of the apex; basal black marks strong; subapical white marks show through from above; submarginal dark marks complete, becoming black in 2 and at tornus, there is also a black mark in rb in discal line. Hind wing ground colour slightly browner; a satiny sub-basal bar and a more distinct bar through disc; postdiscal olive and maroon lunules distinct but submarginal pale spots rather obscured; marginal border as above. (Pl. 16, figs. 138, 139.) In some specimens the underside ground colour is slightly olive-tinged and the pattern is bolder, especially the satiny greyish bars in the fore wing. 2 form kirkoides Carpenter & Jackson, 1950 : 98 A large to medium form very similar to viola kirki with upperside basal area of fore wing rather brownish; there may be an orange spot in the cell; the rest of the pattern as in hirht. The hind wing band is whitish with some orange scaling mostly over the upper-mid area; it is widest at the costa, tapering to the inner fold. (Pl. 16, fig. 141.) ° form achaemenesopsis Carpenter & Jackson, 1950 : 99 Variable in size, but usually 33-35 mm. in fore wing length; pattern of fore and hind wing very similar to form handari of viola kirki; the discal and postdiscal series of fore wing spots white, the band on the hind wing also white with a varying amount of bluish suffusion on the borders. eat, @gP? Sane, mRA LEON LIB CHARAXES C. viola viola One form of C. viola picta One form of C. viola daria Three forms C. viola chan One form of C. viola suk ¢ Three forms C. viola kirki Four forms «< C. viola phae C. viola nr. p Only one g C. viola diver Numerous § C. viola loane Numerous 5 C. viola brair One form o} C. viola varic $o strongly C. viola figini 133 liscal , but rying 10ja, ig to ‘Isol. issia as a the 1s iS viola ence ry of gical cies, yand wing two with Hind ginal with line inge. 132 and going border as Variatic bluish she creamy wl Hind w. at costa t] ground co Range River; e country, Nyeri. Charaxes Charaxes This a smaller. MALE. colour of - spot at c ochreous. wing grou anal angl tapering grey-brow in upper | above; su black mai bar and ; submargi In som bolder, es A large rather br The hind widest at Variab very simi white, th: borders. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 133 An extreme variant has the discal spots in fore wing reduced in size, the lower postdiscal spots suffused over with greyish scaling; the hind wing band is narrowed considerably. 2 form intermedia Carpenter & Jackson, 1950 : 98 Upperside. In this form the upper spots of the discal and postdiscal series are orange, but those of 2—1a are whitish; the hind band white. (Pl. 16, fig. 140.) 2 form albifascia Poulton, 1926 : 553 The fore wing pattern and colour as in kirkoides; the hind wing band is white with varying amount of bluish on borders. (PI. 16, fig. 143.) Range: This aggregate is plentiful in the thorn-bush country of Karamoja, Turkana, Suk and Kara-Suk south to Kamasia and the Baringo area, extending to the Kampi-ya-Moto district north-west of Menengai, Lower Molo River and Visoi. It was taken in considerable numbers on infected, fermenting seed pods of Cassza at the foot of Kacheliba Rock, Suk. (Map 6). The late T. H. E. Jackson was of the opinion that viola suk should be sunk as a synonym of viola kirkit. This however, would ignore certain facts such as: (a) the males of suk and kirki differ; (b) the white-barred female form achaemenesopsis is extremely plentiful, making up half the female population, whereas handari of viola kirkt is the exception in this population; (c) there must therefore be some difference in the genetical make-up of the two races. It is possible that the two aggregates merge somewhere in the Kedong valley of the Rift, but this does not discount the fact that in swk we have a bio-ecological aggregate occupying a large area to the north of the range of viola kirkz. Since taxonomic Rules do not provide for any category lower than a subspecies, not even localized genetical forms, I prefer to treat viola suk as a subspecies. Charaxes viola chanleri Holland (Pl. 20, figs. 189-191) Charaxes chanleri Holland, 1895 : 753. Charaxes etheocles chanleri Holland; Rothschild & Jordan, 1900 : 483. Charaxes viola chanleri Holland; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 268. GROUP 2, AREA 3. Mr. KENYA AND NJOMBE RANGE TO S. ETHIOPIA This subspecies belongs to the eastern group of viola, having the hind wing band widest at the costa and tapering. Mate. Fore wing length 34 mm., shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour of fore wing black with greenish sheen at base of cell. Spots: one large blue spot at upper end of cell; two beyond, upper large, lower small, subapical spots two or three white or slightly tinged with ochre; glaucous marginal lunules strong and only narrowly separated by dark veins. Hind wing black with slight trace of greenish wavy line in postdiscal zone opposite tails; submarginal spots suppressed but just visible in lower section; marginal border mostly greenish, with little red, the lunules somewhat triangular, the apices projecting toward the submarginal line and touching it. Underside. Ground colour light greyish brown with slight olive tinge. 134 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Fore wing basal black marks strong; discal satiny bars well marked; postdiscal light marks visible, both outlined proximally in black; submarginal dark marks obscured in upper half but strong toward tornus where marks are black. Hind wing slightly browner in colour, the basal black lines thin but discal satiny pale line strong as also the olive-maroon zigzag line; border narrowly red above upper tail then olive to anal angle. The underside may sometimes be more uniform, the black marks thin but the tornal black marks strong. In the hind wing the discal satiny bar is obscured in the general pale ground. (Pl. 20, fig. 191.) FEMALE. Fore wing length 37-40 mm.; shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour fore wing brownish black at base shading to black at discal band; outer border more brownish, shading to rusty in curve of wing where there is only a slight indication of ends of dark veins. In the discal line there is a small tawny spot at end of cell, then spots in sub-base of 6—5 followed by a spot in 4 set well in, spots in 3 to hind margin increasing in size, ovoid to quadrate in shape; all spots orange-tawny. The postdiscal spots are, three subapical in a row, spot in 4 set well in, spots in 3—2 conjoined with discal marks with some dark scaling indicating line of fusion. Sometimes the orange spots in 4—6 are joined by rays. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, but darker on the border which is wide: the discal band which is widest at the costa, tapers to the inner fold above the anal angle and is white with some blue, especially on the borders of the lower half; submarginal line of whitish lilac linear marks distinct and complete; border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle; margin black with white internervular fringe; tails long, upper 7 mm., lower slightly shorter. Underside. Ground colour clay-brown; black basal lines thin; discal and postdiscal bands of above well represented but as separate marks; dark submarginal marks in curve of wing rather indistinct except in lower half where the spots are black with a pale surround, mostly on the distal side. Hind wing slightly darker than fore; satiny sub-basal bar fore wing rather broken; the discal band of above well represented but narrower; postdiscal olive and maroon lunules not very distinct; submarginal row of linear marks, lilac and whitish, distinct and complete; submarginal border reddish above upper tail, then olive to anal angle. (PI. 20, figs. 189, 190, type.) Variation. Upperside. The conjoined discal and postdiscal orange band of fore wing more parallel-sided from 2—1a; the hind wing band slightly orange-scaled in outer mid area; the sub- marginal spots obscured in upper half but distinct in region of tails. Underside. With fore wing basal marks heavy. The discal band of hind wing silvery and extending through the inner fold. Postdiscal lunules strong, especially in lower portion. Range: extending from the lower Meru (Mt. Kenya) area and the Njombe Range to southern Ethiopia, Mega and Neghelli to Dua River. (Map 6). Charaxes viola daria Rothschild (Pl. 20, figs. 185-187) Charaxes etheocles daria Rothschild, 1903 : 326. Charaxes etheocles chanlevi Holland; Rothschild, 1900 : 483. Males, Gillett Mts., Abyssinia (identified as chanleyi Holland from Walenso, error!) Charaxes etheocles daria Rothschild; Carpenter, 1935 : 360. Charaxes viola daria Rothschild; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 264. GROUP 2, AREA 4. EAST SIDE OF ETHIOPIAN RIFT The only authentic female of this subspecies is black with white or creamy bands; as described hereafter. MALE. Fore wing length 41-42 mm., shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour black with very slight green sheen. Subcostal blue spots variable but usually with a blue spot at the end of the cell, one or two blue spots beyond, lower small, two subapical whitish or bluish and small; REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 135 marginal glaucous lunules well separated, often small or only just indicated. (In two specimens the subcostal spots are missing except for the upper subapical.) Hind wing black, no postdiscal greenish line as a rule but may be faintly indicated; submarginal whitish spots usually obscured in upper part but more distinct in region of tails; marginal border may be reddish or a mixture of reddish and greenish then olive to anal angle; margin black; tails short of about equal length 5-4 mm., black with olive mid line. Underside. Fore wing ground colour greyish brown with satiny bar in the cell, a bar through the disc and a patch at upper part of apex; black lines distinct but not heavy; postdiscal black line thin, then heavy at 1b; submarginal dark spots present but only black at tornus. Hind wing slightly more brownish, but satiny bars not strong; postdiscal line of olive and maroon lunules outlined in black, proximally, well marked; submar- ginal linear marks faint; marginal border narrow, reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. In some specimens the underside ground colour may be more uniform, the whole surface shiny, except in the curve of the fore wing which is browner. Descriptions based on topotypical specimens from Gugura and Gillett Mts. (Pl. 20, fig. 187.) FEMALE. Fore wing length 37 mm., shape slightly falcate. Upperside. Ground colour black with slight bluish sheen at base and along costa. Pattern: a small white spot in the cell (absent in the type). In the discal row two elongate spots between end of cell and postdiscal series, spot in 4 set well in, spots in 3 to hind margin increasing in size, first two rounded on inner end, that in 1b angled. Postdiscal spots, three in subapex in a row, spot in 4 set in, those in 3—2 free, or just touching discal spots. Hind wing ground colour brownish black at base fading to greyish on inner fold but border of wing black; discal band widest at costa tapers toward inner fold above anal angle; but there represented by a pale mark, the whole band white, slightly bluish on borders of lower half. Submarginal line of whitish marks complete and distinct ; submarginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle; margin black. Tails, 7mm.and5mm. Underside. Fore wing greyish brown, slightly browner on curve of the wing. Black marks at base fairly strong on inner border of discal band; discal band whitish; postdiscal spots well represented and outlined in black proximally with a black spot in 1b; submarginal dark spots distinct, increasing in size and blackness to double mark in tornus. Hind wing ground colour slightly browner, especially on distal border; basal black marks fine; discal band as above but slightly narrower, whitish and extending to inner fold; postdiscal line of lunules olive and maroon strongly indicated; submarginal line complete; marginal border as usual with black dots in area of tails and double at anal angle. (Pl. 20, figs. 185, 186, type.) Variation. (a) Upperside. Very similar to foregoing but upper discal and postdiscal white marks larger, though lower discal marks are less wide but contiguous with postdiscal marks in ta-1b. Underside. There is a corresponding difference. Variation. (b) Upperside. Ground colour of both wings above browner; the discal and post- discal white marks conjoined from 5 to 1b, but the lower part of the band hardly wider or less wide than in nominate form. Underside. Pattern is creamy, the black marks strong. Variation. (c) A specimen which I place as this race differs in having the upperside ground colour of both wings almost black, the upper discal and postdiscal spots reduced in size, the lower marks narrower, all marks creamy. The hind wing band slightly narrowed and cream in colour; the submarginal linear marks obscured. Through the kindness of Dr. Viette of the Paris Museum, I have now been able to examine the material collected by Ungemach. There are six males which agree very well on the upperside with an equal series of topotypical males of daria from Walenso and Gillett Mts. On the underside they are also very similar, the only difference being that three of the Youbdo males are rather uniform on the underside, lacking any strong pattern, but this variation is also to be noted in other races of Charaxes viola such as picta. The two females are extremely interesting. That identified as daria Rothschild differs from nominate daria by the upperside having a much narrower fore wing bar 136 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN in Ia—Ib, the mark in 2 more elongate-quadrate, the one above in 3 same shape but smaller, marks in 4—5 conjoined, those in 6 free, the subcostal-subapical mark also free; all marks from 2 to subcostal slightly creamy tinged. That stated to be near form vansomerent Poulton of viola picta has a very similar pattern on the upperside but the bars are broader in both wings, that of the hind wing especially so, being white with bluish borders; the fore wing spots conjoined to 6, orange-ochre in colour, thus very similar to form vansomereni of viola picta. It would thus appear that the Youbdo aggregate may possibly intergrade with the viola-picta aggregate on the eastern Sudan border. Ungemach records a female form like 9 f. vansomereni Poulton as belonging to daria, but since his specimen came from Youbdo, west of the Abyssinia Rift in Walegga country, there is some doubt about its correct position. Range: The type and topotypes are from the east side of the Abyssinian Rift from Jabalo, Gugura and Gillett Mts. at Walenso. This race seems to extend to the upper Schebeli on the east and to Adola on the west. (Map 6). Records from Walegga (Ungemach & Carpenter) probably represent a mixed aggregate. Charaxes viola phaeus Hewitson (Pl. 21, figs. 193-200) Charaxes phaeus Hewitson, 1877 : 82. Charaxes phaeus Hewitson; Trimen & Bowker, 1887 : 344. Charaxes phaeus Hewitson; Butler, 1895 : 361. Charaxes etheocles phaeus Hewitson; Rothschild & Jordan, 1900 : 488. Charaxes etheocles 9 f. coryndoni Rothschild, 1900 : 488. Charaxes viola phaeus Hewitson; van Someren & Jackson, 1952 : 269. Charaxes viola phaeus 9 f. vansoni van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 43. GROUP 3, AREA I, SEE RANGE P. 148 In this group we find the first evidence of complete divergence amongst the female forms from a “ viola-like”’ pattern to that of phaeuws. But amongst the southern or typical phaeus we find a white-barred female form which resembles somewhat the female forms daria, handari and achaemenesopsis of northern races of viola. This form we named vansoni. In this subspecies also, one is faced with the fact that there are two environmental aggregates: (a) that of the southern areas (Beira-Transvaal— Rhodesia and part of Bechuanaland) in which phaeus and vansoni occur side by side, and (b) the aggregate of the northern range of phaeus (Malawi, Tanzania to the west side of Lake Victoria), in which only the form phaeus has been recorded. One must assume that there is a genetical foundation to the dual female form in the south, and that the genes for vansoni are absent in the northern aggregate. We thus have what I have termed (for want of a better term) bio-ecological strains, in which ecological environmental conditions have played an important part. Subarea (a). SOUTHERN AGGREGATE OR NOMINATE MALE. Fore wing length 27-30 mm., shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour blue-black with greenish sheen at base of costa; blue spots limited to one at upper angle of cell, two spots beyond cell, upper large, lower small, two spots in subapex bluish or whitish; glaucous marginal REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 137 lunules small, well separated. Hind wing ground colour black; some specimens with a varying amount of greenish lunules in the postdiscal line opposite tails; submarginal spots blue or bluish white, complete; marginal border narrow, greenish red above upper tail then olive to anal angle; tails short, 3-4 mm. Underside. Fore wing ground colour earthy grey-brown or even pinkish grey, very uniform and plain-looking, relieved slightly by usual satiny bars; black lines thin; submarginal dark marks in curve of wing present but slight, strongest at tornus. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, satiny bars weak; postdiscal lunate marks faint narrowly reddish and olive; margin as usual. Description based on topotypical specimens. ? form phaeus Hewitson, 1877 : 82 Fore wing length 33-34 mm., shape slightly falcate. Upperside. Basal triangle of fore wing pale blue with slight greenish sheen, or slightly violet-tinged in old specimens, the blue not reaching the end of cell but in its lower angle extending to the postdiscal line on the hind border; distal portion of wing black, paler toward the curve on outer border; subapical spots in post- discal line large and whitish, spot below smaller, other spots faintly indicated and bluish reaching 1b. Hind wing mostly pale blue from base to postdiscal line, often with a dark spot at costa; border black, widest at upper part in 6—7 then tapering to anal angle; submarginal spots blue with white central dot; submarginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle; margin black, tails 7-5 mm. long. Underside. Fore wing ground colour pale greyish brown with a pinkish glaze overall, so that the satiny bars are obscured and the pattern subdued, the black marks, except the tornal black ones, hardly visible. Hind wing as fore, all marks subdued. 2° form coryndoni Rothschild, 1900 : 488 Variation. Upperside. Similar to phaeus but postdiscal spots of fore wing distinct to 1b; the blue of the hind wing often complete in costal area without any interruption. 2 form vansoni van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 43 Very similar to the white-barred forms in viola kirki or viola suk. Fore wing length 34 mm., shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour of fore wing brownish at base but darker toward discal line and on outer border. Discal and postdiscal series of spots well apart except that the spots in 1b may touch. Hind wing ground colour brownish black at base, blacker on border; but paler on inner fold. Discal white band extending from costa, where it is widest, then tapering toward inner fold and there represented by a pale mark, the lower half of the band shaded with blue. Submarginal linear marks clear, lilac or bluish with white centres; submarginal border narrow above upper tail and dull reddish, then olive to anal angle; margin black; tails longish, 7-5 mm. Underside. Basal area of fore wing pale greyish shading to brownish toward the outer border, basal black marks thin but distinct; discal band well represented, creamy to ochre; postdiscal spots suffused over; submarginal brownish marks obscured though tornal black marks distinct. Hind wing marks obscured, the discal pale band slightly indicated at costal end. The whole underside with a satiny glaze. (Pl. 21, figs. 199, 200.) Subarea (b). NORTHERN AGGREGATE Attention was drawn to this aggregate by van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 44. We expressed the view that a satisfactory placing could not be made until material had actually been bred; unfortunately this has not been possible, but considerable additional material has been captured, especially in the Kigoma area north-east of Lake Tanganyika. These specimens bear out the observation that they are larger than nominate phaeus of southern regions and are rather more brownish below. 142 V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN L. Tanganyika TANZANIA “)Kalambo Fis. e L.M Ee i ’ =a) *Abercorn, ee. ; *Kalunguwisi — smmmé “ee pes °, A Ft. Johnston : KATANGA a - me ee #1 eeenet Ft. setenD e e Vit... ike cn + Mwinilunga ““speeteere” os, Sed sate si eSolwezi “eee, econ” : A : v pa : : Ce. 7 oo cecce| ee Vv Ndola *- eal : : ZAMBIA poi a : alovale a5 © Nkushi : e Kabompo : Ipongo : © Namboma Kafuehoch ; Nankoya s e Chisamba v Mumbwa + ® Lusaka i KEY *s Dx + x Charaxes viola phaeus. : : A » MOZAMBIQUE * C. viola diversiforma. Salisbury oo, Umtali*, shar Vv. C. viola variata. A Vum ba BECHUANALAND SOUTHERN RHODESIA REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 143 3. & form caerulescens van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, figs. 165, 166) This is a development from the previous two forms toward form phaeus of viola phaeus. Upperside. The basal areas of both wings are an iridescent greenish blue sharply defined distally. The fore wing discal spots missing and the postdiscal series represented by two large subapical spots and obscured spots in 4-2. Underside. Red-brown with strong lilac bloom overall, thus pattern obscured. This is rather a small form, fore wing length 33 mm. 4. 2 form albocaerulea van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, figs. 159, 160) A development from form 2. Upperside. The bases of both wings pale blue, that of fore wing whitish in distal area in 1a—1b. and part of the enlarged discal blue spots; the postdiscal spots large and white in subapical area, but blue from 5—1b. Hind wing blue not reaching the costa but here represented by a separate blue mark. Underside. Less reddish brown, more greyish than previous form, with’a stronger pattern visible especially on the distal borders of both wings. 5. 2 form albimacula van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, figs. 161, 170) Upperside. Represents a development from form 4 in the direction of a white-barred form, but retaining the blue scaling at the bases of both wings. The fore wing discal spots are white, two large spots beyond end of cell, an obscure spot at base of 4, spots from 3 to Ib increasing in size. Postdiscal spots are: two subapical, white, rest from 4 to 1b smaller and that in 1b bluish. Hind wing discal band widest at costa is whitish, strongly suffused with blue on lower half, Underside. Rusty brown but discal band of fore and hind wing visible. 6. form ochremaculata van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, figs. 167, 168) Upperside. Bases of both wings brownish with strong blue to greenish scaling. Fore wing with a large ochre spot in the cell, discal and postdiscal spots ochreous, well separated up to 2 then fused in 1a, 1b forming a large mark tinged with ochre distally and greenish proximally. Hind wing band widest at costa and extending toward inner fold, white in middle but borders suffused with greenish blue. Underside. Greyish brown, rusty on borders but with satiny sheen overall but not obscuring the bars of above, these are strong and ochreous in colour. 7. form diversiforma van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 44 (Pl. 18, figs. 162, 169) In the type, the spots on the upperside of fore wing are separated to area 2 and then conjoined. In the specimen here figured, the discal and postdiscal tawny orange spots are conjoined from 4 to hind margin. The hind wing band, widest at costa, is creamy, tinged greenish blue on borders, 140 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN strong; discal white bar strong, distally bordered with black especially in subcostal area; post- discal zigzag reddish and olive lunules present but strongest in lower half toward anal angle; submarginal lunules well marked and with black distally to double dots in anal angle; border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. Holotype female. ZAMBIA: 60 miles on Mwinilunga to Kabompo Rd., 1-5. vi. 1963 (C. B. Cottrell). Variation. Fore wing length 34 mm. Upperside. Ground colour and general pattern similar to nominate form but all white marks larger and the basal areas of both wings more shaded with pale blue, increasing in intensity at discal row of spots fore wing and on borders of hind wing discal band. Underside. Very similar tonominate form. The interesting feature in this variety is the blue suffusion over the bases of the wings. 2 form tricolor forma n. Upperside. Ground colour rather blacker than in nominate form with a strong greeny blue sheen at base, more strongly blue on proximal border of fore wing discal spots in 1a—1b. General pattern of fore wing as in nominate form but all spots orange-ochre to orange, slightly paler to whitish on inner half of marks in 1b. Hind wing ground colour black with strong greenish blue on proximal border of discal band, which is white in the upper half. Underside. Rather darker in ground colour than nominate form, with all marks other than black lines, white and in strong contrast. (Pl. 19, figs. 183, 184.) Holotype female. Same data as holotype female variata. 2 form rosella forma n. Upperside. Ground colour similar to nominate form, fore wing with a curved white bar extending from the costa at and beyond the cell end to hind margin; spot in 2 a long triangle; spots beyond cell free; postdiscal spots limited to three subapical and one each in 4-3. Under- side. Fore wing presenting a strong replica of the upperside pattern with submarginal pale and dark marks strong. Hind wing discal band strong in upper half but narrower and irregular in 3-2, widening again toward inner fold. Postdiscal zigzag line of lunules strong, ochreous at costal end but lilac and maroon to anal angle and outlined in black; submarginal pale line well marked with large bluish spots, black-centred in region of tails. (PI. 19, figs. 175, 176.) Holotype female. Same data as previous forms. © form cottrelli forma n. This interesting form exhibits a transition toward the form phaeus of viola phaeus. Upperside. Basal areas of fore wing including the discal line in 1a—1b, greenish blue; the disc of the hind wing also blue, the rest of the wing black. Fore wing with discal spots, two beyond cell, spot in 4 set well in, all white; spots in 3-2 larger and slightly blue, spot in 1b merged into blue of base; postdiscal spots, three in subapex white, spot in 4 set in, followed by ochreous spots in 3-1b. Hind wing basal area and discal patch greenish blue represented at costa by a blue quadrate mark; extreme base slightly dark-scaled; submarginal linear marks bluish white, black distally, very strong; marginal border reddish above upper tail, then olive to anal angle. (Pl. 19, figs. 177, 178, type.) Variation. Upperside. Very similar to form rosella but basal blue areas inclining to whitish in lower discal line 1-1a—1b. Upper discal spots in cell and in 3 ochreous, that in 2 blue. Post- discal spots three in subapex, upper two white, lower ochreous, followed by less distinct spots REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 141 in 4-3 also ochreous but spots in 2 and 1b bluish, the lower one contiguous with blue in discal line. Hind wing basal areas and disc blue, but not reaching the costa, here represented by a free blue mark. Submarginal line of linear marks, bluish white and strong, margined distally in black; marginal border as usual. Underside. Ground colour earthy brown with rusty purplish tinge; pattern not very strong but tornal black marks heavy. Holotype female. ZAMBIA: Mankoya, 10.xii.1955 (C. B. Cottrell). Range: This race is known from the N.W. regions of Zambia from Mwinilunga area and at Kabompo and Mankoya thus mostly between the upper Zambesi and its tributary, the Kabompo River. (Maps 6, 7). GROUP 4, AREA 2. 5S. KATANGA, CONGO Charaxes viola diversiforma van Someren & Jackson (Pl. 18, figs. 157-172) Charaxes viola diversiforma van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 44-46. Mate. Fore wing length 36 mm., shape falcate, but less so than variata or picta, and larger than either; in size and general appearance more like hivki. Upperside. Ground colour fore wing blue-black, with slight greeny sheen at base of costa and cell. Pattern: a trace of a blue spot in the cell, two blue spots beyond, the upper large; two whitish or ochre-tinged spots in subapex, sometimes a third small dot; traces of blue spots in 4-3. Glaucous marginal lunules ill-defined, separated by dark veins. Hind wing blue-black, duller on inner fold; a greenish wavy line in postdiscal zone most distinct opposite tails; submarginal row of bluish white spots complete; submarginal border slightly reddish green above upper tail then olive to anal angle; margin black, tails rather short, of about equal length 5-4 mm. Underside. Ground colour earthy brown; pattern rather obscured, the satiny bars indistinct and the black marks thin on both wings. (Pl. 18, fig. 172.) Females very variable, the following forms have been named: I. 9 form purpurea van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 Fore wing length 34 mm., shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour purplish black with strong bluish green sheen at bases of wings. This form bears a superficial resemblance to Charaxes virilis Rothschild but differs in having both a discal and postdiscal series of bluish spots, the two upper subapical whitish. Marginal glaucous lunules slightly developed. Hind wing basal area suffused with purplish green, distal border black carrying an irregular post- discal greenish band; submarginal row of whitish lilac linear marks complete and clear; marginal border as usual. Tails thin, 6-4 mm. long. Underside. Strongly rusty brown, more rusty on outer border of fore wing; slight indication of satiny bars in sub-base and through disc. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, all black marks very fine; postdiscal line of lunules present but suffused over with a golden rusty bloom; submarginal spots lilac but obscured; marginal border very narrow and indistinct. (Pl. 18, figs. 157, 158.) 2. Q form viridicaerulea van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 Upperside. Differs from form 1 in lacking the discal blue spots other than the one beyond end of cell; the postdiscal series rather stronger and extending to the hind border in line with the more pronounced postdiscal bar in the hind wing. The basal areas of both wings iridescent greenish blue. Underside. Red-brown with rusty golden bloom obliterating all pattern except the tornal black spot of fore wing. (Pl. 18, figs. 163, 164.) ENTOM. 23, 4. 12 142 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Sumbu * L.M tS ne) *e “apertorn.... eR : *Kalunguwisi "mi ee *, 5 Ft. Johnston * é . : KATANGA . oO*k Shiwa Ngudu aoe anlar ae Sat entree ‘ er . os oe! 3 ; t. Rosebery r Danger Hill wee fae bd Vv eee 4 Noe *. : Mwinilunga megeeceace’ 9 18: ee uae eSolwezi *,., or oe : ANGOLA Vv e. Ndola *, F cavceeegtest* tone ZAMBIA alovale e Kabompo ‘e Namboma Kafuehoch e Chisamba Nankoya v Mumbwa yr ® Lusaka ges PePP OOOO eeeeeerertesssesess : KEY : ‘ x = Charaxes viola phaeus. xx i... * C. viola diversiforma. ee ERS Salisbury” sate Vv. C. viola variata. SOUTHERN RHODESIA eee, * Bulawayo aie ° e : ooo Sess cope wit REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 143 3. Y form caerulescens van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, figs. 165, 166) This is a development from the previous two forms toward form phaeus of viola phaeus. Upperside. The basal areas of both wings are an iridescent greenish blue sharply defined distally. The fore wing discal spots missing and the postdiscal series represented by two large subapical spots and obscured spots in 4-2. Underside. Red-brown with strong lilac bloom overall, thus pattern obscured. This is rather a small form, fore wing length 33 mm. 4. 9 form albocaerulea van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, figs. 159, 160) A development from form 2. Upperside. The bases of both wings pale blue, that of fore wing whitish in distal area in 1a—1b. and part of the enlarged discal blue spots; the postdiscal spots large and white in subapical area, but blue from 5—1b. Hind wing blue not reaching the costa but here represented by a separate blue mark. Underside. Less reddish brown, more greyish than previous form, with’a stronger pattern visible especially on the distal borders of both wings. 5. form albimacula van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Plit8,figs.16r 276) Upperside. Represents a development from form 4 in the direction of a white-barred form, but retaining the blue scaling at the bases of both wings. The fore wing discal spots are white, two large spots beyond end of cell, an obscure spot at base of 4, spots from 3 to 1b increasing in size. Postdiscal spots are: two subapical, white, rest from 4 to 1b smaller and that in rb bluish. Hind wing discal band widest at costa is whitish, strongly suffused with blue on lower half, Underside. Rusty brown but discal band of fore and hind wing visible. 6. @ form ochremaculata van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, figs. 167, 168) Upperside. Bases of both wings brownish with strong blue to greenish scaling. Fore wing with a large ochre spot in the cell, discal and postdiscal spots ochreous, well separated up to 2 then fused in 1a, tb forming a large mark tinged with ochre distally and greenish proximally. Hind wing band widest at costa and extending toward inner fold, white in middle but borders suffused with greenish blue. Underside. Greyish brown, rusty on borders but with satiny sheen overall but not obscuring the bars of above, these are strong and ochreous in colour. 7. Q form diversiforma van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 44 (Pl. 18, figs. 162, 169) In the type, the spots on the upperside of fore wing are separated to area 2 and then conjoined. In the specimen here figured, the discal and postdiscal tawny orange spots are conjoined from 4 to hind margin. The hind wing band, widest at costa, is creamy, tinged greenish blue on borders, 144 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN 8. 9 form cupreopurpurea van Someren & Jackson, 1957 : 45 (Pl. 18, fig. 171) Upperside. Ground colour brownish black with a strong purplish sheen overall, so that the discal and postdiscal spots which are entirely separate are coppery coloured. Hind wing ground colour brownish black with strong purplish gloss, the discal band greenish blue with dyslegnic borders. The foregoing descriptions are based on paratypes (kindly loaned by the Tervuren Museum) and are complementary and supplementary to the original descriptions of the types. Range: All material of this subspecies has come from the Upembe area of S. Katanga of the Congo; Upembe, Lulua, and Kafskumba. (Maps 6, 7). Charaxes viola loandae ssp. n. (Pl. 17, figs. 145-152) GROUP 4, AREA 3. N.W. ANGOLA This subspecies presents features which suggest a parallel evolution to that of diversiforma, and might even be considered identical to that race but for the fact that the males differ as do the females. Mate. Fore wing length 28-31 mm.; shape falcate. Upperside. Ground colour blue-black with slight greenish sheen at base of fore wing. Blue spots limited to one blue spot in the cell, one large spot and a dot below beyond cell end, two subapical spots bluish white and blue; glaucous marginal lunules with central white mark complete from subapex to tornus. Hind wing ground colour black with a trace of a wavy greenish line in postdiscal zone; submarginal whitish spots large and distinct in type, (or may be small); marginal border largely reddish to anal angle, or ochreous with some reddish to anal angle; edge black, with white fringe between veins distinct; tails short, 5-4 mm. long. Underside. Very similar to that of male phaeus, pale greyish brown with satiny bars very faint, black marks thin, but tornal black mark strong. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, the postdiscal line visible but not strong; pale submarginal line indistinct; marginal border narrowly red and olive to analangle. (Pl. 17, fig. 150.) Female forms very variable, the following are named: 1. Q form primitiva forma n. (Pl. 17, fig. 152) Upperside. Male-like, ground colour of fore wing blue-black with very strong greenish tone over basal area, blacker in disc, but greyer on border in curve of the wing. There is a blue spot in the cell, an indication of a spot in subcosta beyond the cell; the postdiscal series of blue spots from subapex to 2 rather indistinct; marginal lunules glaucous but diffuse. Hind wing black, strongly suffused over with bluish green, bordered in discal line with stronger bluish green bar complete from costa to above anal angle; submarginal white spots distinct; marginal border mostly reddish and mixed with olive toward anal angle. Tails thin, upper 6 mm., lower5mm. Underside. Ground colour pale rusty brown with a strong purplish bloom overall; REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 145 satiny bars obscured; black lines faint but those in 1b fore wing stronger though tornal mark is weak. 2. 9 form basiviridis forma n. (PY. 17, fig: 151) Somewhat like form 1 but differing as follows: Upperside. Ground colour black but bases of both wings more strongly green and limited to basal triangles. Fore wing with two white subapical spots, rest in postdiscal line blue and hardly visible. Marginal lunules ill-defined. Hind wing postdiscal wavy greenish line stronger; submarginal row of spots greenish; marginal border a mixture of reddish and green scales. Underside. As in form 1. 3. & form violitincta forma n. (Pl tig. E45) Upperside. Ground colour black, base of fore wing violet-blue to discal line at 1a—1b, but fading out at costa at mid cell, discal bar represented by paler blue diffuse spots increasing in size from 3 to hind margin; margin of wing slightly brownish but lunules not definite. Hind wing slightly brownish at the base, but disc of wing with a large violet patch not reaching costa but here represented by a free spot; submarginal linear blue marks distinct; marginal border a mixture of bluish and ochre then olive to anal angle. Underside. Very similar to previous forms but black marks stronger and the tornal spot blacker. 4. & form vansonoides forma n. (Pl: 27;,:fie 140) Upperside. A transitional form toward form vansoni of viola phaeus; and somewhat like form albimacula of viola diversiforma but without any blue at bases of wings, these areas being black with a strong green sheen. The discal and postdiscal fore wing spots large; the margin of fore wing with indistinct brownish lunules. Hind wing base black with slight green sheen; discal band white, widest at costa, strongly suffused with greenish blue on outer border; sub- marginal linear marks bluish white, well developed; marginal border reddish above upper tail, ochreous olive to anal angle. Underside. Ground colour as in previous forms but white areas of upperside pattern apparent though narrower and ochreous in colour. 5. Nominate 9 form loandae forma n. (Pl. 17, fig. 146) Upperside. Basal areas of fore wing brownish, with purplish sheen; pattern as in form 4 but all spots tawny orange, slightly bluish in 1a. Hind wing basal area brownish with strong blue sheen in side light; discal band white, extending from costa to above anal angle, strongly blue-scaled on the borders especially in lower half; submarginal linear marks bluish white and strong; marginal border reddish above upper tail, then mixed olive and reddish to anal angle. 6. Q form protokirki forma n. (Pl. 17, fig. 148) Upperside. Fore wing basal area brownish black with strong purplish sheen, darker toward the inner border of the discal band and on border of wing, but margin rusty brown; discal and postdiscal spots orange with indications of joining rays between spots in 2-4. Hind wing basal area brownish black with purplish blue sheen; discal band, widest at costa, is here orange, then 146 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN shades to ochre and whitish toward inner fold above anal angle, the outer border with strong blue scaling. Submarginal bluish white linear marks strong; marginal border reddish above upper tail then olive to anal angle. Underside. Purplish brown, black marks in fore wing distinct, the tornal black spots strong. Pattern of upperside represented below but slightly reduced and rusty ochre in colour. 7. form instabilis forma n. (Pl. 17, fig. 147) Upperside. Somewhat like form of the nominate diversiforma, but base of fore wing paler brownish with some green scaling; discal and postdiscal orange spots fused from 5 to hind margin but with some indication of dark scales in line of fusion to 2. Margin of wing rusty. Hind wing basal area light brown with purply greenish sheen; discal band broad, widest at costa and slightly ochre-tinged here, but whitish suffused with blue at lower half; border black with submarginal bluish white linear marks well developed; marginal border reddish above upper tail then reddish mixed with olive to anal angle. Underside. Rusty greyish; basal black marks thin; pattern of upperside only slightly represented. Range: The series of viola loandae, from which the foregoing forms have been selected for description, was bred in the Dundo area near Loanda in the north west district of Angola. The food plant was not specified. (Maps 6, 7). Biological note Many of the races have been bred on the following food plants :— Charaxes viola picta: Ugandaand N.W. Kenya, Albizia coriaria, Albizia gummifera, Albizia sp. (sassa auct.), Entada abyssinica, Entada sudanica (Leguminosae). Charaxes viola kirki: Kenya and Tanganyika; Albizia schimperiana, Albizia adianthifolia (Al. fastigiata auct.), Entada leptostachya, Acacia mellifera. Charaxes viola suk: Karamoja, Suk, Kamasia: Acacia mellifera, Albizia coriaria, Albizia sp. indet. ; Charaxes viola phaeus: Transvaal: Acacia caffra. I have conducted experiments to try and find out the degree of possible inter- change of food plants, with little success. a. Newly hatched larvae from eggs laid on Entada sp. (Uganda) refused to feed on Entada abyssinica (Kenya) ; b. Larvae first fed on Albizia coriaria (Uganda) refused to feed on Albizia schim- periana (Nairobi, Kenya). c. Larvae from eggs laid on Acacia mellifera either refused to feed on Albizia schimperiana, or those that did so, died in the next two instars; d. Captive females, caught in Acacia mellifera country where they were seen laying on this plant, refused to lay on fresh foliage of Albizia schimperiana, but when foliage of Acacia mellifera was supplied, they laid readily. But when the newly hatched larvae were placed on Albizia schimperiana and Al. gummifera, few survived to pupate, REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 147 I am of the opinion that, in the case of Charaxes viola, selection of food plant by the female is an important factor in the build-up of localized strains. The degree of discrimination is often rigid. The fact that these food plants grow in different ecological environments has brought about a restrictive choice of habitat, which almost amounts to a form of ecological barrier between groups of the same species; and this has given rise to certain morphological characters such as size, coloration and pattern. Cf. viola pictalviola suk; viola suk |viola kirki. Charaxes viola brainei van Son! (Pl. 17, figs. 153-156) Charaxes ephyvra Godart; Trimen, 1891 : 80. Charaxes viola brainei van Son, 1966 : 3. I have only been able to examine a single pair of this new subspecies, kindly presented to the B.M. (N.H.) by the collector. From this meagre evidence, I am unable to check on the characters claimed for this race, or to evaluate the statement that this is the only form of female occurring in the northern area of S.W. Africa. Range: Apparently confined to S.W. Africa, Kombat area. (Map 6). SYSTEMATIC LIST Charaxes viola Butler Charaxes viola viola Butler, 1865. Type locality: “ W. Africa’’. Range: Senegal to N. Nigeria and Lake Chad (?). viola picta van Someren & Jackson, 1952. Type locality: Uganda, Unyoro, Kitanwa. Range: S. Nigeria, Cameroon, then skirting north of equatorial forest to E. Congo, Uganda, S. Sudan, and N.W. Kenya. 2 f. vansomereni Poulton, 1925. Type locality: Uganda, Kampala, Bugala. viola kirkt Butler, 1881. Type locality: Tanzania, Momboia. Range: N. and Central Tanzania and along coast to north of Ruvuma River. Kenya, along coast and inland Ukambani, Masai Country, Kikuyu area, Nairobi, Thika, Fort Hall, Sagana and Nyeri. 2 f. albifascia Poulton, 1925. Type locality: Kenya, Teita Hills, Dabida. 2 f. rogerst Poulton, 1919. Type locality: Kenya, Teita Hills, Dabida. 2 f. handari Poulton, 1925. Type locality: Tanzania, nr. Mvumi. viola suk Carpenter & Jackson, 1950. Type locality; Kenya, Suk, Kach- eleba. Range: N. and Central Kenya. 2 f. kirkoides Carpenter & Jackson, 1950. Type locality: Kenya, Suk, Kacheleba. 2 f. achaemenesopsis Carpenter & Jackson, 1950. Type locality: Kenya, Suk, Kacheleba. 1 On map 6, the author’s name is wrongly spelt as ‘‘van Som”’, 148 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN 2 £. intermedia Carpenter & Jackson, 1950. Type locality: Kenya, Suk, Kacheleba. 2 f. albifascia Poulton, 1926. Type locality: Kenya, Teita Hills, Dabida. viola chanlert Holland, 1895. Type locality: Mt. Kenya, Njombeni Range. Range: Mt. Kenya to S. Ethiopia. viola daria Rothschild, 1903. Type locality: Ethiopia, Jalalo-Gugura. Range: east side of Ethiopian Rift. viola phaeus Hewitson, 1877. Type locality: Mozambique, Delagoa Bay. Range: Southern aggregate, Mozambique to Transvaal, E. Bechuanaland, Rhodesia and S.W. Zambia, S. Malawi, Tanzania, east side of north end of Lake Nyasa. 2 f. coryndoni Rothschild, r900. Type locality: Upper Zambezi, Gazungula. f. vansont van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Transvaal, Malta Forest, Pietersburg Dist. (g Holotype), Transvaal, Pretoria (2 Allotype). Northern aggregate, N. Malawi and Tanzania, S. Highlands, east side of Lake Tanganyika to S.W. Lake Victoria at Geita and Kitigati on Kagera R. (Tanzania to Uganda border). viola variata ssp. n. Type locality: Zambia, 60 miles on Mwinilunga— Kabompo Rd. Range: N.W. Zambia. Qf. tricolor forman. Type locality: Zambia, as nominate form. 2 f. rosella forma n. Type locality: Zambia, as nominate form. 2 f. cottrelli forma n. Type locality: Zambia, Mankoya. viola diversiforma van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Lulua, Kapanga. Range: Congo, S. Katanga, Upembe area. 2 f. purpurea van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Lulua, Kapanga. 2 f. viridicaerulea van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Lulua, Kapanga. 2 f. caerulescens van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Lulua, Kapanga. 2 f. albocaerulea van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Katanga, Lupweshi R. 2 f. albimacula van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Katanga, Kafakumba. 2 f. ochremaculata van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Lulua, Kapanga. 2 f. diversiforma van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Katanga, Kafakumba. 2 f. cupreopurpurea van Someren & Jackson, 1957. Type locality: Lulua, Kapanga. viola loandae ssp.n. Type locality: N.W. Angola, Dundo area, nr. Loanda. Range: N.W. Angola. 2 f. primitiva forma n. Type locality: N.W. Angola, Dundo area nr. Loanda, REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 149 2 f. basiviridis forma n. Type locality: As above. Qf. violitinctaforman. Type locality: As above. Qf. vansonoides forman. Type locality: As above. Qf. loandaeforman. Type locality: As above. Qf. protokirkiforman. Type locality: As above. 2 f. instabilis forma n. Type locality: As above. viola brainet van Son, 1966. Type locality: S.W. Africa, Kombat. Range: north east of S.W. Africa. 2 9. CHARAXES CYNTHIA BvtTLeER The species was described by Butler in 1865, based on a male taken in Ashanti, Ghana. He subsequently placed other material from Cameroon and N. Angola as this same species without comment. This lead was followed by other writers and has given rise to some confusion. When Rothschild discussed the species in 1900, he pointed out that there appeared to be two distinct aggregates or subspecies, the nominate of the W. African regions, Sierra Leone to the Niger, the other occupying the area Cameroon, Congo to Unyoro in Uganda. He set out the differences between the two very clearly, but he refrained from giving a name to the latter group because of lack of female material. Subsequent writers appear to have overlooked Rothschild’s comments or did not agree with them. Thus we find that: In 1912, when Griinberg reported on the Grauer collection from Central Africa, he described Charaxes cynthia ab. mawamba from the country west of Lake Albert, in N.E. Congo [not in Uganda], thus from the central African region as defined by Rothschild. In 1920, Holland refers to the material collected by the American Museum Expedi- tion at Medje, N.E. Congo, as cynthia Butler, without further comment. In 1923, Le Cerf describes a female from Cameroon as cynthia, form albofascia. Thus he assumes that Cameroon examples are typical cynthia cynthia Butler. He however separates insects from Kindu, Upper Lualaba River, in the Kivu Province of eastern Congo as cynthia kinduana, thus distinguishing them from Cameroon specimens which he took to be nominate cynthia Butler. In 1926, Lathy described cynthia, ab. cizeyi, which he compares with “ forme typique”’ [sic]. His example came from S. Cameroon. In the same paper he described cynthia parvicaudatus from Mabira Forest, Uganda, which he compares with examples from “‘ d’afrique occidentale ”’ [sic]. In 1928, Talbot described cynthia sabulosus; the type being a “dry ”’ form and the paratype a “wet” form, both taken in September; the type from Kinda, Kafakumbo, Katanga, S.E. Congo (Overlaet) ‘‘ distinguished by its paler brown colouration ”’; he did not state with what he compared it. In 1933 Le Moult described cynthia guineensis from Karouane, French Guinea. Said to have. been taken further north than other described races of cynthia. The description agrees with examples of the nominate race from Liberia, Sierra Leone and Ghana. 2 viola fagini Storace. Type locality: Eritrea. No material available for examination. Original description unsatisfactory. On map 6 this name is wrongly spelt ‘‘figini’’. 150 V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN In 1934 Rousseau-Decelle described a male from Etoumbi, French Congo (Central African Republic) as form angusticlavius. He also described cynthia sabulosus f. aurantiaca, from Kafakumbo, Katanga. Thus he recognizes the validity of that subspecies, but his specimen is an extreme “ dry ”’ form. Charaxes cynthia cynthia Bulter (Pls. 22-27) Charaxes cynthia Butler, 1865 : 625. Charaxes lysianassa Westwood, 1874 : 181. Charaxes guineensis Le Moult, 1933 : 16 syn. n. Mate. Fore wing length 38-39 mm. Costa curved from mid-third to apex, outer border incurved at 3-4, hind angle projecting slightly at tb. Upperside. Base of wing and costa to end of cell, rufous chestnut, discal zone of wing black with extensions toward costa at end of cell, the black forking at 4 and extending toward costa and enclosing two elongate rufous marks at mid-point 5—6 in discal line; fore wing bar rufous orange, extending from costa at subapex as spots of increasing size to hind margin, these spots to 2 usually free, rather ovoid in shape, those of 1a—1b larger and fused; there may sometimes be a suggestion of contiguous rufous spots proximal in 2-3 in discal line. Apex and border of wing black, with marginal rufous internervular spots largest at 1b. Hind wing basal area brownish black; disc of wing crossed by an orange ochreous bar, paler, more orange than bar in fore wing, extending from costa, where it may be even paler, toward the inner margin, usually almost parallel-sided, with slightly stronger rufous on distal border; postdiscal black band extending from costa to 2 and tapering to anal angle, 6 mm. wide at 6, even on inner border but slightly dentate at upper end; border rufous orange 3—4 mm. wide, tapering at anal angle; margin black with slight interrupted white fringe most evident at anal angle and slightly serrate; tails thin of about equal length 4-5 mm. long, mostly black, rufous at base. Underside. Fore wing ground colour purplish or vinaceous brownish grey, paler more shiny bars in subcostal area separated by rufous wavy bars; post- discal row rufous shaded, paler creamy proximally in 1a—1b, followed by a row of lilac-grey lunules in the submarginal zone, rather quadrate in subapex, contiguous in 1b and touching the tornal angle black mark; black marks sub-basal in 1b and 2 conspicuous as separate or fused irregular strong marks. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing, wavy rufous lines in basal area with paler lines in between; discal silvery creamy bar complete from costa to above anal angle, may be uniform in width 3 mm. wide, or narrower followed by a series of rufous and greyish lunules, with larger rufous spots distally. Submarginal row of lilac-grey and rufous lunules conspicuous, olive at anal angle with two black dots; margin narrowly black. (PI. 22, figs. 201, 204, 202, 205.) Variation. There is some slight difference in intensity of the black and rufous coloration especially in the fore wing, between fresh and partly worn examples as is to be expected, and the underside also exhibits this. The main characteristics of this race are unaffected. ‘““ Seasonal ’’ forms do not seem to occur. FEMALE. Considerably larger than the male, and paler; fore wing length 44-47 mm. Upper- side. Costa, cell area and base rufous orange, with black mid area as in the male with some extensions of the black into the cell, the black area beyond the cell with two rufous elongate spots in the discal line; pale bar orange-ochre with a rufous flush over upper spots, spots more elongate than in the male; marginal rufous spots more conspicuous, in the black border of wing. Hind wing pattern as in the male, but discal band wider, pale orange-ochre with rufous on outer border tapering and crossing the inner fold; black border slightly variable in width, even on inner border, slightly dentate on outer where it meets the marginal rufous orange border; extreme margin black; tails long and thin 7-6 mm. Underside. Pattern much as in the male but light areas larger, the fore wing pattern divided into a basal and sub-basal area with heavy black REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 151i marks to discal line; discal series of spots fused with those of the postdiscal in rb—2, the remaining postdiscal spots free up to subapex, creamy in colour; double triangular black mark at tornus, points toward border, remaining spots to apex less strong bordered distally with greyish rufous lunules; margin with rufous lunules interrupted by dark veins. Hind wing pattern as in the male, but pattern bolder, rather variable in width, 5-7 mm.; the discal bar narrower than above but edged distally with ochreous lunules, large in upper sector but thin toward inner margin, distally bordered with stronger rufous marks; submarginal row of lilac-grey and rufous lunules distinct ; extreme margin black; margin slightly serrate. (Pl. 22, fig. 203, 206.) Range: French Guinea, Liberia, Sierra Leone, Ghana and Nigeria, west of the Niger River. To the east it meets the next race. (Map 8). Charaxes cynthia cameroonensis ssp. n. (Pl. 27, figs. 237-242) Charaxes cynthia {. albofascia Le Cerf, 1923 : 367. Charaxes cynthia ab. cizeyi Lathy, 1926 : 93-94. Charaxes cynthia f. angusticlavius Rousseau-Decelle, 1934 : 231. I may be criticized for introducing an entirely new name for the mid-African race of cynthia. I do so because, as indicated in the general introduction, there has been much confusion between this aggregate and nominate cynthia in the past. The three names mentioned above have all been given to forms or aberrations, so called, names which have no standing and are not recognized under the Code. Mace. Fore wing length 42-43 mm., thus larger than cynthia cynthia, and more heavily marked. Upperside. Fore wing, the basal rufous chestnut is more intense as a rule, and the black areas more solidly black especially in the area beyond the cell, thus almost obliterating the rufous marks. The postdiscal bar, made up ofa series of spots of increasing size from subapex to hind margin, may show a trace of discal marks fused with the postdiscal in 2-1b., all marks strong rufous orange. The marginal rufous internervular marks strongest at the tornus, each with a slight white fringe. Hind wing basal area black with chestnut bloom especially toward costa; the discal band, slightly variable in width is strong rufous orange, as dark as the fore wing bar; clear-cut on the inner border more dyslegnic on the outer and tending to become suffused toward the inner fold; black band slightly varying in width, widest at upper sector, tapering towards anal angle with outer edge rather serrate where it adjoins the rufous orange border, which is black on the edge with very slight white fringe. Tails slightly shorter than in nominate subspecies, sharply pointed, 4 mm. long, rufous in colour slightly margined in black. Underside. General pattern similar to that of nominate subspecies but not so strong, in the upper half of the fore wing, the discal-postdiscal lunules more suffused over, but whitish in 1a-1b but these in the basal half may be as strongly black and rufous. On the hind wing the silvery white line, though slightly variable, is on the whole narrower than in the western race. The base of the costa in all races is white. (Pl. 27, figs. 239, 242). 3g form angusticlavius Rousseau-Decelle, 1934 : 231 This is an extreme form, small in size, with the upperside rather dark in ground colour on both fore and hind wings, with the strong rufous orange bars of the wings reduced in width. The underside is also unusually dark, but the silvery discal line in the hind wing narrow but well marked. FEMALE. Onan average larger than cynthia cynthia, fore wing length 45-46 mm. Upperside. The basal rufous chestnut rather darker; the median black area tending to reduce or almost 152 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN obliterate the subcostal marks beyond the cell; the disco-postdiscal bar slightly narrower but strongly marked, creamy or creamy ochreous; marginal rufous marks strong to moderate. The hind wing band is generally narrower, creamy ochreous in colour; the black border beyond correspondingly broader, the outer border strongly dentate with the black extending along the veins into the rufous orange marginal border, which is narrowly black on the edge; tails long and thin. Underside. Pattern essentially similar to that of nominate cynthia but bolder, the discal and postdiscal pale marks of the fore wing and the discal band on the hind wing paler, more creamy, and more strongly marked. (PI. 27, figs. 237, 238, 240, 241.) Variation. (a) The female figured on Pl. 27, figs. 237, 238, is the type of ab. cizeyi Lathy and conforms with the majority of females of this subspecies. (b) Another female would appear to agree with albofascia Le Cerf. This has the fore and hind wing bars pale creamy to whitish. i io \ i ' . Ses, : s ‘ H ‘ , ‘ ' ‘ + onten gets, ‘ %, of . be! ‘ m. o Neot sS ‘, - a ’ * 7 . Pz ‘ ne a tated H Sx Be! ‘ a H ‘ of ‘ one H ' Ss rie ‘ ay Hi ' a8 Pa / a yee! ' 1 eee ! ™ ' td ‘ H ' . ' 1 1 ' ! H ' } . H ' ' ' , ’ ! ' ese tee oe ’ , H Vet tee tte wenn t of H oo? a Ftd oe pees ae, > / ‘ H rf \ \ e . Me *< . ’ 24 ‘ 2 oe? "4 ou! . “s Se, . Fi ‘ ‘ i H : me ‘ ‘4 ¢ ’ s ‘ 1 : i \ a4 e wet ey H ba oy cA ‘ Mouccbbee eae 1s pe Ni . Pe isc AS i ‘ ray Sy J NIGERIA i> CENTRAL , ter. cynthia cynt ite SU cameroonc ! { / “ae x Hint \SAFRICAN REPUBLIC-,, a5 Fe TT Aleve inies iv6py coast, CHAN RON 5 = Hy ycameroona ab. cizeyi 4S 7 adi. Gs ee yy mene > Medan, Tf. angusticlavius e = a4 GABON % Fg A irtvone ‘ gone te HOYEN: CONGO ‘CONGO J Sele", ‘ a mukuyu f aes 2 bans as TANZANIA % ‘ (nas, Neco! H sabulosus ee iN ' nw, ANGOLA \ KATANGA g re aN : Q Za eA on LO ee H Ser 35 Sen H vs 3 ? H ZAMBIA ie ' L—4 sh a ae © i Sy 3 ? fe ene ~ ae ‘ pki ecco Seer ' H 7. { H mes ? ' 3 if ro sa y ‘ H ‘ I rd \ H 3 {"*s0d ak ei hes fx ad i ' ne t lee f*\ “ 4 Py J Map 8, REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 153 (c) A few females exhibit a degree of partial ‘‘ melanism ’’; the bars of the fore wing and the band on the bind wing are more strongly orange and dusted over with brownish scales. The underside is not greatly affected, but in the specimen from Moyen Congo the submarginal and marginal lunate pale marks are exaggerated. Although I have linked the specimens of the Central African Republic and Moyen Congo with the Cameroon subspecies, since the majority in the aggregates agree, one finds some degree of variation in all three areas. Range: Cameroon (and adjacent eastern S.E. Nigeria where there is some contact with nominate cynthia) to Central African Republic (French Congo), the Moyen Congo to the Congo River basin; making some contact with kinduana in west central Congo. (Map 8. On this map the specific name is given in error as ““ cameroona ”’.) Charaxes cynthia kinduana Le Cerf (Pl. 26, figs. 231-236) Charaxes cynthia kinduana Le Cerf, 1923 : 366. Charaxes cynthia, ab. mawamba Grunberg, 1912. Through the kindness of Dr. P. Viette of the Paris Museum, I have obtained a photograph of the type of kinduana Le Cerf. This depicts a very dark specimen which appears to be semi-melanistic; the black area of the fore wing is more extended than usual, occupying the basal half of the wing with the exception of the cell area; the usual subcostal rufous spots are entirely obliterated; the postdiscal series of spots are reduced in size and thus well separated to 2 and dark rufous; the marginal spots absent except at the tornus. The hind wing band is reduced in width, the upper marks well separated and darker brownish rufous; the marginal border is narrower and darker. Underside. Pattern of both wings is obscured except for the black marks at the base of the fore wing and the pale area in ra—rb; the hind wing pattern obscured except for the conspicuous silvery white discal line which is very narrow. Since the type specimen appears to be abnormal, it becomes difficult to assess what are the normal characteristics of this race. The position is further complicated in that in 1912 Griinberg described what he called cynthia ab. mawamba from what is generally accepted to be the same ecological area whence came the type of kind- uana Le Cerf. The description of mawamba agrees more closely with the general run of males of this area than does that of kinduana. The description which follows is based on material from the eastern Congo. Mate. Fore wing length 44-45 mm. Upperside. General pattern as in the more western SSp. cameroonensis, but basal rufous colour slightly paler, the subcostal rufous spots distinct though small, (slightly obscured in some specimens); the disco-postdiscal rufous orange spots separated from subapex to 3, the rest to hind margin larger and conjoined, with some indication of discal marks in 2-3; marginal rufous spots present but most distinct at the tornal angle. Hind wing basal area brownish black, paler on inner fold; discal band widest at costa 5-6 mm. then tapering rather strongly toward, but not reaching the inner fold; black band thus wider at costal end, and tapering toward anal angle; rufous orange marginal border wider, edged narrowly with black. Tails 4mm. Underside. Very similar to cameroonensis but rather less 154 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN strongly marked with rufous on the fore wing, black marks rather overshadowed by darker ground; hind wing white bar somewhat variable in width; postdiscal rufous lunules, with dark band distally, show up plainly; submarginal row of pale marks indistinct; margin rufous. (Pl. 26, figs. 231, 234, type.) FEMALE. In general pattern and colour somewhat similar to nominate cynthia but pale bars on fore and hind wing narrower. Fore wing marginal rufous spots strong; disco-postdiscal bar rufous orange, rather narrow. Hind wing discal band rufous orange, widest at costa, and tapering at 2 to above anal angle, slightly dentate in 4 on outer border; the black postdiscal band widest at 4-6, dentate on outer border and invading the rufous orange border along veins; margin narrowly black; tails longish, thin, upper 6 mm., lower 4 mm. Underside. Ground colour vinaceous grey with a rufous flush. Fore wing chestnut bars distinct but narrower; disco- postdiscal spots creamy ochre, more whitish in lower half flanked by black lines proximally and by the black tornal spots distally, the other submarginal dark dots to subapex more diffuse. Hind wing band more creamy ochre, clear-cut on inner border but merging into the postdiscal greyish and rufous lunules distally, the latter strongly marked; submarginal lunules large; marginal rufous orange border distinct. (Pl. 26, figs. 232, 235, 233, 236.) Range: eastern Congo from the Kivu Province area along the Lualaba River to Stanleyville, Medje, Avikuba—Aruwimi, extending westward to the mid Congo basin, and eastward to the Semliki Valley. (Map 8). Charaxes cynthia parvicaudatus Lathy (Pl. 24, figs. 215-222) Charaxes cynthia parvicaudatus Lathy, 1926 : 94. Mate. Fore wing length 35-40 mm., thus rather smaller than other races so far mentioned. Upperside. General pattern basically similar, but differing as follows: rufous areas at costa and base of fore wing paler; the black mid area represented in the cell by an almost free mark; the two rufous spots in discal line, beyond, usually distinct; the rufous orange bar with the subapical and other spots to 4 completely free, the spots cof increasing size, those of 2-3 showing some indication of fusing with trace of marks in discal line, the mark in rb more quadrate, that in Ia a streak, but the whole bar is relatively narrow. Marginal rufous marks small and indis- tinct except the double one at the tornus. Hind wing basal area rather more brownish, darkening to almost blackish at the discal band; the discal band is narrow, 5 mm. at the costa, irregularly parallel-sided and stopping short of the inner fold, rufous orange in colour, slightly paler at costa. The black postdiscal band is thus wide, fairly even on inner border but serrate on outer margin invading the outer border along the veins, this border rufous orange with slight black edge. Tails stumpy, 2-3 mm. long, mostly rufous. Underside. Ground colour as in most other races, but with a rusty bloom overall, the rufous pattern less strong, but black marks in Ib well developed; the disco-postdiscal series of pale spots rather obscured in upper portion but whitish in 1b; the black tornal triangles not very heavy. Hind wing pattern not strong in the basal area; the white bar narrow, clear-cut on inner border, more diffuse on outer where it merges into the inner row of postdiscal lunules; a series of white dots in submargin at apices of marginal lunules which are not usually strong; border rufous. (Pl. 24, figs. 215, 216, 219, 220.) FEMALE. Upperside. In general appearance resembling somewhat the females of cynthia cameroonensis in respect to the pale bars through the wings. Fore wing length 45-46 mm.; basal rufous area at 1a—1b and over cell rather paler; the ochreous spots at the end of the cell and in the discal line, distinct and elongate, the upper postdiscal spots, rounded or elongate, the remaining spots in this line increasing in size and fused with spots in the discal line which may be rudimentary or of equal size, the mark in 1b rather quadrate. Marginal rufous marks large and conspicuous. Hind wing basal area brownish; the discal band rather parallel-sided up to cell area then tapering to inner fold, creamy ochreous in colour; the distal black band wide, REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 155 more or less straight on the inner side but serrate on the distal, with strong projections along the veins into the rather narrow rufous marginal border; edge narrowly black; tails relatively short, upper rather spatulate at end 6 mm. long, lower shorter, more stumpy 4mm. Underside. Conforming to the general tone of the ground colour of the male; the disco-postdiscal spots forming the bar in the fore wing clearly indicated, creamy in colour; the black marks in 1b often strong and conjoined. The hind wing band creamy, strongly defined on inner border, less strong on outer where it merges with the inner lunate pale marks of the postdiscal zone, the adjacent brownish rufous zone rather well marked; the submarginal pale marks flanked proximally with rufous triangles; border rusty brown. (PI. 24, figs. 217, 218.) Variation. In some specimens the rufous areas of the fore wing may be dusted over with brownish scales; the marginal spots obscured. On the hind wing, the rufous marginal border reduced in width. Specimens from N.W. Kenya in the Kakamega-Kaimosi forests belong to this aggregate. (Pl. 24, figs. 221, 222.) Range: eastern Uganda, especially in the Mabira Forest and adjacent forest areas extending eastward in the forests of N.W. Kenya, Kaimosi-Kakamega-Nandi. (Map 8). Charaxes cynthia propinqua ssp. n. (Pl, 23, higs.1200, 210,213,254) This aggregate combines the features of parvicaudatus as regards shape and more particularly the very short tails, with the eastern Congo subspecies kinduana with regard to colour and pattern of the fore wing on upper side. Mate. Fore wing length 36-38 mm. Upperside. Fore wing pattern bolder than in parvicaudatus, base of wing and costa rufous slightly more extended; the subcostal rufous spots in discal line and those of the postdiscal row larger throughout but more especially in the hind half of the bar; the rufous marginal spots larger and more pronounced. The hind wing discal band is wider, thus reducing the black band beyond; the marginal rufous border is wider. Underside. Fore wing pattern very similar to parvicaudatus, in general tone; black marks at base of 1b confluent, thus large and conspicuous; the hind wing white bar is narrow and more defined on both borders, the pattern is otherwise very similar. The tails are extremely short and stumpy. (PI. 23, figs. 209, 210, type.) FEMALES. The characteristics of the male reproduced in the female: fore wing length 45-47 mm. Upperside. Basal area bright rufous; rufous spots beyond cell and those in discal line usually bolder; the upper postdiscal spots large, those of 3 to hind margin large and fused with the discal spots so that the fore wing bar is wider; the marginal rufous spots bold. Hind wing band wider from costa to 2, the black band thus reduced in width; marginal rufous border wider than in parvicaudatus; tails thinner, upper 6 mm. lower 4 mm. with a slight upward kink as in parvicaudatus. Underside. Very similar to parvicaudatus in the fore wing; on the hind wing the white bar is more defined. (Pl. 23, figs. 213, 214, type.) Holotype male. UGANDA: Katera Forest, Masaka, xi.1953 (van Someren). Allotype female. Same data. Range: From the forests of western Uganda, Bwamba, Toro, Bugoma, Budongo, to the forests west of Lake Victoria in the Masaka district, Katera, and north of the Kagera River. (Map 8). 156 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Charaxes cynthia sabulosus Talbot (Pl. 25, figs. 223-230) Charaxes cynthia sabulosus Talbot, 1928 : 229. Charaxes cynthia sabulosus f. aurantiaca Rousseau-Decelle, 1934 : 231. Specimens of cynthia from the Katanga area present a rather puzzling picture for it would appear that the species is here subject to “‘ seasonal variation ’’ [sic] producing so-called ‘‘ wet” and “‘ dry ’’ forms. This gives rise to some difficulty in determining the characteristics of the subspecies as a whole. In the original description Talbot states “a well defined race from Katanga ’’; but the description is involved since it concerns two specimens, the type and a paratype which are slightly different. I have before me a small number of topotypical specimens which exhibit marked variation, in both sexes. It seems desirable therefore to quote the original description of the type. Fore wing length 40 mm., “ distinguished by its paler brown coloration on both sides. Fore wing above with the postdiscal brown band of spots continuous to cellule 7, the spots above vein 4 larger than in typical form, and spots in 2 and 3 not invaded by the ground colour... Band of the hind wing broader than in typical form, being extended distad. Brown scaling in the cell more marked than in typical form... Underside with the dark brown markings obsolete and black spots smaller.... The white band on the hind wing is sharply defined along both its edges... .”’ Type 3, Kinda, Katanga (Overlaet). The characters of the paratype are: ‘‘ the marginal spots [f.w.] are merged together to form a continuous broad marginal line... the hind wing cell is strongly brown.... The white band of underside only reaches to just below vein 2.” I have before me two topotypical males taken by Overlaet at Kafakumba, Katanga. One is described as a ‘“‘ dry form ’’, the other as a ‘‘ wet form ”’. “Dry form’’: Upperside. Fore wing rufous. Coloration extends along the costa, over the whole cell and slightly beyond and in the bases of 1a—1b and slightly in 2-3 so that the black mark at end of cell is entirely free. The black median band is thus narrow, but the two upper rufous spots in the discal line are large and free. The rufous orange bar is continuous from 7 to the hind margin, the spots increasing in size, those in 2-3 with slight indication of remnants of discal marks. The rufous marginal marks bold. The hind wing discal band is moderately broad, 6 mm. at costa, almost parallel-sided, tapering out at vein 2; black band widest at 5-6, even on inner edge, slightly serrate on outer; rufous border rather wide; tails thin, upper 7 mm., lower 5mm. Underside. Vinaceous grey-brown, rufous basal bars not strong; black sub-basal marks in rb relatively small, tornal mark moderate; pattern of disco-postdiscal bar rather obscured. Hind wing with most of the pattern obscured except that of the white discal line which is narrow but strong, clearly defined on both edges, and almost straight. (Pl. 25, figs. 229, 230.) “Wet form ’’: Upperside. Fore wing basal rufous coloration rather darker and slightly less extensive; black median zone considerably wider, the two subcostal spots in the discal line almost obscured; distally, the band encroaches onto the upper postdiscal row of spots which are considerably smaller, so that the whole bar is narrower and darker rufous than in the “ dry” form; the rufous marginal spots are very small, except those at the tornal angle. The hind wing basal area darker; the discal band narrow and stops short at 2; the black band wider than in the ‘‘ dry ’”’ form so that the rufous marginal border is restricted in width. Underside. Ground colour slightly darker, but the pattern is stronger. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 157 Both these specimens were taken in September. According to Chapin, the rainy season in Katanga is October to May, the dry from June to September. A further dark form, “‘ wet ’” presumably, was taken at Kindo, Katanga, in April. Upper- side. In general appearance it resembles the previous specimen, except that the rufous subcostal spots are obscured to a greater degree; the postdiscal bar narrower in 1a—1b; the marginal spots slightly more developed. In the hind wing the discal band is rather narrower and constricted in 6. Underside. Very similar to the previous specimen. (Pl. 25, figs. 223, 224.) form aurantiaca Rousseau-Decelle, 1934 : 231 (Pl. 25, figs. 227, 228) ’ In sharp contrast to the two foregoing, we have the very “dry” male form described by Rousseau-Decelle and named aurantiaca which also came from Kafa- kumba in Katanga. No date of capture is mentioned for any of the three examples cited. Mate. Upperside. Pale rufous orange on costa, the cell and just beyond, the bases of ra—1b, slightly in 2-3, thus enclosing the black mark at end of cell which is entirely free; there are two spots beyond the cell in the discal line; the postdiscal bar consists of a small subcostal spot, then a series of larger spots increasing in size to the streak in 1a, the bar is wider than in other forms and pale rufous orange; margin with large conspicuous marks from apex to hind angle. Hind wing basal area rufous slightly darker at base of 6, discal band light rufous orange, pale at costa but darkening in 2 and along the outer border; black band, comparatively narrow irreg- ular on both sides; marginal border wide, pale rufous orange. Tails as in other specimens. Underside. Vinaceous grey with rusty suffusion, the pattern almost obsolete even to the dark marks in 1b. The hind wing basal area almost uniform followed by a distinct narrow white bar stopping short at 2, the remainder of the pattern obscured, except for a series of pale rounded marks in submargin. (Pl. 25, figs. 227, 228.) FEMALE. The female does not seem to have been described and the only one available to me appears to belong to the ‘‘ wet”’ form. Upperside. Fore wing rufous basal area extending over the cell and slightly beyond with only slight rufous tinge at base of 1b; the black spot at end of cell almost free. Fore wing bar rather wide since the upper spots of the postdiscal line are large with gradual increase in size to hind margin, spots in 2—3 with slight conjoined marks of the discal line, the spots of this line in 5—6 well developed, large. The marginal lunules large and distinct. Hind wing basal area brownish, more rufous toward inner fold; discal band almost uniform in width from costa to 2 then tapering to inner fold above the anal angle. Black band moderately broad, even on inner side very slightly dentate at upper part on distal side; marginal border fairly wide with very narrow black edge; upper tail robust with rounded end 6 mm., same colour as border, lower tail of about same length, darker, thinner, bluntly pointed; anal angle with two white dots. Underside. Fore wing basal area vinaceous grey with rufous bars and black marks strong; disco-postdiscal bar fairly clearly indicated, creamy, but whitish in Ia—1b; submarginal pale marks with dark spots proximally fairly strong; marginal lunules well represented. Hind wing ground colour as fore wing in basal area but dark lines strong, especially that adjoining the discal white bar which is thus defined on the inner edge but rather merging with the irregular lunules on the distal side; dark brownish band strong, less so on outer edge where it abuts onto the marginal rather ill-defined pale lunules; border narrowly rufous. (Pl. 25, figs. 225, 226.) From the above descriptions it will be noted that the subspecies sabulosus is represented by a rather mixed aggregate, with combined features which separate it from other races. ENT. 23, 4 13 158 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Range: All the specimens I have seen and those on record appear to have been taken in the Katanga area of S. Congo, at Kinda, Kafakumba and Thisboba so that its wider range is thus unknown. (Map 8). Charaxes cynthia mukuyu ssp. n. (Pl. 23, figs. 207, 208, 211, 212) The series of specimens on which this race is based represent one of the most distinctive subspecies of cynthia. In some respects it resembles the race sabulosus but is easily distinguishable both above and below. It is characterized by the great reduction of the black areas on the upper side of both fore and hind wing; the paler more orange of the rufous areas. On the underside, the pattern is suppressed, includ- ing the white bar on the hind wing which, in some specimens is almost vestigial; in such cases there is in fact a slight resemblance to Charaxes buetti macclounit. Mate. Fore wing length 39-40 mm. Upperside. Costa and basal area bright rufous orange extending well beyond the end of the cell, the basal areas of 1a—1b, 2 and 3, the black mark at end of cell much reduced to an inverted comma; the black central band thus much re- duced in width; the two subcostal marks in the discal series large, quadrate and contiguous, with clear indication of spots in 2-3, the latter often free, and an indication of black in 1b showing line of junction of the marks in this area; the postdiscal spots from subcosta to 4 of about even size, those from 3 to hind margin increasing is size; the bar thus appears divided in upper sector; marginal spots usually fairly large especially at the tornal angle. Hind wing basal triangle rufous brown, slightly darker in mid area and where it meets the discal rufous orange band which is slightly expanded at the costa, more or less parallel-sided to above 2 where it tapers and fades out before reaching the inner fold. The black postdiscal band is reduced in width, widest in 6—7 where the outer border is serrate then tapering to above the hind angle, where, the lower spots may be free or slightly conjoined; the rufous orange marginal border is thus wide and very narrowly black-edged; tails short and pointed, of about equal length, 3-4 mm. Underside. Ground colour rather pale rufous ochreous with less vinaceous shade; the rufous bars finer and less obvious; the black marks less strong, but those in 1b often conjoined to form a rough oval; the tornal mark rather blurred. The disco-postdiscal pattern of spots not strong, though whitish in 1a—1b. On the hind wing the discal white line is thin and though dark edged on inner side may be much reduced; the postdiscal lunules, except toward anal angle obscured; pale submarginal lunules obscured; the rufous border not strong. (Pl. 23, figs. 211, 212.) FEMALE. Fore wing length 42-44 mm. Basal area including the cell and base of 1b and slightly that of 2-3 bright rufous orange, extending beyond end of cell and here enclosing the black inverted ‘“‘comma’”’ mark as in the male. Mid bar narrow black and interrupted in base of 4 by a quadrate creamy ochre mark, part of the discal series which starts as two elongate quadrate marks in 5—6, represented in 3 by a crescentic mark, the lower mark fused with the postdiscal row of large creamy ochre marks extending to the hind margin in 1a; margin with conspicuous rufous marks which are almost contiguous. Hind wing basal triangle rufous brown, rather restricted owing to the width of the discal band which is almost parallel sided, but tapering to above the anal angle, the outer edge tinged with rufous; the black band narrow, constricted at costal end, outer border serrate at upper end, tapering to anal angle where there are two white dots. Marginal border rufous, wide, narrowly black edged; tails rather thin, upper 6 mm. lower 4 mm. slightly up-curved. Underside. General tone similar to that of the male; the fore wing rufous bars thin; the black mark sub-base in rb an oval, the tornal mark moderately strong; the disco-postdiscal bars broad rather diffuse except in 1a—1b; margin diffusely rufous. Hind wing, basal area as fore, broad discal band sharp-cut on inner edge but diffuse on outer where it merges into the pale lunules which are only slightly visible, the dark band is outwardly REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 159 edged with paler lunules; the border rufous, with two black spots in anal angle. (Pl. 23, figs. 207, 208.) Variation. FEMALE. Upperside. Pattern for fore wing very similar to nominate mukuyu but basal rufous coloration darker; the black triangle at bases of 1a—3 broader at base. Disco-postdiscal series of creamy ochre marks as in the other female but broader; marginal lunules less defined. Hind wing basal are darker rufous brown; discal band wide, broadest at costa and tapering to above angle; the black band still narrow consisting of a series of contiguous oval black marks, small at costa, and extending to anal angle; rufous border broad; tails shorter. Underside. Ground colour as in other female but pattern stronger and more defined; this applies particularly to the creamy bands on both wings and especially to the hind wing where the postdiscal pale and rufous lunules are strong. Holotype male. TANZANIA: Kigoma District, at Mukuyu Forest, v.1965 (Major I. Grahame), deposited in B.M. (N.H.) Allotype female. Same locality, vi.1965. Material examined, nine males and two females taken by African collector for Major Grahame and by the Japanese Primate Expedition. (Map 8). SS eb MACE Gel rst Charaxes cynthia Butler Charaxes cynthia cynthia Butler, 1865. Type locality: Ashanti. Type in B.M. (N.H.) J. = lysianassa Westwood, 1874. Type locality: Ashanti. 9. = guineensis Le Moult, 1933. Type locality: French Guinea. . Range: W. Africa, Guinea, Liberia, Ivory Coast, Ghana to Nigeria to Niger River. cynthia cameroonensts ssp. Nn. = ab. cizeyi Lathy, 1926. Type locality: Cameroon. 9. =f. indiv. angusticlavius Rousseau-Decelle 1934. Type locality: French Congo, Etumbi. d. = f. indiv. albofascia Le Cerf, 1923. Type locality: Cameroon, Bitje. 9. Range: Cameroon rain forests, S.E. Nigeria, Central African Republic. Moyen Congo, west of Congo Basin. cynthia kinduana Le Cerf, 1923. Type locality: E. Congo, Kinda on upper Lualaba River. Typein Paris Mus. 4d. =ab. mawamba Griinberg, 1912. Type locality: eastern Congo, Awamba, west of Lake Albert; en route Awamba-Avukuba-Aruwimi. Range: From the Kivu Prov. of eastern Congo, along the Lualaba River to Medje N.E. Congo, west to Congo Basin; east to Semliki Valley. cynthia propinqua ssp.n. Type locality: Uganda, Katera Forest. Range: W. Uganda, Toro forests, Bugoma, Budongo, Bwamba, Kalinzu, Katera, Entebbe. cynthia parvicaudatus Lathy, 1926. Type locality: Uganda, Mulange, Mabira Forest. Range: Uganda; Busoga, Mabira Forest, Jinja, Kenya; N.W. Kapwaren forests, Kaimosi, Kakamega, Kabras, Nandi, Kipkarren. ENT. 23, 4. 13§ 160 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN cynthia sabulosus Talbot, 1928. Type locality: Kinda, Katanga. 4. Tervuren Mus. f. indiv. aurantiaca Rousseau-Decelle, 1934. Type locality: Katanga, Kafakumba. Range: Katanga, at Kinda, Kafakumba, Thisbobo. Upembe Park. lower Kasai. cynthia mukuyu ssp. n. Type locality. Tanzania, Kigoma, Mukuyu. Range: Tanzania, N.E. of Lake Tanganyika in the Kigoma district, at Mukuyu and Muhimo forests. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS A vast amount of topotypical material was brought together for these revisional notes and I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to the following for loan of material, photographs of types, etc. I offer my apologies to some contributors for retaining their material for such a lengthy period. The staff of the Entomological Department, B.M. (N.H.), London; Mr. E. Taylor of the Hope Dept., University Museum, Oxford, England; Major Iain Grahame, Lamarsh, Suffolk, England; Dr. Arthur Rydon, N. Chailey, Sussex, England; Dr. Viette and Dr. Bernardi, Natural History Museum, Paris; Dr. Berger, Central African Museum, Tervuren, Belgium; Dr. Kasy, Vienna Museum, Austria; Monsieur J. Plantrou, of Paris; Dr. Fox, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, U.S.A.; Dr. Hannemann, Natural History Museum, Berlin; Dr. E. Pinhey, National Museum, Bulawayo; the late Dr. G. van Son, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, S. Africa; Mr. K. M. Pennington Balgowan, Natal; Mr. D. C. Plowes, Umtali, Rhodesia; Dr. C. B. Cottrell, Salisbury, Rhodesia; Mr. H. D. Handman, Zomba, Malawi; Mrs. Joan Wedekind, Mumbwa, Zambia; Mr. B. Barton-Eckett, Bathurst, Cape Prov., S. Africa; Dr. C. H. McCleery, Lindi, Tanzania; Mr. J. H. Bailey, Menengai, Kenya; the late Mr. T. H. E. Jackson, Kitale, Kenya; Mr. R. H. Carcasson, National Museum, Nairobi, Kenya; and Mr. H. D. van Someren, Endebess, Kenya. I desire also to record my thanks to the following for financial assistance toward the cost of photographic work connected with these revisions; Dr. Arthur Rydon, N. Chailey, Sussex, Major Iain Grahame, Lamarsh, Suffolk; and Mr. C. G. C. Dickson of Cape Town, S. Africa. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 161 Fics. 1-9. Aedeagi of Charaxes spp. 1, etheocles etheocles (Cramer), Nigeria (Prep. 64, A. H.B. Rydon) ; 2-4, etheocles carpenteri Poulton, ¢ f. catachrous, Katera, Uganda (Preps. 669, 670, T. G. Howarth; prep. 55, A. H. B. Rydon); 5-6, etheocles evansi van Someren, Kitale, east Mt. Elgon, Kenya (Preps. 61-62, A. H. B. Rydon) ; 7-8, grahamei van Someren, Kigoma Dist., N. E. Lake Tanganyika, Tanzania (Preps. 672, 671, T. G. Howarth); 9, mafuga van Someren, Mafuga Forest, Kigezi, Uganda (Prep. 10, A. H. B. Rydon). Del. A. H. B. Rydon. 162 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN Fics. 10-18. Aedeagi of Chavaxes spp. 10-11, berkeleyi van Someren & Jackson, Karen, Ngong, Kenya (Preps. 56-57, A. H. B. Rydon); 12, aubyni aubyni Poulton, Teita Hills, Kenya (Prep. 173, A. H. B. Rydon); 13-14, baileyi van Someren, Visoi Gap, west Rift Valley, Kenya (Preps. 51-52, A. H. B. Rydon); 15-16, pembanus Jordan, Pemba Island, N.E. of Zanzibar, East Coast (Prep. 170, A. H. B. Rydon), lateral and dorsal views; 17-18, usambarae van Someren & Jackson, Amani, lower forests, Usambara Mts., Tanzania (Prep. 169, A. H. B. Rydon), lateral and dorsal views. Del. A. H. B. Rydon. REVISIONAL NOTES ON AFRICAN CHARAXES 163 Fics. 19-26. Aedeagi of Charaxes spp. 19, karkloof van Someren & Jackson, Mt. Kark- loof, Natal, S. Africa (Prep. van Son); 20, credveatis Hewitson, ¢ lutacea Rothschild, Kisubia Forest, nr. Entebbe, Uganda (Prep. 175, A. H. B. Rydon); 21, alpinus van Someren & Jackson, Vumba Mts., Rhodesia (Prep. van Son); 22, alpinus nyikensis van Someren, Nyika Plateau, Malawi (Prep. van Son); 23, ethalion littovalis van Someren, Marere Forest, Shimba Hills, Kenya Coast (Prep. 176, A. H. B. Rydon); 24, ethalion ethalion Boisduval, Natal, South Africa (Prep. van Son); 25, petersi van Someren, Liberia & Ivory Coast (Prep. 50, A. H. B. Rydon); 26, Charaxes sp. nov.? Bunduki Hill, Uluguru Mts., Tanzania (Prep. 164, A. H. B. Rydon). Del. A. H. B. Rydon. 164 Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN —— 27 SS ee I aT ate 30 Fics. 27-30. Aedeagi of Charaxes spp. 27-28, contrarius Weymer, Zombo Forest, Kwale Dist., Kenya Coast (Preps. 58-59, A. H. B. Rydon); 29, viola kirki Butler, Mackinnon Road, Coast belt, Kenya (Prep. 177, A. H. B. Rydon); 30, manica Trimen, Mpanda, Tanzania (Prep. 3, A. H. B. Rydon). Del. A. H. B. Rydon. Fic. 31. Charaxes kheili Staudinger. Type ¢ genitalia. B.M. Neg. No. 8749. Vv. G. L. VAN SOMEREN 165 REFERENCES References not given below will be found in Parts I-IV of this revision, ButLer, A.G. 1876. Ona Collection of Lepidoptera recently received from Abyssinia. Ann, Mag. nat. Hist. (4) 18 : 480-490. 1881. Ona new species of Chavaxes from W. Africa. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 18 : 107— 108. 1893. Description of a new species of the butterfly genus Charaxes. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (4) 12 : 266. FEISTHAMEL, M. 1850. Description de quelques Lépidoptéres Rhopalocéres nouveaux ou peu connus provenant de la Cazamance (Afrique). Amnls Soc. ent. Fr. 1850 : 247-262. GRUNDBERG, K. 1911. Wussenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Zentral-Afrika Expedition 1907-1908. 3(17) : 506-560. 4 pls. Leipzig. Hewitson, W. C. 1874. Description of a new species of Chavaxes from the West Coast of Africa. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 10 : 247-248. 1876. Illustrations of new species of Exotic Butterflies. 5 : 1-116, 60 pls. London. 1877. Descriptions of three new species from Delagoa Bay. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 14 : 81-83. Ho.tianp, W. J. 1896. List of the Lepidoptera collected in East Africa 1894, by Mr. William Astor Chamber and Lieutenant Ludwig von Hohnel. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 18 : 741-767. Jackson, T. H. E. 1957. Notes on the Rhopalocera of the Kigezi District of Uganda with descriptions of new species and subspecies. Jl E. Africa nat. Hist. Soc. 23 : 63-78, 13 pls. Le Moutt, E. 1933. Formes nouvelles ou peu connus de Charaxinae (Lep. Nymph.). Novit ent. 2: 16-18. RovussEAU-DECELLE, G. 1934. De quelque formes nouvelles de Charaxes africaines. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 39 : 228-235, 1 pl. STONEHAM, H. F. 1964. Butterflies of Western Kenya. Pts. 8-9 : 109. TaLpot, G. 1928. New forms of African Nymphalidae (Lep. Rhop.) in the Musée du Congo, Tervuren. Bull. Hill. Mus. Witley 2 : 229-231. TRIMEN, R. & Bowker, J. H. 1887. South African Butterflies 1 : 348. London, VAN SOMEREN, V.G.L. 1958. A new species and a new female form of ‘‘ Charaxes ”’ from Kenya Colony. Novos Taxa ent. 11 : 1-12, 2 pls. 1963. Revisional Notes on African Charaxes (Lepidoptera : Nymphalidae). Part I. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 13 (7) : 195-242, 19 pls., 5 text-figs. 1964. Part II. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 15 (7) : 181-235, 23 pls., 4 maps. 1966. Part III. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 18 (3) : 45-100, 16 pls., 5 maps. 1966a. Part IV. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 18 (9) : 277-316, 9 pls., 4 maps. VAN Son, G. 1966. A new subspecies of Charaxes viola Butler from South-West Africa, Novos Taxa ent. 49 : 3-7. WEstTwoop, J. O. 1874. Thesaurus entomologicus Oxoniensis, pp. 1-205, 40 pls. Oxford. INDEX New taxonomic names in bold type achaemenesopsis, 2 f., 132 berkeleyi, 80 acuminatus, 77 biinclinata, 102 albifascia 9 f., 131, 133 brainei, 147 albimacula 9 f., 143 albocaerulea 9 f., 143 caerulescens ° f., 80, 143 alladinis 9 f., 100, 105 cameroonensis, 151 angusticlavius 9 f., 151 carpenteri, 108, 109 aurantiaca ¢ 9 ff., 157 carteri ¢ f., 102 catachrous ¢ f., 102, 106, III baileyi, 122 cedreatis, 84, 85 basiviridis 9 f., 145 chanleri, 133 166 chepalungu, 90 conjugens 9 f., 121 conjuncta 2 f., 113 contrarius, I19, 120 coryndoni 9 f., 137 cottrelli 2 f., 140 cupreopurpurea 9° f., 144 cynthia, 149, 150 daria, 134 dewitzi 9 f., 90 diversiforma, 141, 9 f., 143 druceanus, 78 ephyra $ f., 101 etheocles, 99 evansi, I12 fulgens 9 f., Ior grahamei, 115 handari 9 f., 131 hollandi ¢ f., 1o1 inexpectata 9 f., 88 instabilis 2 f., 146 intermedia 9 f., 133 kheili, 94 kilimensis 82 kinduana, 153 kirki, 130 kirkoides 9 f., 132 lacteata 9° f., 117 loandae, 144, 9 f., 145 mafuga, 97 masaba, 82 mukuyu, 158 ngonga 9 f., 80 northcotti, 96 INDEX obudoensis, 77 occidens, 79 ochracea, 106 ochremaculata 9? f., 143 pallidimacula 9? f., 110 parvicaudatus, 154 penricei, 80 petersi, 121 phaeus, 136, 2 f., 137, 138 picta, 128 primitiva 9° f., 144 propinqua, 155 protocedreatis @ f., 87 protokirki 9? f., 145 pseudocarpenteri 9 f., 124 pseudosmaragdalis 2 f., 89 purpurea 9 f., 141 pythodoris, 79 regalis 2 f., IoI, 104 rogersi 9 f., 131 rosella 9° f., 140 sabulosus, 156 schoutedeni, 79 seriata 9 f., 107 suk, 132 tanganyikae, 80 tectonis, 78 tricolor 9° f., 140 tincta 9 f., 145 vansomereni 9 f., 129 vansoni 9 f., 137 vansonoides 9 f., 145 variata, 138, 2 f., 139 vetula 9 f., 88 viola, 125, 127 violitincta 9 f., 145 viridicaerulea 9 f., 141 virilis, 92 xiphares, 82 Fics, 1 .& 2. Fics. 3 & 4. FIG. 5. Fia. 6, Fics. 7 & 8. PLATE 1 Charaxes cedveatis Hewitson 3 = lutacea Rothschild Type. (N.E. Congo: Beni. [B.M. (N.H.)], upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 39912; 39913. Q@ Type. (Fernando Po.) [B.M. (N.H.)], upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 39918; 39919. ¢ with strongly developed subcostal spots to fore wings and large glaucous lunules on margins; base of fore wing strongly greenish; hind wing with postdiscal wavy green line. Underside pattern not strong and suffused brownish. (Tanzania [Tanganyika], Geita), upper and underside. 6 boldly marked on upperside; hind wing with strong greenish postdiscal line; underside pattern strong and colder greyish ground colour with satiny bars strong. (N. Angola, Amboim), upper and underside. 9 form inexpectata forma n. (Ivory Coast: Abidjan) (Gallay). N.B. The black area at the base of the wings @ fig. 7 is a stain and should be ignored, upper and undersides. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. m= + (2) a! < = Ay we 3 N Ce qa a % el 3 iS ¥ + = Ay * ui a i 2 —Q Fics. 9 & 10. Fic. 11. Fic. 12. Fics. 13 & 14. Fic. 15. Fics. 16 & 17. PLATE 2 Charaxes cedreatis Hewitson 2 form vetula Rothschild. Type. [Gabon: Ogowe river. B.M. (N.H.)]. Upper and underside Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 39916; 39917. ? form vetula Rothschild. (Kakamega forest) flying with 2 form cedveatis and $ lutacea (Rydon coll.). ? form cedveatis Hewitson. (Uganda: Jinja.) Upper & underside. 2 form inexpectata, forma n. Type. [Tanzania (Tanganyika): Kigoma Dist., Mukuyu Forest.] Upper and underside. (Grahame coll. Deposited in B.M. (N.E.)). 2 form protocedreatis Poulton [Tanzania (T anganyika): Serengetti Game Park, riverine forest on Orange River.] Similar specimens occur in Eastern Uganda at Jinja. Upper and underside. 2 form cedreatis (fig. 16) and 2 form vetula Rothschild (fig. 17). Taken in same trap, (Kenya: Visoi Gap, between Kilombe Hill and Londiani Hill, west side of Rift Valley). Upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 2 Fics. 18 & 19. Fic. 20. FIG. 21. Fics. 22 & 23. Fics. 24 & 25. PLATE 3 Chavraxes cedveatis Hewitson, 2 form pseudosmaragdalis van Someren & Jackson, Type. (Central African Museum, Tervuren, Belgium.) Upper and underside. All light markings blue with the exception of large subapical spots fore wing and submarginal linear marks in hind wing which are white. cedreatis Hewitson 2 form dewitzi Butler. Photograph of original colour figure, Type lost. Pattern generally similar to pseudosmaragdalis but lacking the postdiscal row of blue spots in fore wing, upper and underside. chepalungu sp. n. Gynandromorph. (Kenya: Chepalungu Forest.) (National Museum, Nairobi) (R. T. Evans leg.). chepalungu, upper and underside. 92 Type. (Kenya: Chepalungu Forest, lower Sotik.) chepalungu, upper and underside. ¢ Type. (Kenya: Chepalungu Forest). Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 3 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 Fics. 26 & 27. Fics. 28 & 29. Fia. 30. Fic. 31. FIG. 32. Fic. 33. Fics. 34 & 35. Fics. 36 & 37. PLATE 4 Charaxes virilis Van Someren & Jackson Type of vivilis van Someren & Jackson (W. Africa), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 34024; 34025. Q (Uganda: Busia-Tororo Forest) (Bailey). Ground colour very similar to figs. 26 & 27 but with stronger blue sheen; fore wing marginal lunules more defined. Hind wing with postdiscal row of greenish blue spots more distinct; submarginal white spots larger; margin reddish ochre to lower tail. Borders of wings on underside satiny with a strong rusty tinge to the postdiscal zone of both wings; the submarginal row of whitish marks strong, upper and under- underside. 6 (Uganda: Forests of Busiu-Tororo and Mabira Forest, Busoga), upper and underside. Q (Moyen Congo: Kelle) (Jackson). Ground colour strong blue, marginal glaucous marks diffuse. Blue spot beyond cell in fore wing distinct, but with other spots very faintly indicated. Hind wing greenish, postdiscal line stronger. Underside ground colour dark vinaceous brown, paler on borders and satiny bars more distinct, upper and underside. 3$ (S. Nigeria: Ibadan), (Oxford). Ground colour blue-black with strong blue sheen. Blue marks on fore and hind wings smaller, suffused purplish. Under side rusty greyish brown, border on fore wing lighter. Pattern not strong, upper and underside. (Cameroon: Bitje), [B.M.(N.H.)]. An aberrant specimen with a large greenish blue triangular mark beyond end of cell in fore wing. Underside vinaceous brown, pattern faint, but satiny bars present particularly in disc of hind wing, upper and underside. Type ¢ form virilis Rothschild. (Uganda: Jinja.) 34, upperside, purplish blue- black. Fore wing with obscure blue subcostal marks beyond end of cell; obscure glaucous marks on margin. Hind wing with faint trace of greenish postdiscal line; submarginal white spots distinct; some reddish on margin above upper tail. 35, underside, dark vinaceous brown; faint satiny bars through discs of wings; pattern faint. form lenis Jordan. g Type. (Uganda: Budongo Forest.) 36, upperside as in fig. 34. Fore wing with additional blue mark at upper part of end of cell. No greenish postdiscal line on hind wing; marginal red to lower tail. 37, underside: ground colour similar to fig. 35 but satiny bars and pattern stronger. Approx. 3/4 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 4 Fics. 38 & 39. Fies. 40 & 43. Fias. 41 & 42. Fics, 44 & 45. Fic. 46. PLATE 5 Charaxes " kheilt Staudinger. g Type (Njam-Njam) upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 8747; 8748. Rkheili ? ssp., Metu, (Uganda: Madi, W. Nile.) Upper and underside. northcotti Rothschild, ¢ Type in B.M. (N.H.). Upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 38817; 38818. mafugasp.n. Type. (Uganda: Rutenga—Mafuga Forest, Kigezi) upper and underside. kheili-northcotti var. (Central African Republic: Bouar), upper and underside. Approx, 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 5 2 BER ES os. ’ ee alate) oa Fics. 47 & 48. Fies. 49 & 50. FIGs. 51 & 52. Fics. 53 & 54. PLATE 6 Chavraxes etheocles etheocles Cramer $ form carteri Butler, 1881, Type. (Ghana [Gold Coast], Accra), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 41808; 41809. 3 form hollandi Butler, 1893, Type. (Sierra Leone), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 41807; 41810. 9 form vegalis Rothschild, Type. (Sierra Leone), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos., 34026; 34027. 2 form fulgens Rothschild, Type. (Sierra Leone), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 34032; 34023. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 6 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 Fias. 55 & 56. Fic. 57. Fias. 58 & 59. Fia. 60. Fics. 61 & 62. Fiac. 63. PLATE 7 Charaxes etheocles etheocles (Cramer) 2, Photograph of the original figure in Pap. Exot. Part 2, Pl. CXIX. (Sierra Leone), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.). Nos. 40800, 40801. 2 form etheocles (Cramer), topotypical. (Sierra Leone). Fore wing spots well separated, mostly white, slightly ochre tinged in postdiscal row, Hind wing band narrow, slightly blue tinged on inner border. Underside pattern moderately strong, upper and underside. 2 form alladinis Butler var. (Cameroons), upper and underside. 2 form etheocles (Cramer), topotypical. (Sierra Leone). Fore wing spots slightly conjoined; hind wing band wider than in figs. 58 and 59. Underside pattern very similar to fig. 59, but fore wing spots “‘ rayed ’’, upper and underside. 2 form alladinis Butler. (Sierra Leone), upper and underside. 2 form etheocles (Cramer), topotypical. (‘‘ West Coast”). Fore wing spots white, more strongly “rayed ’” than fig. 60, Hind wing band wider, white. Underside pattern and raying strong, upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 7 Fiacs. 64 & 65. Fia. 66. Fic. 67. Fia. 68. Fic. 69. Fic. 70. FIG. 71. FIG. 72. PLATE 8 Charaxes etheocles carpentert Poulton 2 form pallidimacula van Someren & Jackson. Type. (Uganda: Jinja). Fore wing spots white, widely separated, but spots in 1b fused. Hind wing band broad, white, with blue border distally opposite tail region. Marginal spots bold. Underside ground colour darker, more brownish, upper and underside. Q (Kenya: South Kavirondo, Suna). Ground colour blue-black. Fore wing discal and post discal spots slightly “‘ rayed ’’; postdiscal row ochreous, discal row slightly paler in upper half, but conjoined spots in 1a—1b bluish on proximal ends. Hind wing band wide, white with bluish borders. Submarginal linear marks not strong, underside boldly marked, upper and underside. $ form catochrous Staud. (Uganda: Budongo Forest). Upperside deep blue-black; fore wing with small blue subcostal spots and indication of marginal dots. Underside ground colour brownish grey with satiny silvery bars well marked, upper and underside. 3 form catochrous Staud. (Western Uganda: Bwamba Valley). Upperside ground colour similar to fig. 67. Fore wing without blue dots but marginal spots distinct. Underside: basal two thirds both wings silvery grey with black markings strong, upper and underside. 6 (Uganda: Masaka, Katera Forest). Upperside ground colour blue-black; fore wing subcostal blue dots small; marginal internervular glaucous dots present. Underside ground colour darker brownish grey; satiny bars only slightly evident, upper and underside. 6 (Uganda: Jinja). Upperside ground colour blue-black; two minute subapical blue dots, but marginal glaucous lunules strong. Underside pattern not strong on a brownish grey ground; satiny bars not strong, upper and underside. Q (Uganda: Masaka, Katera Forest). Fore wing spots well spaced, creamy, slightly more ochreous in postdiscal series. Hind wing band moderately wide but tapering, strongly bluish especially on distal border. Bred with 2 form carpenteri in same family, upper and underside. Q (Uganda: Toro area, Kibali Forest). Fore wing with large cell spot; discal spots large and white, that in rb diffuse and blue. Postdiscal spots complete but small, blue. Hind wing, post- discal spots incomplete, obscured except for one white spot in 7; a bluish costal spot present in discal line. Underside darker greyish brown ground colour with a more decided pattern on both wings, upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 8 Fic. 73. Fic. 74. Fic. 75. Fics. 76 & 77. Fic. 78. Fics. 79 & 80. Fic. 81. PLATE 9 Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) carpenteri Poulton 9. (Tanganyika, S. E. Lake Victoria, Orange River, Serengeti Game Park, viii.1963). This specimen is very similar to the type, which came from Kakindu Hill, south of the Kagera river, west side of Lake Victoria, Tanganyika. Fore wing postdiscal spots complete, bluish; discal spots limited to 2-3, and a minute dot at subcosta. Hind wing post- discal spots obscured except for bluish white marks in upper part. Underside greyish brown, pattern weak, except for tornal black marks. Upperside and underside. carpentert Poulton 9. (Uganda: Jinja, i.1922). Fore wing blue marks in discal and postdiscal zones large but diffuse. Hind wing postdiscal zone with large continuous greenish blue marks. Underside as in fig. 73. Upper and underside. carpenteri Poulton 9. (Uganda: Masaka, Katera Forest, 1952). Bred in same family as 92 pallidimacula. Fore wing postdiscal spots complete, bluish white, slightly bluer in 1a—1b. Discal spots bluish, deeper blue in 1b. Hind wing: Postdiscal spots (blue) complete; a trace of bluish marks in upper discal line. Underside: ground colour greyish brown with rusty flush over hind wing; pattern on fore wing moderate, upper and underside. evansi van Someren & Rogers 9 Type. (Kenya: East Elgon, 1932). Upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 42563, 42564. evansi {. conjuncta 2 van Someren & Jackson. (Kenya: Elgon, Kitale.) Fore wing spots orange-ochreous conjoined by rufous rays; margin of wing rufous. Hind wing band white with slight bluish on borders. Underside rusty brown with subdued pattern but bars well marked and slightly browntinged, upper and underside. evansi van Someren & Rogers g. (Kenya: Elgon, Kitale). Upperside: ground colour deep blue-black; fore wing with distinct subcostal blue spots, and obscured marginal glaucous lunules distinct at hind angle. Underside ground colour greyish drab-brown slightly darker on borders; satiny bars on fore wing and hind wing fairly strong, upper and underside. evansi van Someren & Rogers 9. (Kenya: Elgon, Kitale.) Fore wing spots orange-ochreous, well separated. Hind wing band white with slight blue on borders. Underside ground colour greyish brown, darker on borders of fore wing; satiny bars and pattern strong, upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. 9 E #0 A 1 P 4 23; its) n Hist. (E t. na Ss. Mu. Br. il. Bu T5 4 23 Ts, EN Fics. 82 & 86. Fiaes, 83 & 87. Fics. 84 & 88. Fic. 85. Fic. 89. PLATE 10 Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) biinclinata ssp. n. Holotype 9. (Moyen Congo: Kelle, x. 1962) (Jackson): Fore wing spots bold, all creamy in colour. Hind wing band generally broad white with blue or inner border. Underside greyish, darker on borders; pattern bold, upper and underside. biinclinata ssp. n. 2. var. (b). (S.E. Nigeria: Ikom, iii. 1958) (Jackson). Very similar to figs. 82 & 83 but fore spots conjoined by rays; margin with obscure lunules. Hind wing broader. Underside ground colour as in figs. 82 & 83. Fore wing spots rayed, upper and underside. ochvacea g form violacea Rothschild (Gabon: Lambarene). Upperside: deep blue-black: fore wing immaculate; hind wing with small sub-marginal spots (white). Underside ground colour grey-brown, darker on postdiscal zone. Pattern strong, upper and underside. _ biinclinata ssp. n. 9. var. (a). (French Eq. Africa: Mambili, Ouesso, i.1962) (Jackson). Fore wing spots well separated, slightly ochreous, whiter in 1a—1b. Hind wing band tapering, white, with blue borders. Underside dark greyish brown; pattern strong, upper and underside. biinclinata ssp. n. 9. var. (c). (Mambili, Ouesso, i.1960) (Jackson). Fore wing spots all orange-ochreous except for large marks in 1a—1b whitish. Hind wing band narrow, creamy, with purple shade on borders. Ground colour of both wings above brownish black with purplish tone. Margin with obscure lunules. Underside darker brownish, pattern bold. Cf. ochracea. Upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE Io Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 Fics Fics Fics Fics . 94 & 90. . OI & 95. « 92 C100; . 93 & 97. PLATE 11 Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) ochvacea Roths. 2 form seriata Roths. Type. (Gabon: Ogowe River), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 34019; 34020. ochracea Roths. 9 Type (Gabon), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 34017; 34018. biinclinata form ephyra Gdt. ¢g. (Moyen Congo: Etumbe, i.1963) (Jackson). Fore wing with subcostal blue spots; glaucous on margin. Hind wing with distinct blue submarginal spots. Underside ground colour brownish grey, fore wing pattern faint; satiny bars in hind wing strong. Form ephyra Gdt., upper and underside. biinclinata form catochrous Staud. ¢. (Moyen Congo: Kelle, x.1962) (Jackson). Fore wing above almost immaculate, hind wing submarginal spots obscured. Underside: basal half of wings silvery up to discal zone; fore wing pattern strong, upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 11 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 12 Charaxes grahamezi sp. nov. Upper and undersides. Fics. 98 & 99. 3g Type. (Tanzania [Tanganyika]: Mkuyu Forest, Kigoma district) (Grahame, 1964). Fics. 100 & 101. Q@ Type. (Tanzania [Tanganyika]: Mukuyu Forest, Kigoma district) (Grahame, 1965). Fics. 102 & 103. @ form Jlacteata f. nov. Type. (Tanzania [Tanganyika]: Mukuyu Forest, Kigoma Area) (Grahame, 1965). Fics. 104 & 105. @ (Tanzania [Tanganyika]: Muhino Forest, Kigoma district) (Jap. Primate Expdt. 1965). Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 12 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 Fics, 106 & 107. Fic. 108. Fic. 109. Fic. 110. Fic. 111. Fic. 112. Fics, 113 & 114. PLATE 13 Charaxes contrarius Weymer Type ¢ (German E. Africa) (In Berlin Museum), upper and underside. contvavius Weymer g. (Kenya Coast: Zombo Forest, Kwale Dist.) (Rydon). Intensely black on upper surface; marginal border hind wing obscured; underside with very strong dark post- discal band, upper and underside. contrarius 2 form contrarius var. pseudorosae van Someren & Jackson. (Kenya: Forests of Shimba Hills, Kwale District), upper and underside. contrarius 2 conjugens forma n. (Kenya: Forests of Shimba Hills, Kwale District) (van Someren & Rydon), upper and underside. contrarius 2 form contrarius var. Fore wing with extra spot in cell; spots conjoined in 2-3; all marks creamy. Shape falcate. Hind wing band white, bluish on borders, upper and underside. contrarius 2 form contrarius var. Fore wing spots to 2 small, well separated; all spots white Hind wing band white crosses inner fold, upper and underside. 3 petersi sp.n. Holotype. (Liberia: Kitoma, viii. 1953) (W. Peters) upper and underside. Approx, 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. )Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 13 PLATE 14 Charaxes baileyi van Someren Fics. 115 & 118. ¢ Holotype. (Kenya: Visoi Gap, near Kilombe Hill, 3.ii.1957) [In B.M. (N.H.)], upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 42566; 42568. Fics. 116 & 119. Q Allotype. (Kenya: Visoi Gap, near Kilombe Hill, 3.ii.1967) [In B.M. (N.H.)], upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 42565; 42567. Fics. 117 & 120. 2 form pseudocarpenteri van Someren. (Kenya: Visoi Gap, Kilombe Hill, western side of central rift), upper and underside. Approx. 3/4 nat. size. PLATE 14 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 Fias. 121 & 122. Fics. 123 & 124. Fics. 125 & 126. Fics. 127 & 128. Fic. 129. FIG. 130. FIG. 131. FIG. 132. PLATE 15 Chavraxes viola Butler viola Butler 9 Type [In B.M. (N.H.)], upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 38828; 38829. viola Butler, typical g (French W. Africa: Bamako), upper and underside. viola 9 form viola var. (W. Africa), upper and underside. picta Rothschild g Type. (Uganda: Unyoro). The underside is usually plain. Type in B.M. (N.H.), upper and underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.). Nos. 38825; 38830. picta Rothschild ¢g. Very strongly marked. (Uganda: Mpanga, Fort Portugal), upper and underside. picta 2 {. picta Rothschild. (Uganda: Jinja Area, Busoga), upper and under- side. picta 2 form vansomereni Poulton. (Uganda: Jinja Area, Busoga), upper and underside. picta 2 form vansomereni Poulton var. (Uganda: Jinja Area), upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 15 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist, (Ent.) 23, 4 FIG. Fic. Fia. Fic. Fia. Fias. 138 & 139. Fic Fia. BiG: Fic. Fic. . 140. 141. 142. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 143. 144. PLATE 16 Charaxes viola Butler kirki Butler, 9 form albifascia Poulton. Narrow hind wing band, upper and underside. kirki Butler, 9 form rogersi Poulton. (Kenya: Mile 29, Magadi Rd., Masai), upper and underside. kirkt Butler, 2 form kivki Butler. (Kenya: Masai Reserve.) Upper and underside. kirki Butler, g typical specimen (Kenya: Mile 29, Magadi Rd., Masai Reserve.) Upper and underside. kirki Butler, g well marked specimen. (Kenya: Mile 29, Magadi Rd., Masai Reserve.) Upper and underside. suk Carpenter & Jackson, typical g. (Kacheliba, Suk). Upperside and underside. suk Carpenter & Jackson, 2? form intermedia Carpenter & Jackson. Upperside. suk Carpenter & Jackson, 2? form kirkoides Carpenter & Jackson. Upperside. suk Carpenter & Jackson 2 form achaemenesopsis Carpenter & Jackson. (Kacheliba, Suk.). Upper and underside. suk Carpenter & Jackson, 9 form albifascia Carpenter & Jackson. Wide fore wing bar. (Kacheliba Suk). Upper and underside. suk Carpenter & Jackson, 9 form albifascia Carpenter & Jackson. (Kacheliba, Suk). Narrow fore wing bar. Upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 16 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Entom.) 23, 4 Fia. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fia. Fic. Fics. 153 & 154. Fies. 155 & 156. 145. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150. 151. 152. PLATE 17 Charaxes viola Butler Upper and undersides. loandae ssp. n. 9 form violitincta forma n. loandae ssp. n. 9 form loandae forma n, Allotype. loandae ssp. n. 2 form instabilis forma n. loandae ssp. n. 9 form protokirki forma n. loandae ssp. n. 9 form vansonoides forma n. loandae ssp.n. g¢ Holotype. (N. W. Angda: Dundo Area, Loanda). loandae ssp. n. 9 form basiviridis forma n. loandae ssp. n. 9 form primitiva forma n. brainei van Son. Type ¢ (S.W. Africa: Kombat, iv.1965). Photo. Transvaal Museum. brainei van Son. Type 2 (S.W. Africa: Kombat, iv.1965). Photo. Transvaal Museum. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLAABar7 ENT.:23;5,4 16 Fics. 157 & 158. Fics. 159 & 160. Fics. 161 & 170. Fics. 163 & 164. Fics. 165 & 166. Fics. 167 & 168. Fics. 169 & 162. FIG. 171. FIG, 172. PLATE 18 Charaxes viola diversiforma van Someren & Jackson Upper and undersides. 2 form purpurea Paratype. 2 form albocaerulea Paratype. Q form albimacula Paratype. 2 form viridicaerulea Paratype. 2 form caerulescens Paratype. 2 form ochremaculata Paratype. 2 form diversiforma Paratype. 2 form cupreopurpurea. Typical $ form diversiforma. S. Kalanga, Congo. Approx, 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 18 16§ Fics. 173 & 174. Fics. 175 & 176. Fics. 177 & 178. Fics. 179 & 180. Fic. 181. Fic. 182. Fics. 183 & 184. PLATE 19 Charaxes viola variata ssp. n. 2 form variata forma n. Type. [Zambia (N. Rhodesia): Mwinilunga, Kabongo Rd. (C. B. Cottrell) |, upper and underside. 2 form rosella forma n. Type. [Zambia (N. Rhodesia): Mwinilunga, Kabongo Rd.], upper and underside. 2 form cottrelli forma n. Type. [Zambia (N. Rhodesia): Mwinilunga, Kabongo Rd. (C. B. Cottrell)], upper and underside. ? form vosella var. [Zambia (N. Rhodesia): Mwinilunga, Kabongo Rd. (C. B. Cottrell)], upper and underside. Typical gj. [Zambia (N. Rhodesia): Mwinilunga, Kabongo Rd.], upper and underside. Typical g. [Zambia (N. Rhodesia): Mwinilunga], upper and underside. 2 form tricolor forma n., upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. Bull. Br. Mus. nat Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 19 Fics, 185 & 186. Fic. 187. Fics. 188 & 192. Fias. 189 & Igo. FIG. I9I. PLATE 20 Charaxes viola Butler daria Rothschild. Type 9, upper and underside. Photos B.M.(N.H.) Nos. 33053, 33054. daria Rothschild. Typical g (Abyssinia: Jabalo, Gillet Mts.), upper and underside. viola handari Type Q (Tanzania [Tanganyika]), upper and underside. chanleri Holland. Type 2 (S. Abyssinia), upper and underside. chanleri Holland. g (N.E. Mt. Kenya: Meru), upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 20 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 21 Charaxes viola phaeus Hewitson Fics. 193 & 194. 4 (Zomba Plateau), upper and underside. Figs. 195 & 196. Q (Malawi [Nyasaland]: Limbe), upper and underside. FIG. 197. Q form phaeus Hewitson (W. Lake Victoria: Kitigati, Kagera River), upper and underside. Fic, 198. 3 (W. Lake Victoria: Kitigati, Kagera River), upper and underside. Fics. 199 & 200. Q form vansoni van Someren & Jackson. (Bechuanaland: Mahalapya Drift) (Pennington), upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 21 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 22 Charaxes cynthia Butler Fics. 201 & 204. g Type. Upperand underside. Photos B.M. (N.H.) Nos. 39937, 39938. Fics. 202 & 205. = guineensis Le Moult, ¢ Type. Upper and underside. Fics. 203 & 206. Nominate 2 (Nigeria: Ikom, vi.1957) (Jackson coll.). Upper and underside. Approx 3/4 nat, size. PLATE 22 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 FIGs. Fics. Fics. FIGs. 207 & 208. 209 & 210. 211 & 212. 213 & 214. PLATE 23 Charaxes cynthia Butler Upper and undersides. mukuyu ssp. n. 9 Type. (Mukuyu). Cf. with 2 from Kafakumba, Katanga [B.M. (N.H.)]. propinqua ssp.n. g Type. (Uganda: Katera Forest, Masaka, xi. 1953). mukuyu ssp.n. ¢ (N.E. Lake Tanganyika: Forests of Mukuyu and Muhimo in the Kigoma District, iv.1965.) (Grahame). propinqua ssp. n. 9 Type (Uganda: Katera Forest, Masaka, xi. 1953). Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 23 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 17 ENT. 23, 4 Fias, 215 & 216. Fics. 217 & 218. Fics. 219 & 220. Fics. 221 & 222. PLATE 24 Charaxes cynthia parvicaudatus Lathy Upper and undersides, 3 Type. ? Type. 3 (N.W. Kenya: Kakamega Forest, ix.1937) (M. Berkeley coll.). 2 (N.W. Kenya: Kakamega Forest, ix.1937) (M. Berkeley coll.). Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 24 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 FIGs, 223 & 224. Fias. 225 & 226. Fics, 227 & 228. Fics. 229 & 230. PLATE 25 Charaxes cynthia sabulosus Talbot Dark form g¢ (Katanga: Kinda) ‘‘ wet”’ form. cf. with dark specimen from Kafakumba, Katanga. Upper and underside. Dark form 9 aurantaca R.-D (Katanga: Kafakumba.) “wet” form. [B.M. (N.H.)]. Upper and underside. 3d form aurantiaca R.-D (Katanga: Kafakumba.) underside. g “dry” form agreeing with Type. (Katanga: Kafakumba) (Overlaet). Upper and underside. ce dry’ form. Upper and Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 25 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 26 Charaxes cynthia kinduana Le Cerf Upper and undersides. Fics, 231 & 234. g Type. Fics, 232 & 235. (Congo: Medje, x. 1910) (Carnegie Mus., Pittsburgh). Fias. 233 & 236. (Congo: Epulu, x.1917) (Jackson). Approx. 3/4 nat. size. PLATE 26 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 Fics. 237 & 238. FIG. 239. Fics. 240 & 241. FIG. 242. PLATE 27 Chavaxes cynthia cameroonensis van Someren 2 Type, upper and underside. g$ (Central African Republic: Bangui, i.1961), upper and underside. 2 (Central African Republic: Bangui, i.1961), upper and underside. d (Cameroons: Meter, ii. 1921), upper and underside. Approx. 3/4 nat. size. PLATE 27 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PLATE 28 Charaxes Fics. 243 & 246. acuminatus obudoensis ssp. n. g Type (E. Nigeria: Obudo Plateau.), Upper and underside. Fics. 244, 245, xiphares kilimensis ssp. n. 244 and 247 ¢ Type upper and underside; 245 and 247, 248. 248 9 Type upper and underside, (both Tanzania [Tanganyika]: Lower slopes of West Kilimanjaro, Maua Estate, ix.1966 and ii.1964). Approx. 2/3 nat. size. PLATE 28 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 Fics. 249 & 250. Fias. 251 & 254. Fias. 252 & 253. Fies. 255 & 256. FIG. 257. PLATE 29 Charaxes berkeleyi berkeleyi 2 form ngonga forma n. Type (Kenya: Karen, Ngong), upper and underside. druceanus tectonis Jordan 251 $; 254 9 Neallotype (both E. Nigeria: Obudo Plateau, 5,200 ft., 6.iv.1966) (Stephen Collins), upper and underside. berkeleyi masaba ssp. n. 2 forms. 252, fore wing spots well separated, orange ochreous; hind wing band broad at costa, white with blue borders. 253, fore wing spots rayed and tending to conjoin; orange tawny; hind wing band broad at costa. Cf. nominate berkeleyi, upper and undersides. penricet tanganyikae 2 form caerulescens forma n. Type. [Tanzania (Tanganyika): Kigoma Dist. Mukimo Forest] (Jap. Primate Exped. 1965), upper and underside. schoutedent Ghesq. (Type locality: Merode, Salvator, Kasai), upper and underside. Approx. 2/3 nat. size. 15 APRI969 Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 23, 4 PAT 29 - 13; A LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS TO THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SERIES OF THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) MasneER, L. The types of Proctotrupoidea (Hymenoptera) in the British Museum (Natural History) and in the Hope Department of Entomology, Oxford. Pp. 143. February, 1965. £5. . Nixon, G. E. J. A reclassification of the tribe Microgasterini (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Pp. 284; 348 Text-figures. August, 1965. 6. . Watson, A. A revision of the Ethiopian Drepanidae (Lepidoptera). Pp. 177; 18 plates, 270 Text-figures. August, 1965. £4 4s. . SANDS, W. A. A revision of the Termite Subfamily Nasutitermitinae (Isoptera, Termitidae) from the Ethiopian Region. Pp. 172; 500 Text-figures. October, 1965. {£3 5s. . AHMAD,I. The Leptocorisinae (Heteroptera: Alydidae) of the World. Pp. 156; 475 Text-figures. November, 1965. {£2 I5s. . OxaDA, T. Diptera from Nepal. Cryptochaetidae, Diastatidae & Drosophilidae. Pp. 129; 328 Text-figures. {3. . GILIOMEE, J. H. Morphology and Taxonomy of Adult Males of the Family Coccidae (Homoptera : Coccoidea). Pp. 168; 43 Text-figures. February, 1967. £3 35. FLETCHER, D. S. A revision of the Ethiopian species and a check list of the world species of Cleora (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Pp. 119; 14 plates, 146 Text-figures, 9g maps. February, 1967. £3 Ios. HemminG, A. F. The Generic Names of the Butterflies and their type-species (Lepidoptera : Rhopalocera). Pp. 509. August, 1967. {£8 Ios. . STEMPFFER, H. The Genera of the African Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera : Rhopal- ocera). Pp. 322; 233 Text-figures. Coloured frontispiece. September, 1967. £8. . Mounp, L. A. A review of R. S. Bagnall’s Thysanoptera Collections. Pp. 184: 82 Text-figures. May, 1968. £4. . Watson, A. The Taxonomy of the Drepaninae represented in China, with an Account of their World Distribution (Lepidoptera : Drepanidae). Pp. 151: 293 Text-figures, 14 plates. November, 1968. £5. ArirI, S. A. Morphology and Taxonomy of Adult Males of the families Pseudococcidae and Eriococcidae (Homoptera : Coccoidea). Pp. 210: 52 Text-figures. December, 1968. 5. PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD & SON LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING A REVISION OF THE AFRICA SPECIES OF PSEUDORHYNCHU SERVILLE (ORTHOPTERA : TETTIGONIIDAE) D. R. RAGGE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. 5 LONDON: 1969 ’ _ ‘ aw oN > de 1S je WY 6 tae A REVISION OF THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF PSEUDORHYNCRHUS SERVILLE (ORTHOPTERA : TETTIGONIIDAE) BY DAVID ROBERT RAGGE British Museum (N atural History) Pp. 167-190 ; 38 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY VoL 23. No.5 LONDON : 1969 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), vate , ei = A LIST OF THE TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) PART i BY — NA British Museum (Natural History) } Pp. 287-314 BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. 7 LONDON : 1969 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, 1s issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. In 1965 a separate supplementary series of longer papers was instituted, numbered serially for each Depariment. This paper 1s Vol. 23, No. 7 of the Entomological series. The abbreviated titles of periodicals cited follow those of the World List of Scientific Periodicals. World List abbreviation: Bull, Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.). © Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History) 1969 TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) Issued 13 May, 1969 Price Thirteen Shillings A LIST OF THE TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) PARE H Families Gomphidae, Cordulegasteridae, Petaluridae, Aeshnidae, Calopteryg- idae, Euphaeidae, Amphipterygidae & Chlorocyphidae. By D. E. KIMMINS CONTENTS Page GOMPHIDAE : : ; : : : : : : ; : 290 CORDULEGASTERIDAE ' ; : : ; ; . : ‘ 299 PETALURIDAE . ; ; : : : : ; : : F 300 AESHNIDAE : ‘ : ; ‘ : ; ‘ ; : : 300 CALOPTERYGIDAE : : A ‘ : : , ‘ : ; 304 EUPHAEIDAE . ‘ , : : : ; é , ; : 306 AMPHIPTERYGIDAE . : : : : ; : : ‘ : 307 CHLOROCYPHIDAE 5 : ‘ : ‘ ; ; : 4 308 REFERENCES . 5 : F ; ‘ , ; : : : 310 SYN ORS IS A list of the type-specimens of Odonata in the British Museum (Natural History), belonging to the eight above-mentioned families has been prepared. Three hundred and seventy-eight taxa are dealt with and lectotypes are designated for 74 of these taxa. INTRODUCTION Tuis list is a continuation of that published in 1968, Bull. Brit. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 22 (7) : 277-305, and follows the same general plan. The first part dealt with the families Libellulidae and Corduliidae. For convenience of working, a separate list of references is being given for the taxa in each part. The family names used in the Calopterygoidea are those given by Montgomery (1967, Dt. ent. Z., N. F. 14 : 327- 337). In the present paper, where the original author has specified ‘Type $’ (or “Type ’) I have accepted this as equivalent to Holotype, although this term may not have been current at that time. This list was completed August 1968. ERRATA (Kimmins, 1968) Dr. E. Pinhey has drawn my attention to the following two errata in the above paper. p. 286. Under frasert Pinhey (Olpogastra). The author of the genus Zygonotdes should be Fraser. p. 290. migra Longfield. Through a most unfortunate oversight, I have overlooked the fact that Miss Longfield did specify two examples in the type-series and that ENTOM. 23, 7 25§ 290 D. E. KIMMINS the complete male was specified as the holotype. This entry should therefore read :— nigra Longfield (ssp. of Trithemis donaldsoni), 1936 : 491-493, 496, figs. 9, 10. Holotype d. W. Africa, Principe I., Ogui Pipi, 1.i.1932, W. H. T. Tams / Trithemis donaldsoni nigra ssp. nov. Type 3, det. Miss C. Longfield. GOMPHIDAE abdominalis McLachlan (Gomphus), 1884 : viii. Holotype g. Type [McL. label] / North China [interior] /Gomphus abdominalis McL. Currently placed as Gastrogomphus, of which it is the type-species. aberrans Selys (?Hagenius), 1873 : 506. Holotype 9. India (Lang) / Hagenius? aberrans Selys 9. Currently placed in the genus Davidius. abyssinicus Selys (Onychogomphus), 1878 : 426. LECTOTYPE 9. Abyssinia / Onycho- gomphus Abyssinicus Selys 9 / Onychogomphus abyssinicus Selys, Lectotype 9, D. E. Kimmins det, 1959. Currently placed in Crenigomphus. acutus Laidlaw (Ictinus), 1914 : 51-52, pl. 1, fig. 1. Holotype g. Borneo, Sarawak, Baram, 18.x.1910 (J. C. Moulton) / Baram, 18.x.[19]10 / Ictinus acutus type [Laidlaw’s writing]. Laidlaw states ‘The type is in the British Museum [Nat. Hist.]; co-type, Sarawak Museum.’ aethiops Selys (Phyllogomphus), 1854 : 43. Holotype g. [Céte de Guinée] / Riv. Gambia / Phyllog. aethiops de Selys, The ‘Céte de Guinée’ label is now missing. In the original description the specific name is misspelt ‘aetiops’. The holotype is very discoloured and lacks apex of the right fore wing. africanus Fraser (Echinopterogomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 177. ambigua Selys (Gomphoides), 1873 : 505. Holotype 9. Guatemala / Gomphoides De Selys / Gomphoides [Selys writing] ambigua De Selys [WFK]. Currently placed in the genus Negomphoides. amphiclitus Selys (Austrogomphus), 1873: 757. Holotype g. Type [McL. label] / Queensland / Hemig. amphiclytus de Selys g / Austrogomphus (Selys 1878) amphictilus [sic] S. [Selys labels]. Currently placed in Austroepigomphus. angeli Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1913a : 233-235, pl. 15, figs. 3-7. LECTOTYPE 4g. S. Australia, Murray Rfiver], Morgan, 28.xii.[1g]og (S. Angel) / Austrogomphus angeli Tillyd. g type R.J.T. / Austrogomphus angeli Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Of 5 g, 6 9, syntypes listed by Tillyard, only the g 9 Types are in BM(NH); the dates of these agree with those given by Tillyard. angulosus Selys (Ictinus), 1854: 92. Holotype g. India {replacement for missing label] / Ictinus angulosus de Selys / Ictinus angulosus De Selys ¢. Currently placed in Ictinogomphus. angustipennis Selys (Diaphlebia), 1854 : 81. LECTOTYPE ¢g. Para / Gomph. angusti- pennis de Selys / Diaphlebia angustipennis Selys, ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. This specimen was incorrectly labelled holotype, since Selys had more than one example. The BM(NH) also has the allotype and 1 paralectotype. annaimallaicus Fraser (race of Lamelligomphus nilgiriensis), 1934. Kimmins, 1966 : 171. annularis Selys (Onychogomphus), 1894: 167. LECTOTYPE ¢ (incomplete). North Birmah / Onychogomphus annularis n. sp. g, North Birmah, Type. The second of the syntypes has not been traced in the McLachlan collection. The last four segments of the abdomen of the lectotype were missing at the time of description. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 291 annulatus Selys (Heterogomphus), 1854: 28. Holotype 9. [Indes Collect. Saunders] / Heterogomphus annulatus de Selys. The locality label was missing and has been replaced. Currently placed in the genus Macrogomphus. Fraser (1934 : 344) gives the locality as probably India. appendiculatus Kirby (Gomphoides), 1899 : 368-369, pl. 15, fig. 3. Holotype ¢. La Chorrera, Panama / Gomphoides appendiculatus Kb. type [WFK]. Currently placed in the genus Negomphoides. aquicola Fraser (Agriogomphus), 1943. Kimmins, 1966 : 179. arbustorum Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1906 : 547-549, pl. 34, fig. 1. LECTOTYPE 4. [N. Queensland] Kuranda, xii.[19]o4 / Austrogomphus arbustorum Till. g Type. R.J.T. / Austrogomphus arbustorum Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. arenarius Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1906 : 549-551, pl. 34, fig. 2. LECTOTYPE 4. [N. Queensland] Kuranda, xii.[19]oq4 / Austrogomphus arenarius Till. ¢ TypE, R.J.T. / Austrogomphus arenarius Till., g¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Antipodogomphus proselytus (Selys). In the lectotype, the upper part of the superior appendages has been broken. armatus Selys (Dromogomphus), 1854: 59. Holotype g. ?N. America [replacement for missing label] / Dromog. armatus de Selys / Dr. armatus DeSelys. armiger Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1919 : 577-578, pl. 62, figs. 6-8. LECTOTYPE 4. W. A[ustralia], Waroona, 7.xi.[19]11 (G. F. Berthoud) / Austrogomphus armiger Till., ¢ TYPE, R.J.T. / Austrogomphus armiger Till., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Hemigomphus. auricolor Fraser (Gomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 181. australis Selys (Ictinus), 1873 : 769-771. LECTOTYPE ¢g. Type [McL. label] / Queensland / Ictinus australis de Selys ¢ [Selys’ writing] / Ictinus australis Selys, g¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as Ictinogomphus. bicornutus Fraser (Gomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 182. bidens Selys (Neogomphus), 1878 : 470. Holotype g. Valparaiso, El Salto (Mathews) / Neogomphus bidentatus [sic] H. g El Salto / Neogomphus bidens Selys, g Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. bidentatus Fraser (Leptogomphus), 1930. Kimmins, 1966 : 182. bifurcatus Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1909 : 244, 245, pl. 22, figs. 2, 9, pl. 23, figs. 9, Io. LECTOTYPE ¢. [N. Queensland], Atherton, iv.[{[19]o7 / Austrogomphus bifurcatus Till., 3g TYPE, R.J.T. / Austrogomphus bifurcatus Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. bison McLachlan (Ophiogomphus), 1873 : 496. Holotype @ (lacking abd. segs. 5-10). N. California (Walsingham) / Ophiogomphus bison Selys 9. bodkini Campion (Zonophora), 1920 : 136-138, pl. 7, figs. 10-14. Holotype 9. British Guiana, Tumatumari R., Potaro, xii.1918 (G. E. Bodkin / Labium, hypopharynx, maxillae and ova mounted on separate slides / Zonophora bodkini Campion, Holotype, Determined by H. Campion. Currently placed as a synonym of Zonophora batesi Selys. borealis McLachlan, in Selys (Progomphus), 1873 : 764. Holotype g. Type [McL. label] / N. California (Walsingham) / Prog. borealis ¢ [Selys’ writing] / Progomphus borealis Selys ¢. Holotype, in spite of difference in locality, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Gomphoides obscurus (Rambur). The holotype is labelled as above, although Selys gives ‘Oregon’ as the locality. One cannot say whether Selys or McLachlan is responsible for the error. The species has been recorded for both states. 292 D. E. KIMMINS borneensis Laidlaw (ssp. Heterogomphus icterops Martin), 1914 : 57-58, pl. 1, fig. 3. Holo- type g. [Borneo, Matang Rd., 28.iii.1910] Sarawak Mus. (J. C. Moulton) | Heterogomphus icterops borneensis ¢ Type [Laidlaw’s label]. Currently placed as a synonym of Megalogomphus icterops (Martin). borikhanensis Fraser (Macrogomphus), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 183. brevipes Selys (Aphylla), 1854: 78. Lectotype g (designated by Belle, in press, 1968). Para / 35 / brevipes De Selys $ / Aphylla brevipes S. Lectotype. Rev. J. Belle, 1967. burmicus Fraser (Microgomphus), 1925. Kimmins, 1966 : 184. butoloensis Fraser (Notogomphus), 1952. Kimmins, 1966 : 184. cacharicus Fraser (Lamellogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 184. calverti Kirby (Cyclophylla), 1897 : 613-614. Holotype ¢. Lower Amazon, Parana de Buyassu, 15.i.[18]96 (E. E. Austen) / W. end of Parana de Buyassu, 15.i.[18]96 / calverti Kb. [WFK]. Currently placed in Phyllocycla. In the original description, the specific name was printed ‘Calverti’. The penis was removed and mounted in canada balsam by H. Campion. camelus Calvert (Epigomphus), 1905 : 170, 172, pl. 8, figs. 1-3. Holotype g¢. Costa Rica, Carillo (Underwood) / Epigomphus camelus Calv. P. P. Calvert det., 1905. B.C.A. Neur., P. 175. TYPE, Original of pl. viii, figs. 1-3. The abdomen is now fragmented and glued on a card. camerunensis Longfield (Microgomphus), 1951 : 98—100, figs. 1A-F. Holotype 9. British Cameroons, Kumba, Police Stn. stream, 23.v.1950 (F. O’ Rourke) / Microgomphus camerunen- sis sp. nov. Holotype g, det. Miss C. Longfield. campioni Fraser (Orogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 185. carpenteri Fraser (Nilogomphus), 1928. Kimmins, 1966 : 185. caudalis Fraser (Anisogomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 186. cauvericus Fraser (Burmagomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 186. cervus Fraser (Heliogomphus), 1942. Kimmins, 1966 : 186. ceylonicus Laidlaw (Heterogomphus), 1922 : 412-413, fig. 21. Holotype g. Ceylon (Yerbury) / Huldamulla, 10.vi.[18]92 / Heterogomphus ceylonicus Laidlaw, ¢ Holotype, det. D. E. Kimmins. Currently placed in the genus Megalogomphus. chichibui Fraser (Gomphus), 1936. Kimmins, 1966 : 186. circularis Selys (?Onychogomphus), 1894 : 165. Lectotype ¢ (by designation of Fraser, 1934 : 263). North Birmah / yellow label / Onychogomphus circularis ¢ Selysn.sp. Type. Fraser’s designation is ‘One pair in the McLachlan collection, from Upper Burma, the male being the tye.’ coloratus Kimmins (Phyllogomphus), 1931 : 217-219, figs. A-C. Holotype ¢. West Africa: Fernando Po, 650 ft., End of Wet Season (W. Cooper) / Phyllogomphus coloratus Kimmins, Type 3, det. D. E. Kimmins, 1930. comitatus Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1909 : 245-248, pl. 22, figs. 3, 10, pl. 23, figs. 1, 2. LECTOTYPE g. N. Q[ueensland], Cooktown, i.[19]o8 (R. J. Tillyard) / Austrogomphus comitatus Till., § TtyPE, R.J.T. / Austrogomphus comitatus Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Hemigomphus gouldi (Selys). confraternus Selys (Gomphus), 1873: 744. LECTOTYPE ¢. California (Edwards) / Gomphus confraternus de Selys, ¢ / Gomphus confraternus Selys, ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The female allotype is labelled ‘N. California, Walsingham’, not ‘California, Edwards’ as stated by Selys. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 293 cornutus Pinhey (Crenigomphus), 1956 : 83-84, fig. 1. Holotype g. Rhodesia, Vict[oria] Falls, i.1956 [(E. Pinhey)], Nat. Mus. S. Rhodesia / TyPE g, Crenigomphus cornutus Pinh. 1956. cyaneofrons Fraser (Gomphus), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 187. delineatus Fraser (ssp. Davidius zallorensis). Kimmins, 1966 : 188. demerarae Selys (?;Cyanogomphus), 1894 : 173. Holotype 9. Demerara / Cyanogomphus? demerarae n. sp. ¢ [Selys’ writing] Type [McL. writing]. Abdominal segments 6-10 lacking. Currently placed in Ebegomphus. diadophis Calvert (Erpetogomphus), 1905 : 167, pl. 7, figs. 35, 47. Holotype g. [United States], Texas / Erpetogomphus diadophis Calv. type. P. P. Calvert det. 1905. B.C. A. Neur., p. 167. Original of pl. vii, figs. 35, 47. {(diminutivus Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1924. Not traced in Fraser collection. Kimmins, 1966 : 189]. dingavani Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 189. doddi Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1909 : 249-251, pl. 22, fig. 5, pl. 23, fig. 5. Holotype ¢. N. Qfueensland], Kuranda, xi.[19]o6 (F. P. Dodd) / Austrogomphus Doddi Till., 3 TYPE, ron ed drummondi Fraser (Lamellogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 190. duarensis Fraser (Burmagomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : Igo. duaricus Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 190. dundomajoricus Fraser (Phyllogomphus), 1957. Kimmins, 1966 : Igo. dundominusculus Fraser (Phyllogomphus), 1957. Kimmins, 1966, Igo. echinoccipitalis Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 190. elongatus Selys (Gomphus), 1854 : 58. Holotype 2. North America [replacement for miss- ing label] / Gomphus elongatus de Selys / Gomph. elongatus De Selys 9. Currently placed as synonym of Gomphus notatus Rambur. epophthalmus Selys (Gomphus), 1872 : 31. LECTOTYPE 4g. [Irkutsk], Sibir. orient. (Maa{c]k) / Type [McL. label] /Gomphus epophthalmus Selys / Gomphus epophthalmus Selys, 3 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. eutainia Calvert (Erpetogomphus), 1905 : 162, pl. 7, figs. 24-27, 39. Holotype g. [Mexico], Guerrero, R. Papagaio, x. (H. H. Smith) / Erpetogomphus eutainia Calvert, P. P. Calvert det. 1905 / B.C.A. Neur., p. 162, Original of pl. 7, figs. 24-27, 39. exilis Selys (Gomphus), 1854: 55. Holotype g. ‘R’ on small diamond of blue paper / Gomphus exilis de Selys / Gomph. exilis de Selys / Gomph. exilis De Selys 3. femoralis Laidlaw (Merogomphus), 1931 : 210. Holotype g. F. M. S., Selangor, Kuala Lumpur, 6.vi.1921 (H. M. Pendlebury) | Merogomphus femoralis g, n. sp. Type [Laidlaw’s writing]. flavicolor Fraser (Heterogomphus), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 192. flavifrons Fraser (Notogomphus), 1952. Kimmins, 1966 : 192. flavifrons Selys (Onychogomphus), 1894 :164. Holotype @ (teneral). Madagascar, Fiandrantsoa / Onychogomphus flavifrons Selys n. sp. (aequistyla?) 9 Type. The word ‘Type’ on the determination label is in McLachlan’s writing. fletcheri Fraser (Gomphidia), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 192. fraseri Kimmins (Ictinogomphus), 1958 : 354-357, figs. 4a-c, 5a-b, 6a. Holotype g. W. Africa, Sierra Leone, Port Lokko, 3.v.1912 (J. J. Simpson) / Ictinogomphus fraseri Kim., 3 Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1958. ENTOM. 23, 7. 258§ 204 D. E. KIMMINS frontalis Selys (Onychogomphus), 1878 : 428-429. Holotype 2. Tennasserim / Moolai to Morlat, 4—5,000 / Onychogomphus frontalis Selys 2 Moolai. Currently placed in Pavagomphus. fujiacus Fraser (Gomphus), 1936. Kimmins, 1966 : 193. fujiama Fraser (Davidius), 1936. Kimmins, 1966 : 193. gynostylus Fraser (Cyclogomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 194. hannyngtoni Fraser (Heterogomphus), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 194. hasimaricus Fraser (Burmagomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 195. henryi Laidlaw (Mesogomphus), 1928 : 131. Holotype g. Ceylon, Urugalla, 3,000 ft., 16.iv.1924, with on reverse (G. M. Henry) / Mesogomphus henryi n. sp. Laidlaw (MSS) holotype 3. Currently placed in the genus Pavagomphus. The locality label incorrectly gave the collector’s name as F. F, Laidlaw. heterostylus Selys (Cyclogomphus), 1854: 62. Holotype g. North Ind[ia] / Gomphus heterostyla ¢ De Selys [with on reverse, Gomphus globifer de Selys] / Cyclog. heterostylus de Selys. immisericors Campion (Notogomphus), 1923 : 667-669. Holotype 9. Brit. E. Africa, Nandi Plateau, 5,700—6,200 ft., 4. vi. 1911 (S. A. Neave) / ‘A’ preying on ‘Ar’ / Notogomphus rueppeli Selys forma 92, Table 1, no. 19 / Notogomphus immisericors Campion 9 Holotype. inclitus Selys (Leptogomphus), 1878 : 444. Lectotype Q (Fraser, 1934 : 365). Type [McL. label] / Tenasserim / Moolai 3-6,000 / Leptogomphus inclitus S., 2, Moolai / Leptogom- phus inclitus Selys, 9 Lectotype, F. C. Fraser, 1934. I am accepting Fraser’s statement ‘The type (in the McLachlan collection) from Moolai, Lower Burma...’ as equivalent to a designation of lectotype. inglisi Fraser (Lamellogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 197. inglisi Fraser (Stylogomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 198. insularis Laidlaw (ssp. Burmagomphus vermicularis), 1914 : 55-57, pl. 1, fig. 2. Holotype g. Sarawak, Borneo (J. C. Moulton) / Burmagomphus vermiculatus Martin / subsp. n. insularis Type / [last two labels in Laidlaw’s writing]. Currently treated as a distinct species. The ninth and tenth segments, with appendages, have been softened and preserved in glycerine. kalarensis Fraser (Heliogomphus), 1934. Kimmins, 1966 : 198. kerri Fraser (Macrogomphus), 1932. Kimmins, 1966 : 199. kerri Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 199. kimminsi Belle (Gomphoides), [in press]. Holotype g. Tuc{uman], Dep. Famailla, Fronterita, 28.xi.1942 (Aves) / Gomphoides gracilis Selys [F. C. Fraser det.] / Gomphoides kimminsi sp. n. Holotype. Det. J. Belle, 1968. kodaguensis Fraser (Gomphidia), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 199. kumaonensis Fraser (Davidius), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 199. laidlawi Fraser (Burmagomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 200. lateralis Selys (Hemigomphus), 1873 : 501. Holotype 9 (abdomen missing). N. Aust{ralia] / Hemigomphus? [Selys’ writing] lateralis De Selys (type) [WFK writing]. Currently placed in Austrogomphus. lecythus Campion (Notogomphus), 1923 : 664-667, figs. 3, 4. Holotype g. Abyssinia, [Lake] Tsana, Zegi, v-vi 1902 (Degen) / Notogomphus lecythus Campion ¢ Holotype. Deter- mined by H. Campion. lieftincki Fraser (Heliogomphus), 1942. Kimmins, 1966 : 201. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 295 lilliputians Fraser (Microgomphus), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 201. lindgreni Fraser [Onychogomphus), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 201. lividus Selys (Gomphus), 1854 : 53. Holotype 9. United States [replacement for missing label] / Gomphus lividus de Selys / Gomphus lividus De Selys ¢. longistigma Fraser (Indogomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 202. longus Martin (ssp. Notogomphus rueppeli), 1915 : 36, pl. 2, fig. 6; Campion, 1923 : 660. Holotype 9. Uganda, Nairobi Plains, 5,400 ft., 16.v.1900 (R. Crawshay) / B. E. Africa, R. Crawshay / Notogomphus Riippeli Selys, forme longus Martin nova subspecies, Type. loogali Fraser (Microgomphus), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 202. maacki Selys (Gomphus), 1872: 15. Holotype g. Type [McL. label] / Sibir. orient., [Irkutsk] (Maa{[c]k) / Gomphus maaki [sic] Selys ¢. Currently placed in the genus Anisogomphus. The specific name is correctly spelt in the original description. maclachlani Selys (Gomphidia), 1873 : 767. LECTOTYPE 3g. Type [McL. label] / Labuan / 300 [blue label] / Gomphidia McLachlani de Selys $ / Gomphidia maclachlani Selys, $ Lecto- type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. maclachlani Selys (Onychogomphus), 1878 : 168. Holotype 9. North Birmah / yellow label / Onychogomphus McLachlani Selys n. sp. 2, N. Birmah Type. madi Pinhey (Gomphidia), 1961 : 64-65, pl. 3, figs. 4-8. Holotype g. Uganda, West Nile, West Madi, Ara, vi.1954 (IT. H. E. Jackson) / Gomphidia madi Pinh. HOLOTYPE. magnus Fraser (Paragomphus), 1952. Kimmins, 1966 : 202. malabarensis Fraser (Lamellogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 203. malayanus Laidlaw (Acrogomphus), 1925 : 443. Holotype ¢. Pulo Aor, off E. coast of Johore, 12.vi.[18]72 (R.H.) / 10 / Acrogomphus malayanus (Holotype 3) [Laidlaw’s writing]. malloryi Fraser (Davidius), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 203. manifestus Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1909 : 248-249, pl. 22, figs. 4, 9. Holotype 9. N. Q[ueensland], Kamerunga, ii.[19]o9 (E. Allen) / Austrogomphus manifestus Till., 9 TYPE, tay Currently placed as synonym of Antipodogomphus acolytus (Selys, in Martin). Tillyard gives the locality of the unique type as Kuranda, N.Q., January. The above specimen, which agrees well with the description, is labelled Kamerunga, February, and I suspect that the locality given by Tillyard is an error. martini Fraser (Davidiodes), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 203. melaleucae Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1909 : 241-244, pl. 22, figs. 1, 9, pl. 23, figs. 9, Io. LECTOTYPE g. New South Wales, Sydney [Auburn, Duck Creek], xi.[19]o7 (R. J. Tillyard) / Austrogomphus melaleucae Till., gf TyPE, R.J.T. / Austrogomphus melaleucae Till., g¢ Lecto- type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Austroepigomphus praeruptus (Selys). m-flavum Selys (Onychogomphus), 1878 : 169. LECTOTYPE ¢. Darjeeling / Onycho- gomphus M-flavum Selys, ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Fraser (1934 : 254) restricts the type to material in the McLachlan collection and I have therefore made the above lectotype designation. minor Laidlaw (Acrogomphus), 1931 : 215-217. LECTOTYPE g. F. M. S., Selangor, Kuala Lumpur, 22.vii.1922 (H. M. Pendlebury) | Acrogomphus minor g Type [Laidlaw’s writing] / Acrogomphus minor Laidlaw, $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. In the original description, the account of the male is preceded by a female sign. 296 D. E. KIMMINS minusculus Selys (?Cyclogomphus), 1878 : 468. Holotype 9. Tenasserim / Moolai to Morlut, 4—5,000 ft. / Cyclogomphus minusculus Selys, 9, Moolai / I believe this to be the type of Cyclogomphus minusculus Selys, 1878. det. Miss C. Longfield, 1950. Currently placed in Microgomphus. moka Longfield (Paragomphus), 1936: 478, fig. 5. Holotype g. Fernando Po, Moka, 28 .i-3.ii. 1933 (W. H. T. Tams) / Paragomphus moka sp. nov. Type 4, det. Miss C. Longfield. Currently placed as synonym of P. abnormis Karsch. montanus Fraser (Phyllogomphus), 1957. Kimmins, 1966 : 204. moundi Fraser (Phyllogomphus), 1960. Kimmins, 1966 : 205. nigrescens Pinhey (Onychogomphus), 1952. See styx Pinhey, 1961. nigricolor Fraser (Hagenius), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 206. nilgiriensis Fraser (ssp. of Onychogomphus biforceps), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 206. nyasicus Kimmins (Paragomphus), 1955 : 111-113, fig. 3. Holotype g. Nyasaland, ‘Ramens’ [West shore of L. Nyasa, about 12 miles N. of Fort Johnston], 11.i.1947 / R. H. Lowe & R. C. Wood / Paragomphus nyasicus $ Kim., Holotype. obscura Kirby (Cyclophylla), 1899 : 369-370, pl. 15, fig. 4. Holotype g. Panama, La Chorrera / Cyclophylla obscura Kb. type [WFK writing]. occidentalis Fraser (Phyllogomphus), 1957. Kimmins, 1966 : 207. occidentalis Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1908 : 729-732, pl. 35, figs. 5-6, pl. 36, fig. 3. LECTOTYPE ¢. W. Alfustralia], Margaret R., i.[19]o7 (R. J. Tillyard). / Austrogomphus lateralis Selys. gd TYPE, R.J.T. / Austrogomphus occidentalis Till. g, D. E. Kimmins det. 1959 / Austrogomphus occidentalis Till., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. In the Tillyard Bequest material there was no example labelled as Type ¢ of occidentalis. There was, however, a ¢ from the type locality, Margaret R., i.1907, labelled by Tillyard as Austrogomphus lateralis Selys g Type (i.e., allotype), with which species Tillyard suspected his occidentalis to be synonymous. I have therefore designated this specimen as the lectotype of Austrogomphus occidentalis Till. Currently placed as a synonym of Austrogomphus lateralis Selys. occipitalis Selys (Gomphus), 1854 :45. LECTOTYPE 9. [Locality label missing] / Gomphus occipitalis Selys / Gomphus occipitalis 9 de Selys / Gomphus occipitalis Selys, 2 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. This example has for many years carried a holotype label; this cannot be correct, as examples of both sexes were available to Selys and he did not designate a type. The ‘occiput noire profondément échancré au milieu’ mentioned by Selys, appears to be an artefact. Currently placed in the genus Anisogomphus. odoneli Fraser (Gomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 207. olivaceus Selys (Gomphus), 1873 : 749. Holotype 9. N. California (Walsingham) /Gomphus olivaceus de Selys, an plagiatus ? / Original of figs. 1, 6, 8, pl. viii, Ent. News, vol. xiv. P. P. Calvert. ophibolus Calvert (Erpetogomphus), 1905 : 163, 164, pl. 7, figs. 30-32, 46. Holotype @. [Mexico], Vera Cruz, Atoyac, May (H. H. S[{mith]) / Erpetogomphus ophibolus Calv. TYPE ¢. P. P. Calvert det. 1905. B.C. A. Neur., p. 164. Original of pl. 7, figs. 30-32, 46. orientalis Fraser (Phyllogomphus), 1957. Kimmins, 1966 : 207. orites Laidlaw (Anisogomphus), 1922 : 393, figs. 13-14. Holotype g. Khasis; 5,000 ft., Shillong, ix.1919 (Fletcher coll.) / A. orites ¢ Type [Laidlaw’s writing}. All four wings are broken basad of the nodus and two of the apical parts are missing. Currently placed in the genus Temnogomphus. parvulus Selys (Gomphus), 1854 : 37. Holotype g. N. America, Nova Scotia [replacement for missing label] / Gomphus parvulus de Selys / Gomphus parvulus De Selys. Currently placed in the genus Lanthus. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 297 pendleburyi Laidlaw (Leptogomphus), 1934 : 555-556, figs. 1a, b. Holotype g. Bfrit.] N. Borneo, Mt. Kinabalu, Kiau, 3,000 ft., 5.iv.1929 [with on reverse] (H. M. Pendlebury), F.M.S. Museums / Leptogomphus pendleburyi Laidl[aw], ¢ Type, det. D. E. Kimmins. pinheyi Fraser (Nepogomphoides), 1952. Kimmins, 1966 : 209. plagiatus Selys (Gomphus), 1854: 57. Holotype g. United States [replacement label] / Gomphus plagiatus de Selys / Gomphus plagiatus De Selys ¢. Currently placed in the genus Stylurus. platyceps Fraser (Gomphidia), 1953. Kimmins, 1966 : 209. praetorius Selys (Gomphus), 1878 : 106. LECTOTYPE 4. Transvaal /Gomphus praetorius Selys $ Transvaal / Gomphus praetorius Selys, § Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. prasinus Tillyard (Austrogomphus), 1906 : 352-353, pl. 24, fig. 3. LECTOTYPE g. [N. Queensland], Kuranda, i.[19]o5 / Austrogomphus prasinus Till., fg Type, R.J.T. / Austrogom- phus prasinus Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Austroepigomphus. pruinans Fraser (Heliogomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 210. pryeri Selys (Gomphus), 1883 : 111. LECTOTYPE 9. Type [McL. label] / Japan (Pryer) / Gomphus [melanops, deleted] Pryeri Selys 9 Japan / Gomphus pryeri Selys, 9 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. pulcherrimus Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 210. pygmaeus Selys (Progomphus), 1873 : 502. Holotype ¢ (head missing). Type {McL. label] / Bogota / Prog. pygmaeus Selys 3. Currently placed in Gomphoides. quadracies Calvert (Epigomphus), 1903 : 172, pl. 7, fig. 36, pl. 8, figs. 4, 5. Holotype d. [Guatemala], San Isidro, 1,600 ft. (Champion) / Epigomphus quadracies Calv. g P. P. Calvert det. 1905. B.C.A. Neur., p. 172. TYPE, Original of pl. viii, figs. 4, 5. risi Fraser (Gomphus), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 211. risi Fraser (Mesogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966: 211. risi Laidlaw (Leptogomphus), 1932 : 95-96, I fig. Holotype g. F.M.S., Kedah, Catchment area near Jitra, 7.iv.1928 / Leptogomphus risi ¢ sp. n. [Laidlaw’s writing]. rusticatus Fraser (Mesogomphus), 1928. Kimmins, 1966: 211. ruwenzorica Pinhey (Diastatomma), 1961 : 63, pl. 3, figs. 1-3. Holotype g. B. Congo, Ruwenzori, Mutwanga, iii. 1950 (T. H. E. Jackson) / Diastatomma ruwenzorica Pinh. Holotype. schmidti Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1937. Kimmins, 1966 : 213. scissus McLachlan (Gomphus), 1896 : 367-368. Holotype 9. Szechuen, Siao-Lou /Gomphus scissus McL. Type. Currently placed as Sinogomphus. seductus Fraser (Macrogomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 212. seimundi Laidlaw (Burmagomphus), 1931 : 212-214. LECTOTYPE ¢. F.MS., Kuala Tahan, 350 ft., iii.1921 (E. Seimund) / Burmagomphus seimundi ¢ Type [type written] / Burmagomphus seimundi Laidlaw, ¢ Lectotype, det. D. E. Kimmins, 1968. senchalensis Fraser (ssp. Davidius aberrans), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 213. siamensis Fraser (Burmagomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 213. sinuatus Fraser (Burmagomphus), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 213. sipedon Calvert (Erpetogomphus), 1905 : 165-166, pl. 7, figs. 34, 40, 42. Holotype 9. [Mexico], Guadaljara, Jalisco, vii (Schwmann) / Erpetogomphus sipedon Calv. TyPE ? (Form a), P. P. Calvert, det. 1905. B.C.A. Neur. pp. xxx, 166. Orig. of Pl. vii, ff. 34, 40. 298 D. E. KIMMINS smithi Selys (Heterogomphus), 1854: 29. Lectotype ¢ (Fraser, 1934 : 296). Silhet / Gomphus? smithii De Selys g / Heterogomphus smithi Selys, g¢ Lectotype (Fraser, 1934). Currently placed in the genus Megalogomphus. This specimen for many years carried a BM Holotype label, but this was incorrect since Selys had more than one example and did not specify a type. I consider Fraser’s statement (1934 : 296) ‘The type is a male from Sylhet, in the British Museum .. .’ as equivalent to a lectotype designation. sobrinus Selys (Gomphus), 1873 : 745. Holotype g. California (Edwards) / Type [McL. label] / Gomphus sobrinus Selys ¢. sordida Selys (Cyclophylla), 1854 : 78. Holotype g. Para / Gomph. sordidus De Selys / Cyclophylla sordida. Currently placed in the genus Cyclophylla. souteri Fraser (ssp. Microgomphus torquatus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 214. spectabilis Campion (Zonophora), 1920 : 138-140, pl. 7, fig. 15. Holotype g. Paraguay, Sapucay (W. Foster) / 64 / Zonophora spectabilis Campion, Holotype, determined by H. Campion. [stevensi Fraser (Davidius), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 214, type not traced.] striatus Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 214. styx Pinhey (n. n. for Onychogomphus nigrescens Pinhey, 1952), 1961 : 87. Holotype ¢. Uganda, Fort Portal, Bwamba Forest, 2,400 ft., iv.1951 (E. Pinhey) / Onychogomphus nigrescens Pinh. HOLOTYPE / Onychogomphus styx Pinhey, ¢ Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. subobtusus Selys (Epigomphus), 1878 : 467-468. Syntype g. Irazu, 6—7,000 ft. (H. Rogers) | Epigomphus subobtusus Selys g, Irazu / Epigomphus subobtusus Selys, P. P. Calvert det. 1906, B.C.A. Neur., p. 172. As this example is incomplete and there is another complete syntype ¢ in the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, I have refrained from designating a lectotype. superbus Fraser (Megalogomphus), 1931. Kimmins, 1966 : 215. tamaracherriensis Fraser (ssp. Merogomphus longistigma), 1931. Kimmins, 1966 : 215. tenaculatus Fraser (Libyogomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 216. thomassoni Kirby (Aeshna), 1900 : 534-535, fig. Holotype g. Hainan, 5-fingered Mt., (J. T. Thomasson), (with on reverse), Aeshna thomassoni [W.F.K.] / Aeshna thomassoni Kb., Holotype g, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in Nihonogomphus. The abdominal segments 6-10 are missing. The collector’s name should be given as J. Whitehead, J. Thomasson being the donor. thoracicus McLachlan (Macrogomphus), 1884: vii. Holotype 9. Type [McL. label] / [Malacca], Perak / Macrogomphus thoracicus, McL. torquatus Selys (Cyclogomphus), 1854 : 63. Holotype 2. Ind{ia} / Gomphus torquatus De Selys 9 / Cyclog. torquatus de Selys. tonkinicus Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 216. tumefactus Calvert (Epigomphus), 1903 : 170, 172, pl. 8, figs.6,7. Holotype g. Costa Rica, Caché (Rogers) / Epigomphus tumefactus Calv., P. P. Calvert det. 1905. B.C. A. Neur., p. 172. TYPE. Original of pl. viii, figs. 6, 7. tumens Calvert (?Cyanogomphus), 1905 : 169, pl. 7, figs. 11, 11a, 41. Holotype 2. [Mexico], Vera Cruz, Atoyac, v (H. H. S[{mith}). / Cyanogomphus(?) tumens Calv., P. P. Calvert, det. 1905. B.C. A. Neur., p. 169. TYPE, Original of pl. 7, figs. 11, Ifa, 41. v-flavum Fraser (Burmagomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 217. viridior Pinhey (Paragomphus), 1961 : 84, pl. 6, fig. 3. Holotype g. Uganda, Fort Portal Rd, Mubende, iv.1951 (E. Pinhey) | Parvagomphus sp. Markings of P. hageni. Anal apps. of P. moka, Genitalia of elpidius [Fraser’s writing] / Paragomphus viridior Pinh., 1956. TYPE g. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 299 volsella Calvert (Gomphoides), 1905 : 156, pl. 7, figs. 10, 10a, 13, 14. Holotype 3. [Mexico], Tabasco, Teapa, iv. (H.H. S[mith]) / Gomphoides volsella Calv., ¢ TYPE, P. P. Calvert det. 1905. B.C. A. Neur., p. 156, Original of pl. 7, figs. 10, 10a, 13, 14. Currently placed in the genus Negomphoides. walli Fraser (Heliogomphus), 1925. Kimmins, 1966 : 218. walli Fraser (Onychogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 218. wheeleri Fraser (Gomphidictinus), 1942. Kimmins, 1966 : 218. wilkinsi Fraser (Cyclogomphus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 218. williamsoni Fraser (Gomphidia), 1923. Kimmins, 1966 : 218. williamsoni Laidlaw (Leptogomphus), 1912: 94-95. Holotype ¢. Borneo, Sarawak, Madihit, 2,000 ft., 4.vi.1911 (J. C. Moulton) / Leptogomphus williamsoni ¢ Type, 4.vi.1I. wynaadicus Fraser (Macrogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 219. ypsilon Selys (Cyclogomphus), 1854 : 62. Lectotype ¢ (by designation of Fraser, 1934 : 182). N. India / Gomphus globifer De Selys ¢ / Cyclog. ypsilon de Selys. This specimen has for many carried a BM Holotype label. This has now been replaced by a Lectotype label, as I consider that Fraser’s statement ‘Type, a male in the British Museum; a paratype in the Selys collection . . .’ is in effect a selection of lectotype. CORDULEGASTERIDAE brevistigma Selys (Cordulegaster, sg. Thecagaster), 1854: 103. LECTOTYPE ¢. N. India, 49-52 [label replaced] / Corduleg. brevistigma De Selys, a renvoyer / Cordulegaster brevistigma Selys, g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Fraser (1929 : 118) is incorrect in stating that there were 4 ¢ in BM(NH); this should be 3 3,19. The specimen here designated lectotype has for many years been labelled holotype. campioni Fraser (Orogomphus), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 185. folia Fraser (ssp. of Cordulegaster brevistigma), 1929. Kimmins, 1966 : 192. gigantica Fraser (Anotogaster), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 194. godmani McLachlan (Cordulegaster), 1878 : 34. LECTOTYPE ¢. [Costa Rica], Irazu, 6-7,000 ft. (H. Rogers) | Type [McL. label] / Cordulegaster Godmani McL. / Cordulegaster godmani McL., P. P. Calvert det. 1905. B.C. A. Neur. p. 174 / Cordulegaster godmani McL., 3 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. hermionae Fraser (Allogaster), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 195. kimminsi Fraser (Chlorogomphus), 1940. Kimmins, 1966 : 199. klossi Fraser (Anotogaster), 1919. Kimmins, 1966 : 199. maculatus Selys (Cordulegaster), 1854 : 105. Holotype 2. Georgia / Corduleg. maculatus de Selys / Cordulegaster maculatus De Selys / Cord. maculatus De Selys 9. nipalensis Selys (Cordulegaster sg. Anotogaster), 1854 : 102-103. Lectotype g (by designation of Fraser, 1929 : 89). Nepal, Hardwicke Bequest / Nepalensis De Selys ¢ / Cordulegaster Nipalensis De Selys / Anotogaster nipalensis Selys, Lectotype. Fraser, 1929. This example has for many years been labelled holotype, but Selys did not so indicate it. Fraser (1929 : 89) in effect designated the BM(NH) example as lectotype in his statement ‘coll. BM. 1 g, the type’. olympicus Fraser (Chlorogomphus), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 207. palampurensis Fraser (ssp. of Anotogaster basalis), 1929. Kimmins, 1966 : 208. preciosus Fraser (Chlorogomphus), 1934. Kimmins, 1966 : 210. 300 D. E. KIMMINS sayi Selys (Cordulegaster), 1854: 104. Lectotype g (Fraser, 1929 : 136). Georgia [label much blackened] / Cord. Sayi De Selys / Cordulegaster Sayi De Selys / Cordulegaster sayi Selys, § Lectotype, Fraser, 1929. Fraser’s statement (1929 : 136) ‘Coll. Br. Mus., 1 ¢ (the type)’ is equivalent to a designation of lectotype. selysi Fraser (Chlorogomphus), 1929. Kimmins, 1966 : 213. xanthoptera Fraser (Orogomphus), 1919. Kimmins, 1966 : 219. PETALURIDAE carovei White (Petalura), 1843 : 281-281. Holotype g. New Zealand / Petalura Carovei White, New Zealand (Sinclair). Currently placed in the genus Uvopetala. Fraser (1933 : 237) is in error in stating that the type is in the Selys Collection, and he has omitted the reference to the original description. ingentissima Tillyard (Petalura), 1907 : 715-718, pl. 23, figs. 1, 3, 4. LECTOTYPE 4. [North Queensland], Herberton, i.[19]o7 / Petalura ingentissima Till, g¢ TypPE, R.J.T. / Petalura ingentissima Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. pulcherrima Tillyard (Petalura), 1913 : 582-584, pl. 52, figs. 11-14. LECTOTYPE 4. N. Q[ueensland], Cooktown, i.[19]o8 (R. J. Tillyard) / Petalura pulcherrima Till., § Type, R.J.T. / Petalura pulcherrima Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. AESHNIDAE albistyla Fraser (Gynacantha), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 177. anacantha Tillyard (Austroaeschna), 1908 : 732-735, pl. 35, figs. 7-10, pl. 36, fig. 4. LECTOTYPE 3. W. Al[ustralia], Bridgetown, i.[19]o7 (R. J. Tillyard) / Austroaeschna anacantha Till., ¢ tyPE, R.J.T. / Austroaeschna anacantha Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det., 1968. apicalis Fraser (Gynacantha), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 178. asthenes Tillyard (Telephlebia), 1916 : 41-42, pl. 4, fig. 4, pl. 8, figs. 16, 24, 26, 32. Holotype 9. S. Qfueensland], Killarney, 8.i.[19]14 (E. J. Dumigan) / Telephlebia asthenes Till., 9 TYPE, R.J.T. A second, damaged 2 from Mt. Tambourine, S. Queensland is excluded by Tillyard from the type-series, leaving the above specimen as holotype. auriculata Tillyard (Archipetalia), 1917 : 455-459, text-figs. 1-3. LECTOTYPE g. [N.W.] Tas[mania], Cradle Mt., [3,000—4,000 ft.], 18.i[19]17 (R. J. Tillyard) / Archipetalia auriculata Til., type g, R.J.T. / Archipetalia auriculata Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. bainbriggei Fraser (Gynacantha), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 181. bakeri Campion (Tetracanthagyna), in Laidlaw, 1928 : 129-131, text-fig. 1. Holotype d. Philippines, Luzon, Mt. Makiling (G. F. Baker) / Tetracanthagyna bakeri Campion, ¢ Holotype [DEK writing]. bangweuluensis Kimmins (Anax), 1965 : 110-111, fig. 2. Holotype g. N. Rhodesia, Lake Bangweulu, Kapola, N. of Kapata, 27.x.1946 (M. Steele) / Anax Bangweuluensis Kimmins, 3 Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1955. biharica Fraser (Gynacantha), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 182. brevicauda Tillyard (ssp. Telephlebia godeffroyi), 1916 : 34-36, pl. 3, fig.3. LECTOTYPE ¢ Vic[toria], [Mount] Macedon, i.[19]o6 (G. Lyell) / Telephlebia godeffroyi brevicauda Till., TYPE 3, R.J.T. / Telephlebia godeffroyi brevicauda Till., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 301 brunnea McLachlan (Tetracanthagyna), 1898 : 443. LECTOTYPE 9. North Borneo (Waterstradt) | Tetracanthagyna brunnea McLach. Type / Tetracanthagyna brunnea McL. 6 Lectotype. D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. calliope Lieftinck (Gynacantha), 1953 : 260-262, fig. 10. Holotype g. N. Dutch New Guinea, Waigeu, Camp Nok, 2,500 ft., iv.1938 (L. E. Cheesman) / Gynacantha calliope Lieft., 3 holotype. Currently placed in the genus Acanthagyna. calverti Kimmins (Neuraschna), 1951 : 43046, figs. 1-4. Holotype g. E. Peru / Neurae- schna calverti Kimmins, $ Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1950. chelifera McLachlan (Gynacantha), 1896a : 416-417. Holotype g. Rio de Janeiro / 198 / Type [McL. label] / Gynacantha chelifera Selys g / Gynacantha chelifera McL. Type. Currently placed in the genus Acanthagyna. conspersa Tillyard (Caliaeschna), 19074 : 727-729, pl. 68, figs. 3a, 3d. LECTOTYPE 4. N{ew] Sfouth] W{ales], Mittagong, iii.{19]o5 (R. J. Tillyard) / Caliaeschna conspersa Till., 6 TYPE, R.J.T. / Caliaeschna conspersa Till., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in Dendroaeschna. cyclops Tillyard (ssp. of Telephlebia godeffroyi), 1916 : 36, pl. 3, figs. 4-5, pl. 4, fig. 3. LECTOTYPE <¢. N{ew] Sfouth] W{ales], Dorrigo, 15.xi.[19]11 (R. J. Tillyard) / Tele- phlebia godeffroyi cyclops Till, TtyPpE g, R.J.T. / Telephlebia godeffroyi cyclops Till., 3 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. cynthiae Fraser (Heliaeschna), 1939: 89, fig. 1a. Holotype g. Type / H. cynthiae. Entebbe, L. Victoria, Uganda, 5.xi.[19]27 (Hale-Carpenter). This species was unfortunately omitted during re-typing the manuscript of my Fraser Types paper (Kimmins, 1966), although the title of the paper was given in the list of references. donaldi Fraser (Anaciaeschna), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 189. ellioti Kirby (Aeshna), 1896 : 124-125. LECTOTYPE 6. MRuwenzori, 6-8,o00 ft., xii (Scott Elliot) / ellioti Kirb. type / Aeschna ellioti Kirby, 3 lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. erythromelas McLachlan (Aeschna), 1896a : 419-421. Holotype 2. N.W. India / Sabathu, [near Simla], 12.vii [18]88 / Aeschna erythromelas McL., Type. flavomaculata Tillyard (ssp. of Austroaeschna parvistigma), 1916 : 47-49. Holotype ¢. N{ew] S[outh] W{ales], [Mt] Kosciusko, [5,000 ft.], 23.i.[19]14 (A. J. Turner) / Austroaeschna parvistigma Selys flavomaculata n. subsp. g TYPE, R.J.T. fletcheri Fraser (Petaliaeschna), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 192. forcipata Tillyard (?Planaeschna), 19074 : 726-727, pl. 68, figs. 1a, 1b. LECTOTYPE 4. N. Q[ueensland], Kuranda, i.[19]o5 (R. J. Tillyard) / Austroaeschna forcipata Till., g TYPE, R.J.T. / Austroaeschna forcipata (Till.), ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in Austroaeschna. hardyi Tillyard (Austroaeschna), 1917 : 461-462, pl. 23, figs. 5-6. LECTOTYPE 3. [N.W.] Tas[mania], Cradle Mt., 16.i.[19]17 (R. J. Tillyard) / Austroaeschna hardyi Till., TyPE g, R.J.T. / Austroaeschna hardyi Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. huonensis Fraser (Anaciaeschna), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 196. inarmata Kimmins (Neuraeschna), 1951 : 46-48, figs. 8-9. Holotype g. British Guiana, New River, 750 ft., 20.i-23..iii. 1938 (C. A. Hudson) / Neuraeschna inarmata Kim., 3 Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1950. incisura Fraser (Gyancantha), 1935. Kimmins, 1966 : 196. intersedens Martin (Austroaeschna), 1909 : 101, pl. 4, fig. 14. LECTOTYPE g. Khasia Hills / Planaeschna intersedens ¢ Khasia [Selys’ writing] / Austroaeschna intersedens Martin, $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. 302 D. E. KIMMINS khasiaca McLachlan (Gynacantha), 1896a : 411-413. LECTOTYPE ¢. Khasia Hills / Gynacantha khasiaca McL. Type / Gynacantha khasiaca McL., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in Acanthagyna. libyana Fraser (Gynacantha), 1928. Kimmins, 1966 : 201. long fieldae Gambles (Heliaeschna), 1967 : 200. Holotype 9. Mt. Cameroon, 1st Plateau, 12.i.1932 (M. Steele) / Heliaeschna sp. n. 2, det. Miss C. Longfield / Heliaeschna longfieldae Gambles, Holotype 9, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. long fieldae Kimmins (Coryphaeschna), 1929 : 489-493, 2 figs. Holotype g. Brazil, Matto Grosso, Chapada, N.E, of Cuyaba, Burity, 2,850 ft., 19. vi.1927 (C. E. Longfield) | Coryphae- schna longfieldae Kimmins ¢ Type, det. D. E. Kimmins, 1929. Currently placed in the genus Castoraeschna. lyttoni Fraser (Gynacantha), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 202. maclachlani Selys (Fonscolombia), 1883 : 126-127. Holotype g. Japan (Pryer) / 115 / Fonscolombia Maclachlani Selys ¢ Japon. Currently placed in the genus Boyeria. millardi Fraser (Gynacantha), 1920. Kimmins, 1966 : 204. milnei Selys (Austroaeschna), 1883 : 120-121. Holotype 9. Japan (Lewis) / Aeschna Milnei Selys, Japon, 2 Type, Currently placed in the genus Planaeschna. minuscula McLachlan (Aesehna), 18964 : 421-422. LECTOTYPE ¢. Cape [of] Good Hope / Aeschna minuscula McL. Type / Aeschna minuscula McL. ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. nigeriensis Gambles (Acanthagyna), 1956 : 194-196, 6 text-figs. Holotype g. S. Nigeria, Vom, 15.iv.1949 (R. M. Gambles) | Acanthagyna nigeriensis Gambles in MS, with on reverse, Type ¢. nigrolineatus Fraser (Anax), 1835. Kimmins, 1966 : 206. nocturnalis Fraser (Periaeschna), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 207. ornithocephala McLachlan (Aeschna), 1896 : 368-370. Holotype ¢. [E. Tibet], Moupin / Aeschna ornithocephala McL. Type. patricia Tillyard (Phyllopetalia), 1909 : 699-701, pl. 55, fig. 3. LECTOTYPE 9. Nfew] S[outh] W[ales], Blue Mts., [Leura], xi.[19]03 (G. A. Waterhouse) / Phyllopetalia patricia Till., 2 TYPE, R.J.T. / Phyllopetalia patricia Till., 2 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Austropetalia, this species was first recorded from two females with data as above under the name ‘Petalia apollo Selys’. It was then re-named Phyllopetalia patricia Tillyard, with the same two specimens as type-series. perrensi McLachlan (Aeschna), 1887 : 76-77. Holotype g, Type [McL. label] / [Argentine Republic], Corrientes, [Goya] (Perrens) / Aeschna Perrensi McLach. Currently placed in the genus Coryphaeschna. pestilens McLachlan (Hypopetalia), 1870 : 171-172. Holotype g. Type [McL. label] / Chili (Reade) | Hypopetalia pestilens McL. plagiata Waterhouse (Gynacantha), 1877 :x; 1878 : 119-120, pl. 4. Holotype 9. Tetracan- thagyna plagiata (Waterh.). Genotype, collected in N.E. Borneo by Sir Hugh Low, between 1848 and 1877. See letter from C. F. Cowan on file and Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1878 : 119. Now placed in Tetvacanthagyna. The thorax of the type is in fragments, which have been mounted, with the head, wings and abdomen on a card. producta Kimmins (Neuraeschna), 1933 : 226-228, 2 figs. Holotype 3g. Peru, Iquitos, Mishuyacu, 6.ix.1930 (Katzenbach) / Neuraeschna producta sp. n. g¢ Type, det. D. E. Kimmins. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 303 pustulosa Selys (Allopetalia), 1873 : 511-512. Holotype 9. Type [McL. label] / Bogota / Allopetalia pustulosa Selys 9. quadrina McLachlan (Gyancantha), 1896a : 414-416. Holotype g. West Africa, Mahambé (Rutherford) | Gynacantha quadrina McL. Type. Currently placed as synonym of Acanthagyna vesiculata (Karsch). risi Laidlaw (Gynacantha), 1931 : 205-206, figs. 6-7. Holotype ¢. F.M.S., Perak, Jor Camp, 2,000 ft., 21.viili.1922 (J. Seimund) / Gyancantha risi type ¢ / Acanthagyna risi (Laidlaw), ¢ Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in Acanthagyna. rutherfordi McLachlan (Anax), 1883 : 128-129. LECTOTYPE g. Type [McL. label] / Sierra Leone (R[utherford]) / Anax Rutherfordi McL. / Anax rutherfordi McL. ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Anax speratus Hagen. scotias Pinhey (Aeshna), 1952 : 14, figs. 5b, c. Holotype g. Uganda, Matuna Forfest], 20 m. W. Kampala, 10.v.1952 (E. Pinhey) / Aeshna scotias Pinh. ¢ Holotype. sevastopuloi Pinhey (Acanthagyna), 1961 : 100, pl. 7, fig. 6. Holotype 3. Uganda, 20 m. W. of Kampala, v.1952 (E. Pinhey) / Gynacantha sevastopuloi Pinh. 1955, Holotype. The species was eventually published in the genus Acanthagyna. sextans McLachlan (Gynacantha), 1896a : 413-414. LECTOTYPE 4. [Cameroons], Monga-ma Lobah, No.— / Gynacantha sextans McL. Type / Gynacantha sextans McL., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in Acanthagyna. striatus Kirby (Anax), 1889 : 299-300. Holotype 2. Chili / A. striatus type [WFK]. Currently placed as a synonym of Allopetalia reticulosa Selys. Kirby was wrong in con- sidering the type to bea male. Although the abdomen had been eviscerated, there is definitely an Ovipositor present. subpupillata McLachlan (Aeschna), 1896a : 422-424. LECTOTYPE g. [S.E. Africa] Brit[{ish] Caffraria / Aeschna subpupillata McL., Type / Aeshna subpupillata McL., j Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Aeshna rileyi Calvert. tillyardi Campion (ssp. Telephlebia godeffroyi), in Tillyard, 1916 : 37, 79-80. Holotype 9. Queensland [Kuranda, near Cairns] (fF. P. Dodd) / Telephlebia tillyardi Campion. Holotype. triangulifera McLachlan (Anaciaeschna), 189 96a : 409-411. LECTOTYPE 4. Delagoa Bay / Anaciaeschna triangulifera McL. Type / Anaciaeschna triangulifera McL., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. I have chosen as lectotype the more mature of the two syntypes. tryoni Tillyard (Telephlebia), 1917 : 459-460, pl. 23, figs. 3-4. LECTOTYPE g. [Queens- land], Brisbane, xii.[19]o1 (7. Batchelor) / Telephlebia tryoni Till., TyPpE g, R.J.T. / Tele- phlebia tryoni Till., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. tumorifer McLachlan (Anax), 1885 : 250-251, 3 figs. LECTOTYPE g. Type [McL. label] / Madagascar (Walter) / Anax tumorifer McL. / Anax tumorifer McL., $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. ugandica McLachlan (Heliaeschna), 1896a : 419. LECTOTYPE g. [East Central Africa] Ouganda (R. P. Denoit) / Heliaeschna ugandica McL., Type / Heliaeschna ugandica McL., 3 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. unifasciata Fraser (Periaeschna), 1935. Kimmins, 1966 : 217. victoriae Pinhey (Acanthagyna), 1961 : 101, pl. 7, figs. 4,13. Holotype g. Uganda, Katera [Forest], Sango Bay, x.1953 (T. H. E. Jackson) / Gynacantha victoriae Pinh. Holotype. Published as Acanthagyna. 304 D. E. KIMMINS vittata McLachlan (Tetracanthagyna) 18098 : 440-442. LECTOTYPE ¢. North Borneo (Waterstradt) | Tetracanthagyna vittata McLach., Type / Tetracanthagyna vittata McL., 3 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. walsinghami McLachlan (Anax), 1883 : 127-128. LECTOTYPE ¢g. Type [McL. label] / N{orth] California (Walsingham) / Anax Walsinghami McL. / Anax walsinghami McL., 3g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. waterhousei McLachlan (Tetracanthagyna), 1898 : 443. LECTOTYPE 9. Tetracan- thagyna Waterhousii Selys 9 n. sp. Borneo / Tetracanthagyna waterhousei McL., 9 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The BM(NH) example has been selected as lectotype. CALOPTERYGIDAE andersoni McLachlan (Mnais), in Selys, 18734: 472. LECTOTYPE g. Mnais Andersoni McLachl. 3, W. Yunnan (104) / Mnais andersoni McL., ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The lectotype now lacks head and left fore wing. The paralectotype ¢ has had abdominal segments 4—I0 replaced by segments 6-10 of a 9 abdomen. angustipennis Selys (Calopteryx, sg. Sylphis), 1853: 9. Holotype g. Georgia / angusti- pennis Selys / Calopteryx (Sylphis) angustipennis Selys, ¢ Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Agrion elegans Selys. The type now lacks abdominal segments 6-10. apicalis Kirby (Neurobasis), 1891 : 204, pl. 20, figs. 2, 2a. Holotype g. Ceylon, Nawala- pitiya (E. E. Green) / apicalis type [WFK] / Neurobasis apicalis Kirby $ Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Placed by Fraser as a synonym of Vestalis apicalis Selys, but appears to be a somewhat teneral form of Vestalis nigrescens Fraser, the apices of the wings only slightly enfumed. Fraser states that nigrescens has the labrum entirely black, but in his type the margins of the labrum are brownish. Although Kirby’s name is earlier than nigrescens Fraser, apicalis Kirby is a homonym of apicalis Selys and nigrescens Fraser takes priority. atrocyana Fraser (Agrion), 1935. Kimmins, 1966 : 180. atropha Lieftinck (Vestalis), 1965 : 351-353, fig. 8. Holotype g. Sarawak, Mt. Dulit Trail, 10. Vili. 1932 / Primitive forest / Oxford Univ. Exped. (B.M. Hobby & A. W. Moore) | Vestalis atropha Lieft., Holotype, det. M. A. Lieftinck, 1965. basilactea Kirby (Archineura), 1894 : 86, figs. Holotype g. Foo Chow (de La Touche) / Archineura basilactea Kb. type [WFK]. Currently placed as a synonym of Archineura incarnata Karsch. beryllae Laidlaw (Vestalis), 1915 : 273. Holotype g. Borneo, Mt. Merinjak, [Retuh], 29.v.1914 (J. C. Moulton) / Vestalis beryllae Laidlaw, g¢ Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The right hand wings have been removed and placed between celluloid for photographing. ciliata Fabricius (Agrion), 1781. Campion (1917 : 447). confusa Hagen (Caliphaea), in Selys, 1859 : 440. Holotype 3. Nepal, Hardwicke Bequest / Caliphaea confusa Hagen. consimilis McLachlan (Caliphaea), 1894 : 434-435. LECTOTYPE 4. Type [McL. label] / [W. China], Ta-chien-lu / Caliphaea consimilis McL. / Caliphaea consimilis McL., $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Of the two adult males listed by McLachlan, only one can now be traced, and this has been designated Lectotype. Currently placed as a synonym of Caliphaea confusa Selys. cuprea Selys (Hetaerina), 1853 : 28. Holotype g. 16 / [Brazil], Para / L. cuprea Selys* / H. cuprea / Lais cuprea Selys §. Determined by H. Campion. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 305 devillei Selys (Lais), 1880 : 1. LECTOTYPE ¢. E. Peru? / L. Devillei Selys 1880. ¢ sous le nom de Hauxwelli, 4e add. no. 30 bis, E. Perou, verifiée 1880 / Lais devillei Selys, g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Mnesarete. distincta Longfield (Umma), 1933 : 139-140, figs. 6, 13. Holotype g. [Zambia], Lake Tanganyika (W. H. Nutt) / Kambole, vii.1895 / Umma distincta Longf., g Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. electa Longfield (Umma), 1933 : 139, figs. 7, 14. Holotype g. Katanga, Kambove, 4,o00- 5,000 ft., 11.iv.1907 [S. A. Neave] / Umma electa Longf., § Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det., 1968. elwesi McLachlan (Notholestes), 1887a : 32. Holotype g. Darjiling (H. J. Elwes) / Notho- lestes Elwesi McLach. / Caliphaea Confusa Hg. The type now lacks the right fore wing. femina Longfield (Umma), 1947 : 20-21. Holotype 2. Angola, Miss. sc. suisse, 1932-1933 / Sangeve, ii.[1933] / Umma femina Type 9, det. Miss C. Longfield. fulgida Selys (Lais), 1879 : 365. LECTOTYPE g. [Ecuador], Rio Napo / L. fulgida Selys, 4 add., no. 29 bis. g type, Rio Napo, verifiée 1880 / Lais fulgida Selys, g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The lectotype now lacks its head. Currently placed in the genus Muesarete. fumosa Longfield (Sapho), 1932 : 206-208, figs. 1-3. Holotype g. Sierra Leone, Kamag- bonse, 6.iv.1912 (Jas. J. Simpson) / Sapho sp. no. 4 {[H. Campion’s writing] / Sapho fumosa Longfield, ¢ Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. gloriosa McLachlan (Sapho), in Selys, 1873b : 611-612. LECTOTYPE ¢. Type [McL. label] / Gaboon / Sapho gloriosa McLach. ¢ / Sapho gloriosa McL., g Lectotype, D. E. Kim- mins det. 1968. hauxwelli Selys (Lais), 1869 : 654. Holotype g. Upper Amazon, Pebas (Hauxwell) / L. Hauxwelli Selys ¢ type, 2e Add., 30 bis, Peba, verifiee 1880. Currently placed in the genus Mnesarete. hetaerinoides Fraser (Leucopteryx), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 195. icteroptera Fraser (Mnais), 1929. Kimmins, 1966 : 196. imperatrix McLachlan (Lais), 1878a : 85-86. LECTOTYPE 9. Type [McL. label] / Ecuador, Intaj [(Buckley)| / Lais imperatrix McL. / Lais imperatrix McL., 9 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Two of the three other examples are in BM(NH). Currently placed in the genus Munesarete. infecta Calvert (Hetaerina), 1901 : 38-39, pl. 2, figs. 18, 24. Holotype g. [Mexico], Vera Cruz, Atoyac. v (H. H. S[mith]) / Hetaerina infecta Calv. 3 type, P. P. Calvert det. 1900. Original of figs. 18, 24, pl. 2, Neur. B.C. A. laosica Fraser (Calopteryx), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 200. mandarinus McLachlan (Psolodesmus), 1870 : 166-167. Holotype g. (China, Fukien], Amoy / Psolodesmus mandarinus McL., Type. maxima McLachlan (Hetaerina), 1879: 244. Holotype 9. Type [McL. label] / [Costa Rica], [Mount] Irazu, 6—7,000 ft. (H. Rogers) / Hetaerina maxima McL. / Hetaerina maxima McLach. 9. melania Selys (Vestalis), 1873a : 474-475. LECTOTYPE g. Type [McL. label] / Luzon / Vestalis melania de Selys ¢ / Vestalis melania Selys, ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. nigrescens Fraser (Vestalis), 1929. Kimmins, 1966 : 206. oberthuri McLachlan (Calopteryx), 1894 : 433-434. LECTOTYPE g. Type [McL. label] / [W. China], Ta-chien-lu / Calopteryx Oberthuri McL. / Calopteryx oberthuri McL., $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1966. Currently placed in the genus Matrona. 306 D. E. KIMMINS orichalcea McLachlan (Sapho), 1869 : 27-28. LECTOTYPE g. Type [McL. label] / [Gabon], Fernand Vaz / Sapho orichalcea McL. ¢ / Sapho orichalcea McL., $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The ¢ lectotype has the abdomen much compressed and apex of abdomen missing. papaverina Fraser (Hetaerina), 1946. Kimmins, 1966 : 209. pilula Calvert (Hetaerina), 1901 : 33, pl. 2, figs. 27, 35. Holotype g. [Mexico], Tabasco, Teapa, i (H. H. S[mith]) / Hetaerina pilula Calv., g type, P. P. Calvert det. t900. Original of figs. 27, 35, pl. 2, Neur. Biol. C. Am. rudis Calvert (Hetaerina), 1901 : 40-41, pl. 2, figs. 20, 26. Holotype g. [Guatemala], San Geronimo, [Vera Paz], 3,000 ft. (Champion) / Hetaerina rudis Calv. $ type, P. P. Calvert det. 1900, Original of figs. 20, 26, pl. 2, Neur. B. C. A. septentrionalis Selys (Hetaerina), 1853 : 36. Holotype g. Georgia / Hetaer. septentrionalis 3 De Selys / H. septentrionalis Selys g*. smaragdina Selys (Calopteryx), 1853 : 16. LECTOTYPE g. [Inde(?)], Communicavit J. Stephens / Smaragdina De Selys / Calopteryx atrata Selys, det. Miss C. Longfield / Calopteryx smaragdina Selys, $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. I have designated this specimen as lectotype rather than accept it as holotype, since Selys’ measurements suggest that he had seen more than one example. sublimbata Selys (var. of Hetaerina occisa), 1873b : 613. Lectotype ¢ (by designation of Calvert, 1901-08 : 35). Panama / Het. occisa Hag. var. sublimbata Selys / Hetaerina macropus ¢ Selys, P. P. Calvert det. 1900 / B. C. A. Neur., p. 35. I consider that Calvert’s statement (1901-08 : 35) ‘Var. sublimbata. Hab. Panama (coll. McLachlan : 1 3, type of de Selys)’ to be equivalent to a designation of lectotype. titia Drury (Libellula), 1773 : pl. 45, fig. 5, pp. 83-84. There is in the BM(NH), from the McLachlan collection a specimen lacking head and part of abdomen, which is labelled by McLachlan as ‘Hetaerina titia Drury, believed to be Drury’s type.’ We have no record of its earlier history. Selys refers to this specimen (1873, Bull. Acad. R. Belg. (2) 36 : 613. tolteca Calvert (Hetaerina), 1901 : 40, pl. 2, figs. 19, 25. Holotype g. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo) | Hetaerina tolteca Calv. ¢ type, P. P. Calvert det. 1901. Original of figs. 19, 25, pl. 2, Neur. Biol. C.-Am. EUPHAEIDAE alma Selys (Epallage), 1879 : 372. Holotype 9. Persia, Astrabad / Epallage alma Selys 9. balica McLachlan (var. of Euphaea lara), 1898a: 272. Holotype g. Bali (W. Doherty) / Euphaea Lara Kr. var. balica McL. basalis Laidlaw (Pseudophaea), 19154: 32. Holotype g. Borneo, Mt. Kina Balu, 11.ix.1913 (J. C. Moulton) / Pseudophaea basalis Laidlaw, $ Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Laidlaw designated this example as holotype by his statement ‘The type-male is deposited in the British Museum [(Natural History)]’. Currently placed in the genus Euphaea. bocki McLachlan (Euphaea), 1880 : 204-205. Holotype g. Type [McL. label] / Sumatra (Bock) | Euphaea Bocki McL. cardinalis Fraser (Pseudophaea), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 185. carissima Kirby (Pseudophaea), 1894a : 559-560, pl. 42, fig. 4. LECTOTYPE g. Ceylon, Yerbury Coll. / Haycock Hill, 27.iv.[18]92 / carissima, type [WFK] / Pseudophaea carissima Kirby, 3 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. I have selected as lectotype the ¢ with ‘two reddish-tawny appendages at the extremity of the 8th segment beneath.’ These ‘appendages’ are in fact two discoloured threads of silk or cotton, which have been threaded through the specimen to render the abdomen less fragile. The undiscoloured ends can be seen under the head. The species is currently placed as a synonym of Euphaea splendens Selys. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 307 compar McLachlan (Euphaea), 1870 : 167-168. LECTOTYPE ¢ (incomplete). Amoy / compar McL. / Euphaea compar McLachlan, ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. ethelae Fraser (Dysphaea), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : ror. gloriosa Fraser (Dysphaea), 1938. Kimmins, 1966 : 194. kali Cowley (Bayadera), 1936 : 447-482, 8 text-figs. Holotype g. Assam, Khasi Hills, N. N. Dunnai vend. / Bayadera kali sp. n. Holotype. Khasi Hills, Assam, N. N. Dunnai vd., det. J. Cowley, 1936. laidlawi Kimmins (Euphaea), 1936 : 77-78, fig. 5c. Holotype g. [Sarawak], Lawas, ii. 1896 (Everett Coll.) / Euphaea laidlawi sp. n., det. D. E. Kimmins. lombockensis McLachlan (var. of Euphaea lara), 1898a : 272-273. LECTOTYPE 4. Type [McL. label] / Lombok, Sapit, 2,000 ft., iv.1896 (H. Fruhstorfer) | Euphaea Lara, Kr., var. Lombockensis McL. / Euphaea lara, var. lombockensis McL. $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. longicauda Fraser (Bayadera), 1928. Kimmins, 1966 : 201. ornata Campion (Pseudophaea), 1924 :174-175. Holotype g. Hainan, 5-fingered Mt. (J. T. Thomasson) / Pseudophaea ornata Campion, ¢ Holotype. Determined by H. Campion. Currently placed in the genus Euphaea. The specimen was collected by J. Whitehead, J. T. Thomasson being the donor. subnodalis Laidlaw (Pseudophaea), 1915a : 31-32. Holotype g. Borneo, Mt. Kina Balu, ix—x .1913 (J. C. Moulton) / Euphaea subnodalis g Type [in Laidlaw’s writing] / Pseudophaea subnodalis Laidlaw g Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The label giving the precise date of capture is no longer available. The holotype was designated by Laidlaw’s statement ‘The type-male and the female described above will be deposited in the British Museum [(Nat. Hist.)]’. Currently placed in the genus Euphaea. subplatystyla Fraser (Anisopleura), 1934. Kimmins, 1966 : 215. superba Kimmins (Euphaea), 1936a : 147-149, figs. 1-4. Holotype g. Tonkin / Euphaea superba sp. n. g, det. D. E. Kimmins. walli Fraser (Dysphaea), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 218. AMPHIPTERYGIDAE coerulescens Tillyard (ssp. of Diphlebia euphoeoides), 1913a : 235-236. LECTOTYPE ¢. Q[ueensland, Mt.] Tambourine, 27.xi.[19]12 (R. J. Tillyard) / Diphlebia euphoeoides coerul- escens Tillyd, g$ TYPE, R.J.T. / Diphlebia euphoeoides coerulescens Tillyd, § Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. [euphoeoides Tillyard (Diphlebia), 1907) : 394-398. The specimen with Tillyard’s determina- tion label, marked TYPE, is in Canberra. (Communication from J. A. L. Watson, 10.x.68) DE hybridoides Tillyard (Diphlebia), 1912 : 587-588, pl. 20, figs. 5, 9. LECTOTYPE 4. [North Queensland], Kuranda, xii.[19]o7 [(F. P. Dodd)| / Diphlebia hybridoides Till., 3 TYPE, R.J.T. / Diphlebia hybridoides Till., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. lestoides Selys (Amphipteryx), 1853 : 67. Holotype g. Australasia / Amphipteryx lestoides De Selys / Amphipteryx lestoides Selys, ¢ Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Now placed in the genus Diphilebia. loringae Fraser (Philoganga), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 202. multinervosa Fraser (Diphlebia), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 205. nymphoides Tillyard (Diphlebia), 1912 : 588-590, pl. 20, figs. 4,8. LECTOTYPE g. [New South Wales], Caroca [Rocky Creek], 17.xii.[19]10 (R. J. Tillyard) / Diphlebia nymphoides Till., ¢ type, R.J.T. / Diphlebia nymphoides Till., g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. 308 D. E. KIMMINS tillyardi Fraser (ssp. of Diphlebia lestoides), 1956. Kimmins, 1966 : 216. tiomanensis Laidlaw (ssp. of Devadatta argioides), 1934a : 102 (in key). Holotype g. Johore, Pulau Tioman, Sedagong, vi.1929 / Devadatta argioides tiomanensis Laidl., ¢ Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. CHLOROCY PHIDAE abbreviata Fraser (ssp. Rhinocypha biforata), 1928. Kimmins, 1966 : 176, adami Fraser (Ceylonosticta), 1933. Kimmins, 1966 : 176. albistigma Selys (Rhinocypha), 1873b: 615. Holotype g. Bac{Batchian] / Wallace / Rhinocypha albistigma Selys, ¢ Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Selys noted that head and legs were missing. The type now lacks also the apex of the abdomen. Selys’ statement that the type bore a label ‘75.a.c’ is a misreading of Wallace’s label ‘Bac.’ anambae Laidlaw (ssp. Rhinocypha biseriata), 1932a : 99-100, fig. 1. LECTOTYPE 4g. Anamba Is., Telok Padang, Jimaga, 20-21.iv.[19]28 (M. R. Henderson) / Rhinocypha biseriata anambae ¢ Laidlaw / Rhinocypha biseriata anambae Laidlaw, ¢ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Heliocypha biseriata (Selys). angolense Longfield (ssp. Platycypha caligata), 1959 : 27-28. Holotype g. S.[W.] Angola, Ongueria, 25.ix.1949. / Platycypha caligata angolense Type g, det. Miss C. Longfield. annandalei Laidlaw (Micromerus), 1903 : 197-198. Holotype g. Malacca, [Jalor], Mabek, 24.vii.[19]o1 (Annandale) / Micromerus annandalei sp.n. ¢ Type. Currently placed as a synonym of Libellago aurantiacus (Selys). armageddoni Fraser (Chlorocypha), 1940. Kimmins, 1966 : 179. beatifica Fraser (ssp. Rhinocypha perforata), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 181. beesoni Fraser (Rhinocypha), 1922. Kimmins, 1966: 181. bicolor Fraser (ssp. Chlorocypha curta), 1941. Kimmins, 1966 : 181. bifenestrata Fraser (Rhinocypha), Kimmins, 1966 : 182. bisignatus McLachlan (Micromerus), 1870 : 168-169. Holotype g. [Celebes] Tondano / Menado (Wallace) / bisignatus McL. / penis drawn, J. Cowley, vii. 1935 / Micromerus bisignatus McL., 3 Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. According to Bradley & Betrem, 1967, Bull. Brit. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 20 (7) : 292, Wallace collected in this part of Celebes vi-ix.1859. This species is currently placed in Sclerocypha. caerulea Kimmins (Rhinoneura), 1936 : 79-81, figs. 6-7. Holotype g. Sarawak, Mt. Dulit, 4,000 ft., Moss forest, 22.x,1932 / (Native collector) / Rhinoneura caerulea sp. n. ¢ Type, det. D. E. Kimmins / penis drawn J. Cowley, viii. 1935. cancellata Selys (Libellago), 1879 : 383-384. LECTOTYPE g. Mongoma Lobah, No. 409 / Libellago cancellata Selys, g adulte / Libellago cancellata Selys, § Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Chlorocypha. cognata Kimmins (Rhinocypha), 1936 : 84-85, fig. 8. LECTOTYPE ¢. Sarawak, Mt. Dulit, Dulit Trail, 10. viii.1932. / Over stream / Primitive forest / Oxford Univ. Exp. (B. M. Hobby & A. W. Moore) / Rhinocypha cognata sp. n. g, det. D. E. Kimmins / Rhinocypha cognata Kimmins, $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. cordosa Fraser (ssp. Chlorocypha dispar), 1947. Kimmins, 1966 : 187. croceus Longfield (Chlorocypha), 1947 : 17-20, fig. 7. Holotype g. [S. Angola], Bimbi, x.1932 / Angola, Miss. sc. suisse, 1932-33 / Chlorocypha croceus Type 3, det. Miss C. Long- field. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 309 finalis Hagen, in Selys (Micromerus) 1869 : 665; Selys, 1873 : 616. Holotype g. Ceylon / Micromerus finalis (Hagen) Selys. 4 Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Libellago. frontalis Selys (Rhinocypha), 1873a : 490-491. LECTOTYPE ¢g. Type [McL. label] / Moluques, Lorquin / Rh. frontalis de Selys [Selys’ writing] / Rhinocypha frontalis de Selys, 6 Lectotype. D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. This specimen was part of the McLachlan collection. greeni Laidlaw (Micromerus), 1924 : 352-354, fig.5. Holotype g. Ceylon, Central Province, Peradeniya, 10. vii. 1910 (E. E. Green) / Type ¢ greeni [Laidlaw’s writing] / Micromerus greeni Laidlaw, ¢ Type, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Libellago. greenwayi Pinhey (Platycypha), 1950 : 18-22, fig.6. Holotype gj. T{anganyika] T[erritory], E. Usambara [Mts], Amani, iii.1950 (E. Pinhey) / In cop A / Holotype, Platycypha greenwayi E. Pinhey det. 1950. hemihyalina Fraser (ssp. Rhinocypha quadrimaculata), 1922. Kimmins, 1966 : 195. hilaryae Fraser (Rhinocypha), 1927. Kimmins, 1966 : 195. indicus Fraser (ssp. Micromerus lineatus), 1926. Kimmins, 1966 : 197. inyangae Pinhey (ssp. Platycypha fitzsimonsi), 1958 : 106-107, figs. 3a, 5(1). LECTOTYPE 3g. S. Rhodesia, Inyanga Dist., Nyererwe River, 25.xi.1951 / Type 3, Platycypha fitz- simonsi inyangae Pinh. 1956/Platycypha fitzsimonsi, Pinhey, gj Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. jacksoni Pinhey (Chlorocypha), 1952 : 13-14, fig. 5d—g. Holotype g. Uganda, Kigezi Distr., Mafuga Forest, i.1952 (T. H. E. Jackson) / Chlorocypha jacksoni Pinh. Holotype. javana Laidlaw (ssp. Melanocypha snellemani), 1950 : 274-276, figs. 7-8. Holotype g. Java, Preangan, Ledru / Melanocypha snellemani javana Laidlaw (Mss) / Type 3. laidlaw Fraser (Rhinocypha), 1924. Kimmins, 1966 : 200. lombockensis McLachlan (Libellago), 1898a : 273-274. LECTOTYPE 3. Type [McL. label] / Lombok, Sapit, 2,000 ft., iv.1896 (H. Fruhstorfer) / Libellago lombockensis McL. / Libellago lombockensis McL., $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed as a synonym of Rhinocypha pagenstecheri Foerster. monochroa Selys (Rhinocypha), 1873 : 614-615. LECTOTYPE 4g. Celebes / Rhinocypha monochroa Selys, g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. The lectotype ¢ is the example which has for many years carried a BM type-label. Two examples from the McLachlan collection, labelled ‘Type’ by him, cannot be syntypes, as the original description mentions only six examples in BM(NH). moultoni Laidlaw (Rhinocypha), 1915a : 35-37. LECTOTYPE g. Borneo, Kina Balu, 1.x.1913 (J. C. Moulton) / Rhinocypha moultoni Type g, penis drawn, J. Cowley, viii. 1935 / Rhinocypha moultoni Laidlaw, $ Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Although Laidlaw labelled this specimen ‘Type 3’, he gave no published designation of type-specimen from the type-series. pelops Laidlaw (Rhinocypha), 1936 : 60-61, pl. 1, fig. 1. Holotype g. Perak, Gunong Kledang, 2,646 ft., xi.1916 / Rhinocypha pelops sp. n., Holotype ¢. / Penis drawn, J. Cowley, viii. 1935. radix Longfield (ssp. Chlorocypha glauca), 1959 : 28-29, fig. 4b. Holotype g. [S.] Nigeria, Ado Ekiti, 19.iii.1954 (R. M. Gambles) / Chlorocypha glauca radix Type g, det. Miss C. Longfield. rufescens Selys (Micromerus), 18736 : 617-618. LECTOTYPE g. Celebes or Menado / Wings in slide cabinet / Penis drawn, J. Cowley, viii.1934 / Micromerus rufescens Selys, 3 Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. 310 D. E. KIMMINS This is the specimen referred to as the holotype by Cowley (1937 : 5, fig. 11). Currently placed in the genus Libellago. semiopacus Selys (Micromerus), 1873): 617. Holotype g. Sarfawak] 85 / Micromerus semiopacus Selys, § Holotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Libellago. tenuis Longfield (Chlorocypha), 1936 : 468-470, figs. ta-d. Holotype g. Central Africa, Uganda, Toro Distr., Kibale Forest, 2.iii. 1934, near river (C. E. Longfield) / 221 / Chlorocypha tenuis sp. nov. Type 3, det. Miss C. Longfield. villosipes Laidlaw (Rhinoneura), 1915a : 33-35, figs. 4, 5. Holotype g. Borneo (J. C. Moulton) / Rhinoneura villosipes g Laidlaw Type. Kina Balu, Borneo, 6.ix.1913 (J. C. Moulton) / Penis drawn, J, Cowley, viii. 1935. vitrinella Fraser (Rhinocypha), 1935. Kimmins, 1966: 218. whiteheadi Kirby (Rhinocypha), 1900 : 536-537, pl. 12, fig. 4. LECTOTYPE ¢g. Hainan, 5-fingered Mt., J. T, Thomasson / Rhinocypha Whiteheadi Kb. Type / Rhinocypha whiteheadi Kirby, g Lectotype, D. E. Kimmins det. 1968. Currently placed in the genus Heliocypha, as a synonym of H. perforata (Percheron). It may be noted that, although J. T. Thomasson’s name appears on the locality label, he was in fact the donor of the material, the collector being John Whitehead. REFERENCES CALVERT, P. P. 1901-08. Odonata in Biologia Centrali-Americana : 17-420, pls 2—10. Campion, H. Jn Tittyarp, R. J. 1916. Description of a new form of Telephlebia. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 33 Appendix B : 79-80. 1917. On Fabricius’s types of Odonata in the British Museum (Natural History). Amn. Mag. nat. Hist. (8) 19 : 441-450. 1920, Some new or little known gomphine dragonflies of S. America. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 6 : 130—141, pls 6, 7. 1923. Descriptions of three new species of Notogomphus (Odonata) from East Africa. Ann, Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 12 : 659-660, 4 figs. 1924. Notes on two species of Pseudophaea (Odonata). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 13 : 173- 176. CowLey, J. 1934. Notes on Odonata (Corduliidae) of the Neotropical Region. Stylops 3 (4) : QI-95, 2 figs. 1936. A new species of Bayadera (Odonata). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 18 : 477-482, 8 text-figs. 1937. The penis of the Chlorocyphidae (Odonata) as a group-character. Tyvans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 86 : 1-18, 60 text-figs. Drury, D. 1773. Jilustvations of Natural History, ... Exotic Insects, etc. vol. II. London. FRASER, F. C. 1929. A revision of the Fissilabioidae (Cordulegasteridae, Petaliidae and Petaluridae) (Order Odonata). Part I. Cordulegasteridae. Mem. Indian Mus. 9 (3) : 69-167, pls 9-12, 35 text-figs. — 1933. Ibid., Part II. Petaliidae and Petaluridae and Appendix to Part I. Mem. Indian Mus. 9 (6) : 205-260, 31 text-figs. 1934. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Odonata, vol. II, xxxiii + 392, 4 col. pls, 120 text-figs. London. 1939. Heliaeschna cynthiae, a new species of dragonfly from Uganda (Order Odonata). Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 8 : 88-90, 2 figs. GAMBLES, R. M. 1956. A new species of Acanthagyna Kirby, 1890 (Odon., Aeshnidae) from North Nigeria. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 92 : 194-196, 6 text-figs. —— 1967. The type-specimens of some West African dragonfly species. Entomologist 100 : 196-201, 2 figs. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 311 Kimmins, D. E. 1929. Coryphaeschna longfieldae sp. n. (Odonata), from Brazil, and its allies. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 3 : 489-493, 2 text-figs. 1931. Phyllogomphus coloratus, a new African dragonfly (Odonata, fam. Gomphidae) Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 7 : 217-2109, 4 figs. 1933. A new species of Neuraeschna (Odonata). Entomologist 66 : 226-228, 2 figs. 1936. The Odonata of the Oxford University Sarawak Expedition. J. fed. Malay St. Mus. 18 (1) : 65-108, 17 text-figs. —— 1936a. A new species of Euphaea (Odonata). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 17 : 147-149, figs I-4. 1951. Two new South American Aeshnidae (Odonata). Ent. News 62 : 43-48, 9 figs. 1955. Three new species of African Odonata. Entomologist 88 : 109-113. 1958. New species and subspecies of Odonata. Bull. Brit. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 7 (7) : 347-358, 7 text-figs. 1966. A list of the Odonata types described by F. C. Fraser, now in the British Museum (Natural History). Bull. Brit. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 18 (6) : 173-227. Kirsy, W. F. 1889. Descriptions of new genera and species of Odonata in the collection of the British Museum, chiefly from Africa. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1889 : 297-303. 1891. On some Neuroptera Odonata (Dragonflies) collected by Mr. E. E. Green in Ceylon. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1891 : 203-206, pl. 20. 1894. Ona new genus and species of Agrionidae from Foo Chow. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 13 : 84-86, 2 figs. 1894a. Catalogue of the described Neuroptera Odonata (Dragonflies) of Ceylon, with descriptions of new species. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 24 : 545-566, pls 41, 42. 1896. On a new dragonfly captured by Mr. Scott Elliot in East Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 17 : 124-125. 1897. List of the Neuroptera collected by Mr. E. E. Austen on the Amazons etc., during the recent expedition of Messrs Siemens Bros. Cable S. S. ‘ Faraday ’, with descriptions of several new species of Odonata (Dragonflies). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 19 : 598-617, pls 12-13. 1899. On a collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from Panama. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 3 : 362-371, pl. 15. 1900. Ona small collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from Hainan, collected by the late John Whitehead. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 5 : 530-539, pl. 12. LaIpLaw, F. F. 1903. Odonata. Part I. Fasc. Malay. Zool. 1 : 189-200. 1912. An expedition to Mount Batu Lawi. Appendix VIII. List of the Odonata taken on an expedition to Mount Batu Lawi, together with descriptions of supposedly new species. J. Straits Br. R. Asiatic Soc. 63 : 92-99. 1914. Contributions to a study of the dragonfly fauna of Borneo. Part II. The Gomphinae and Chlorogomphinae. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond, 1914 : 51-63, 1 pl. 1915. Some additions to the dragonfly fauna of Borneo. Sarawak Mus. J. 6 : 273- 275. 1915a. Contributions to a study of the dragonfly fauna of Borneo. Part III. A collection made on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and October, 1913. Proc. zool. Soc. London. 1915 : 25-39, text-figs 1-5. 1922. A list of the dragonflies recorded from the Indian Empire, with special reference to the collection of the Indian Museum. Part V. The subfamily Gomphinae. Rec. Indian Mus. 24 (3) : 367-414, 21 figs. 1923. A survey of the dragonfly fauna of the Malay Peninsula, with notes on that of neighbouring countries. Part I. J. Malayan Br. R. Asiat. Soc. 1 : 319-333, figs. 1924. Acatalogue of the dragonflies (Odonata) recorded from Ceylon, based upon material collected by Mr. E. E. Green, with description of anewspecies. Spolia Zeyl. 12 : 335-374, 15 figs. 1925. Descriptions of a new genus and two new species of dragonflies (Odonata) belonging to the family Gomphidae from tropical Asia. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1925 : 439-444, 2 figs. 312 D. E. KIMMINS LaipLaw, F. F. 1928. Notesonoriental dragonflies (Odonata), with descriptions of new species. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond, 1928 : 129-138, 3 text-figs. 1931. The dragonflies of the Malay Peninsula. J. fed. Malay St. Mus. 16 : 175-233, 7 figs. 1932. Notes on Malaysian dragonflies (Odonata), with descriptions of new species. Bull. Raffles Mus. 7 : 95-98, 3 figs. 1932a. A list of dragonflies (Odonata) collected on the Anamba Islands, South China Sea. Bull. Raffles Mus. 7 : g9—100, 1 text-fig. —— 1934. A note on the dragonfly fauna (Odonata) of Mount Kina Balu and some other mountain areas of Malaysia. With a description of some new or little known species. J. fed. Malay St. Mus. 17 (3) : 549-561, 4 figs. 1934a. Notes on some oriental dragonflies (Odonata), with a description of a new species. Stylops 8 : 99-103, 1 fig, 1936. Note on some species of Rhinocypha, with description of a new species. J. fed. Malay St. Mus. 18 : 60-64. 1950. A survey of the Chlorocyphidae (Odonata : Zygoptera), with diagnoses of proposed new genera and description of a new geographical subspecies. Tvans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 101 (8) : 257-280, 8 figs. LierTinck, M. A. 1953. Additions to the odonate fauna of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. Treubia 22 : 233-269, 11 text-figs. 1965. The species-group of Vestalis amoena Selys, 1853 in Sundaland (Odonata, Caloptery- gidae), Tijdschr. Ent. 108 : 325-364, 14 text-figs. LONGFIELD, C. 1932. Anewspecies of the genus Sapho from Sierra Leone. Stylops 1 (9) : 206— 208, 3 text-figs. 1933. Two new species of the genus Umma (Odonata). Stylops 2 (6) : 139-140. 1936. Studies of African Odonata, with synonymy and descriptions of new species and subspecies. Tvans. R. ent, Soc. Lond. 85 : 467-498, 10 text-figs. 1947. The Odonata of South Angola. Archos Mus. Bocage 16 : 1-31, 11 figs. 1951. A new African Microgomphus and notes on some asiatic types (Odonata). Ent. News 63 : 97-102, figs 1 A-F. 1959. The Odonata of N. Angola. Part II. Publgoes cult. Co. Diam. Ang. 45 : 13-42, 6 figs. MartTIN, R. 1908-09, Aeschnines. Coll. zool. Selys Longchamps. fasc. 18-20 : 1-223, 6 pls, 219 text-figs. Bruxelles, 1915. Insectes Pseudonéuroptéres, Odonata. Voyage Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique orientale, pp. 21-50, pls i-iii. Paris. McLacHLan, R. 1869. Diagnoses of three new species of Calopterygina. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 6 : 27-28. 1870. Descriptions of a new genus and four new species of Calopterygidae, and of a new genus and species of Gomphidae. Tvans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1870 : 165-172. —— 1878. Description of a new species of Cordulegaster from Costa Rica. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 15 : 35. 1878a. Calopterygina collected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador and Bolivia. Tvamns. ent. Soc. Lond. 1878 : 85-94. 1879. Description of a new species of Hetaerina from Costa Rica. Emntomologist’s mon. Mag. 15 : 244. —— 1880. On Calopterygina from the Island of Sumatra, collected by Herr Carl Bock. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 16 : 203-206. —— 1883. Two new species of Anax, with notes on other dragonflies of the same genus. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 20 : 127-131. 1884. Description de deux espéces nouvelles de Gomphines orientales. C. 7. Soc. ent. Belg. 28 : vii-x. 1885. A new dragonfly of the genus Amax from Madagascar. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 21 : 250-251. TYPE-SPECIMENS OF ODONATA IN BMNH 313 McLacu.aNn, R. 1887. A new species of Aeschna from South America. Emntomologist’s mon. Mag. 24: 76-77. 1887a. Notholestes elwesi, a new genus and species of Calopterygina. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 24 : 31-32. 1894. Ontwo small collections of Neuroptera from Tachien-lu, in the province of Szechuen, Western China, on the frontier of Thibet. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 13 : 421-436. 1896. On Odonata from the province of Szechuen, in Western China, and from Moupin, in Eastern Thibet. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 17 : 364-374. 1896a. Onsome Odonata of the subfamily Aeschnina. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 17 : 409— 425. 1898. Considerations on the genus Tetracanthagyna Selys. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1898 : 439-444. 1898a. On two new species of Calopteryginae from the Island of Lombock, with varietal notes. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. (2) 9 : 272-274. PINHEY, E. 1950. Platycypha greenwayt, a new species of Platycypha from Tanganyika. Bull. Inst. rv. Sci. nat. Belg. 26 : 18-22, fig. 6. 1952. Three new species of Odonata from Eastern Africa. Occ. Pap. Coryndon meml Mus. 3 : 13-16, fig. 5. 1956. A new Rhodesian dragonfly of the family Gomphidae. Occ. Pap. natn. Mus. Sth. Rhod. 21B : 83-84, fig. 1. 1958. Records of dragonflies from the Zambezi and Rhodesia; a revision of the genus Platycypha; a gynandromorph dragonfly from Uganda. Occ. Pap. natn. Mus. Sth. Rhod. 22B : 97-116, 7 figs. 1961. A survey of the dragonflies (Order Odonata) of Eastern Africa. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London. vii + 214 pp., 11 pls, 2 text-figs. SELYS LoNGCHAMPS, E. DE. 1853. Synopsis des Caloptérygines. Bull. Acad.r. Belg. Cl. Sct. 20, Annexe : I-73. — 1854. Synopsis des Gomphines. Bull. Acad. rv. Belg. Cl. Sci. (2) 21 : 20-112. 1859. Additions ausynopsis des Caloptérygines. Bull. Acad.r. Belg. Cl. Sci. (2) 7 : 437-451. 1869. Secondes additions au synopsis des Caloptérygines. Bull. Acad. rv. Belg. Cl. Sci. (2) 27 : 645-680. 1872. Matériaux pour une faune névroptérologique de 1’Asie septentrionale. Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 15 : 25-45. 1873. Troisiémes additions au synopsis desGomphines. Bull. Acad.r. Belg. Cl. Soc. (2) 35 : 728-774. 1873a. Troisitémes additions au synopsis des Caloptérygines. Bull. Acad.r. Belg. Cl. Sci. (2) 35 : 469-519. 1873b. Appendice au troisiémes additions au synopsis des Caloptérygines. Bull. Acad. vy. Belg. Cl. Sci. (2) 36 : 610-619. 1878. Quatriémes additions au synopsisdesGomphines. Bull. Acad.r. Belg. Cl. Sct. (2) 46: 405-511. 1879. Quatriémes additions au synopsis des Caloptérygines. Bull. Acad.r. Belg. Cl. Sct. (2) 47 : 349-409. 1880. Lats devillei. C.r. Soc. ent. Belg. 23 : xlix—li. 1883. Les Odonates du Japon. Amn. Soc. ent. Belg. 82 : 82-143. 1894. Causeries odonatologiques. No. 7. Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 38 : 163-181. TILLYARD, R. J. 1906. Descriptions of three new species of Austrogomphus. [Neuroptera : Odonata]. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 30 : 547-554, pl. 34. 1907. On the genus Petalura, with description of a new species. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 32 : 708-718, pl. 23. 1907a. New Australian species of the family Aeschnidae. [Neuroptera : Odonata]. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 31 : 722-730, pl. 68, figs 1a—3b. 1907b. New Australian species of the family Calopterygidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 32 : 394-399. 314 D. E. KIMMINS TILLYARD R. J. 1908. Thedragonflies of south-western Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 32: 719-742. 1909. On some rare Australian Gomphinae, with descriptions of new species. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 34 : 238-255, pls 22-23. 1912. On the genus Diphlebia, with descriptions of new species, and life-histories. Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 36 : 584-604, pls 19-20. 1913. Onsome Australian Anisoptera, with descriptions of new species. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 37 : 572-584, pl. 62. 1913a. Some descriptions of new forms of Australian Odonata. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 38 : 229-241, pl. 14. 1916. Life-histories and descriptions of Australian Aeschninae: with a description of a new form of Telephlebia by Herbert Campion. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 33 : 1-83, 9 pls, 4 text- figs. 1917. On some new dragonflies from Australia and Tasmania [Order Odonata]. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 42 : 450-479, pl. 23, 10 text-figs. WATERHOUSE, C.O. 1877. Proc. ent. soc. Lond. 1877 : x. 1878. Description of a new dragonfly (Gynacantha) from Borneo. Tvans. ent. Soc, Lond. 1878 : 119-120, pl. 4. Waite, A. 1843. In Dieffenbach, E. Travels in New Zealand; with contributions to the geography, geology, botany and natural history of that country. 2, App. : 177-296. London. DouGLas Eric KIMMINS Department of Entomology British Museum (NATURAL HIsToRy) CROMWELL ROAD Lonpon, S.W.7 Yo A LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS TO THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SERIES OF THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) MasnER, L. The types of Proctotrupoidea (Hymenoptera) in the British Museum (Natural History) and in the Hope Department of Entomology, Oxford. Pp. 143. February, 1965. £5. Nrxon, G. E. J. A reclassification of the tribe Microgasterini (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Pp. 284; 348 Text-figures. August, 1965. £6. Watson, A. A revision of the Ethiopian Drepanidae (Lepidoptera). Pp. 177; 18 plates, 270 Text-figures. August, 1965. £4 4s. Sanps, W. A. A revision of the Termite Subfamily Nasutitermitinae (Isoptera, Termitidae) from the Ethiopian Region. Pp. 172; 500 Text-figures. October, 1965. £355. . AHMAD, I. The Leptocorisinae (Heteroptera: Alydidae) of the World. Pp. 156; 475 Text-figures. November, 1965. {£2 I5s. . OKADA, T. Diptera from Nepal. Cryptochaetidae, Diastatidae & Drosophilidae. Pp. 129; 328 Text-figures. {3. GILIOMEE, J. H. Morphology and Taxonomy of Adult Males of the Family Coccidae (Homoptera : Coccoidea). Pp. 168; 43 Text-figures. February, 1967. £3 35. FLETCHER, D. S. A revision of the Ethiopian species and a check list of the world species of Cleora (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Pp. 119; 14 plates, 146 Text-figures, 9 maps. February, 1967. £3 Ios. HemminG, A. F. The Generic Names of the Butterflies and their type-species (Lepidoptera : Rhopalocera). Pp..509. August, 1967. {£8 Ios. . STEMPFFER, H. The Genera of the African Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera : Rhopal- ocera). Pp. 322; 233 Text-figures. Coloured frontispiece. September, 1967. £8. . Mounnp, L. A. A review of R. S. Bagnall’s Thysanoptera Collections. Pp. 184: 82 Text-figures. May, 1968. £4. . Watson, A. The Taxonomy of the Drepaninae represented in China, with an Account of their World Distribution (Lepidoptera : Drepanidae). Pp. I51: 293 Text-figures, 14 plates. November, 1968. £5. Arir1, S. A. Morphology and Taxonomy of Adult Males of the families Pseudococcidae and Eriococcidae (Homoptera : Coccoidea). Pp. 210: 52 Text-figures. December, 1968. {5. PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD & SON LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING 5 “7? r& THE FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF THE SCALE INSECTS (HEMIPTERA : COCCOIDEA) D. J. WILLIAMS BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. 8 LONDON: 1969 THE FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF THE SCALE INSECTS (HEMIPTERA : COCCOIDEA) BY DOUGLAS JOHN WILLIAMS Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London Pp. 315-341 BULLETIN ‘OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 23 No. 8 LONDON: 1969 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, ts issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. In 1965 a separate supplementary series of longer papers was instituted, numbered serially for each Department. This paper is Vol. 23, No. 8 of the Entomological series. The abbreviated titles of periodicals cited follow those of the World List of Scientific Periodicals. World List abbreviation: Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.). © Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History) 1969 TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) Issued 28 May, 1969 Price Thirteen Shillings THE FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF THE SCALE INSECTS (HEMIPTERA : COCCOIDEA) By D. J. WILLIAMS SYNOPSIS This catalogue of family-group names of the Coccoidea contains all categories from super- family to subtribe with their earliest date of use. It is arranged alphabetically under the type-genera of the family-group names. A separate list follows containing group names not based on nominal genera. INTRODUCTION THis work lists all family-group names in the Coccoidea with their different cate- gories. The list, in catalogue form, is arranged alphabetically under the type-genera of the family-group names. There exist over 100 of these names based on nominal genera and in many cases their use has been quite arbitrary. It is hoped that, when proposing new group names, workers may ascertain from the list whether a name is available already, based on the nominal genus, or on a near-related genus. The first group name formed from the genus Coccus was, apparently, Coccides proposed by Fallén (1814). It was not until 1868 that an attempt was made to classify the group when Targioni-Tozzetti used the tribal names Orthezites, Coccites, Lecanites and Diaspites. These tribes form the bases of the major groups today. Scale insect classification has been based almost entirely on adult females. It is doubtful whether any but a few species can be identified from adult males. Mature females are, nevertheless, larval in form and are truly neotenic. All known males pass through two so-called pupal stages, emerging as winged or wingless adults. The winged form is the more common but most of the wingless males are degenerate and have reverted to larviform characters. These are not neotenic males in the strict sense. Maturity through pupal stages would prevent the use of this term. The supposed loss of the pupal stages in the female has resulted in insects widely divergent in shape and size. So different is their appearance that it is remarkable how Réaumur and Linnaeus correctly placed them in the same group at such an early date. The wide difference in shape has led many recent workers to regard scale insects as forming a suborder. If adult male characters had been used from the beginning instead, then probably no category higher than a family would have been recognized for the whole group. Special studies in cytology mainly by F. Schrader from 1921-44, S. Hughes- Schrader from 1925, S. W. Brown from 1957 and special work on symbionts by P. Buchner mainly from 1954 have helped to clarify many problems in the classification of scale insects. Balachowsky (1942) proposed three ‘phyla’, Margaroidae, Lecanoidae and Diaspidoidae for the Coccoidea. Despite the choice of name, these ‘ phyla’ were based on the characters of three major groups of adult males. Subsequent studies of males by Theron (1958), Beardsley (1960, 1962), Ghauri (1962) and Giliomee (1967) have tended to confirm Balachowsky’s classification. ENTOM. 23, 8. 26§ 318 D. J. WILLIAMS Recent workers on the cytology of scale insects are also in accord with Balachowsky. Cytological studies of the group and studies of adult males are still in the pioneer stages. Nevertheless it is obvious that they will alter our concepts of the present classification. Before such changes take place, this seems a fitting time to take stock of the present family-group names and it is for this reason that the following list has been compiled. It has involved an extensive search through the literature, because many names are found in text-books and works not primarily concerned with scale insects. There may be many omissions therefore. Coccid workers have often ignored the International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature in their use of family-group names. The rules of priority pertain to these as much as to generic and specific taxa. Article 36 has rarely been followed. This applies to all categories in the family-group as being of co-ordinate status in nomen- clature. Zoologists in general have usually accepted a family-group name formed from the stem of a genus. Article 13(a)(i) of the International Code of Zcological Nomenclature published in 1961 states that names proposed after 1930 should be ‘accompanied by a statement that purports to give characters differentiating the taxon’. It is not clear from the ‘ Code’ whether this ruling was definitely inten- ded to invalidate family-group names without distinguishing characters but the ruling certainly stands. Some names published after 1930, without an indication, are accepted in this catalogue, because no ruling existed at the time of their publication. CATALOGUE OF FAMILY-GROUP NAMES ACANTHOCOCCUS Signoret, 1875. ACANTHOCOCCITES Signoret, 18756 : 16. ACANTHOCOCCARIA Signoret; Atkinson, 1886 : 286. ACANTHO-COCCIDAE Signoret; Maskell, 1887 : 47. ACANTHOCOCCIDAE Signoret; Maskell, 1887 : 88. ACANTHOCOCCINI Signoret; Ashmead, 1891 : 95. ACANTHOCOCCINAE Signoret; Maskell, 1894b : 84. The validity of this group name depends on whether Acanthococcus is identical with Erio- coccus Targioni-Tozzetti. The family name Eriococcidae, 1899 has been widely used in recent years but if Borchsenius (1948) is correct in recognizing Acanthococcus as distinct from Eriococcus, then Acanthococcites has priority over Eriococcidae. The acceptance of Acantho- coccidae would also depend on whether the genus Kermes Boitard belongs to this group, in which case Kermesites Signoret, 1875 is available. It has page priority over Acantho- coccites. Available evidence on the adult males suggests that Kermes may be distinct. For stability in the future it is suggested that the name Acanthococcidae be accepted. ACLERDA Signoret, 1874. ACLERDINI Cockerell, 1905 : 197. ACLERDIDAE Cockerell; Ferris, 1937 : 6. ACLERDI Cockerell; Silvestri, 1939 : 700. ACLERDINAE Cockerell; Balachowsky, 1942: 43. The family status of this group is now widely accepted, McConnell (1954) having revised the entire group. It is, apparently, a link between the family Coccidae and the family Erio- coccidae but a comprehensive study is needed of the adult males. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 319 ANCEPASPIS Ferris, 1920. ANCEPASPIDINI Borchsenius, 1965 : 366. Ferris (1942) included the genus Ancepaspis in the subfamily Phoenicococcinae following Stickney (1934). Cytological studies by Brown & McKenzie (1962) showed that the genus has affinities with the Diaspididae. Borchsenius (1965) recognized the group as a tribe in the Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. ANDASPIS MacGillivray, 1921. ANDASPIDINA Balachowsky, 1968 : 61. Balachowsky placed this subtribe in the tribe Lepidosaphedini. It includes Andaspis MacGillivray, Catia Williams, Metandaspis Williams and Parandaspis Balachowsky. The genera Raoaspis Borchsenius, Pararaoaspis Borchsenius and Roonwalaspis Borchsenius should also be included. ANTAKASPIS Mamet, 1959. ANTAKASPIDINI Mamet, 1959a : 464. Mamet proposed this name in the family Diaspididae. It comes close to the tribes Dias- pidini and Odonaspidini. The group name was accepted by Borchsenius (1965) as one of six tribes within the subfamily Diaspidinae. ANTONINA Signoret, 1875. ANTONININI Borchsenius, 1949 : 44. ANTONININAE Borchsenius; Bodenheimer, 1952 : 318. It is doubtful whether this group name can be accepted. The genus Antonina in the family Pseudococcidae is very close to Sphaerococcus Maskell, included in the tribe Sphaerococcini by Cockerell (1899a). It is also related to Serrolecanium Shinji, 1935, placed in Serrole- caniinae by Shinji in the same paper. Both these group names have priority over Antoninini. AONIDIA Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. AONIDINA Balachowsky, 19480 : 266. AONIDIINA Balachowsky; Borchsenius, 1965 : 373. Balachowsky placed this subtribe in the tribe Aspidiotini, family Diaspididae. Available evidence from Dr. M. S. K. Ghauri, who studied the adult males at the request of the writer, shows that the genus Aonidia is related to the pupillarial parlatoriine species. APIOMORPHA Riibsaamen, 1894. APIOMORPHINAE MacGillivray, 1921 : 45. APIOMORPHINI MacGillivray; Handlirsch, 1925 : 1138. APIOMORPHI MacGillivray; Silvestri, 1939 : 699. APIOMORPHIDAE MacGillivray; Lizer y Trelles, 1939 : 176. The group name replaced the invalid group name Brachyscelides Signoret, 1869, based on the preoccupied generic name Brachyscelis Schrader. Apiomorpha was included in the family Eriococcidae by Ferris (1957b) and by Hoy (1963). If this is generally accepted, the name Apiomorphinae is available within the Eriococcidae. 320 D. J. WILLIAMS ASPIDIELLA Leonardi, 1808. ASPIDIELLINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 372. This name was included by the author as a subtribe in the tribe Targionini, subfamily Aspidiotinae, family Diaspididae. ASPIDIOTUS Bouché, 1833. ASPIDIOTI Westwood, 1840 : 444. ASPIDIOTARIA Westwood; Atkinson, 1886 : 271. ASPIDIOTINI Westwood; Ashmead, 1891 : ror. ASPIDIOTINAE Westwood; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 130. ASPIDIOTEA Westwood; Thiem & Gerneck, 1934 : 230. ASPIDIOTINA Westwood; Balachowsky, 1948) : 268. ASPIDINAE Westwood; Bodenheimer, 1952 : 327. The importance of this group gained prominence after Ferris (1936a, 1937, 1937a) accepted it as a tribe within the family Diaspididae. With slight modifications, the group is still recognized and some recent workers have accepted it with subfamily status with tribal and subtribal categories. AS TEROLECANIUM Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. ASTEROLECANTINAE Cockerell, 1896b : 327. ASTEROLECANTINI Cockerell; Cockerell, 1899m : 275. ASTEROLECANTIDAE Cockerell; Enderlein, 1914 : 369. ASTEROLECANI Cockerell; Silvestri, 1939 : 686. ASTEROLECANINAE Cockerell; Balachowsky, 19480 : 251. ASTEROLECANINI Cockerell; Balachowsky, 1948) : 256. ASTEROLECANIDAE Cockerell; Bodenheimer, 1953 : 115. This group is now well established and is widely recognized as having family status. A study is needed of some of its subdivisions. Borchsenius recognized the family Lecanio- diaspididae as being distinct but this needs to be verified from a study of the males. AUGULASPIS MacGillivray, 1921. AUGULASPIDINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 366. Borchsenius erected this subtribe within the tribe Chionaspidini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. AUSTROTACHARDIA Chamberlin, 1923. AUSTROTACHARDIINI Chamberlin, 1925 : 40. AUSTROTACHARDININA [sic] Chamberlin; Balachowsky, 1950 : 9. (A lapsus for AUSTROTACHARDINA). This group is currently assigned to the family Lacciferidae. BEESONIA Green, 1926. BEESONIDAE Ferris, 1950 : 5. BEESONII Ferris; Ferris, 1957) : 67. BEESONTIDAE Ferris; Ferris, 1957) : 67. Ferris erected the family for a single genus containing but two species. He later proposed the name Beesonii as a ramus within the superfamily Coccoidea. Despite the obvious peculiar- ities of the genus, it probably has close affinities with the family Diaspididae on the basis of the adult males and pupillarial females. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 321 BRACHYSCELIS Schrader, 1863. BRACHYSCELIDES Signoret, 1869a : 98. BRACHYSCELIDAE Signoret; Maskell, 1879 : 189. BRACHYSCELINAE Signoret; Comstock, 1881a : 427. BRACHYSCELINES Signoret; Blanchard, 1883 : 232. BRACHYSCELINA Signoret; Atkinson, 1886 : 268. BRACHYSCELINI Signoret; Cockerell, 1899m : 275. As the name Brachyscelis Schrader was preoccupied and replaced by Apiomorpha Riib- saamen, likewise the group name was replaced by Apiomorphinae MacGillivray. CALLIPAPPUS Guérin-Méneville, 1841. CALLIPAPPINAE MacGillivray, 1921 : 53. CALLIPAPPINI MacGillivray; Handlirsch, 1925 : 1136. In his revision of the family Margarodidae, Morrison (1928) included the tribe within the subfamily Margarodinae, family Margarodidae. CALYCICOCCUS Brain, 1918. CALYCICOCCINAE Brain, 1918 : 111. Brain assigned this subfamily to the Coccidae of the Fernald Catalogue, without indicating its relationships. Ferris (1957b) suggested that it belonged to the Eriococcidae and Hoy (1963) concurred. A study is needed of the type-species Calycicoccus merwei Brain. In the meantime the group name is available within the family Eriococcidae. CALYMMATA O. G. Costa, 1828. CALYMMATINAE Kirkaldy, 1904a : 258. The name Calymmata is currently recognized as a synonym of Coccus Linnaeus and hence the group name must be regarded as a synonym of the family name Coccidae Fallén. CANCERASPIS Hempel, 1934. CANCERASPIDINAE Hempel, 1934 : 140. CANCERASPIDIDAE Hempel; Costa Lima, 1936 : 161. CANCERASPINAE Hempel; Ferris, 1937 : 7. Although Hempel suggested that this group was related to the family Diaspididae, it is the writer’s opinion, on the basis of the first stage larva, that it probably belongs to the family Eriococcidae. CEROCOCCUS Comstock, 1882. CEROCOCCINAE Balachowsky, 1942 : 44. CEROCOCCINI Balachowsky; Balachowsky, 1948) : 256. The genus Cerococcus has long been associated with the genus A sterolecanium and the group name is currently assigned to the family Asterolecaniidae. The adult males, however, show a close relationship to the family Eriococcidae. CEROPLASTES Gray, 1828. CEROPLASTARIA Maskell, 1887 : 276. CEROPLASTINAE Maskell; Bodenheimer, 1952 : 317. CEROPLASTIINAE Maskell; Bodenheimer, 1953¢ : 93. ENTOM. 23, 8 268§ 322 D. J. WILLIAMS This group was recognized by Borchsenius (1957) as a subfamily within the family Coccidae sensu stricto, Giliomee (1967) after studying adult males, decided that the genus Cero- plastes was very close to Coccus, in which case the subfamily name Ceroplastinae should probably be sunk as a synonym of Coccinae of the family Coccidae. CHIONASPIS Signoret, 1869. CHIONASPIDINAE Brues & Melander, 1932 : 130. CHIONASPIFORMES Brues & Melander; Balachowsky, 1954e : 164. CHIONASPIDINA Brues & Melander; Ghauri, 1962 : 199. CHIONASPIDINI Brues & Melander; Borchsenius, 1965 : 364. Ferris (1937) did not recognize this group and placed the type-genus in the tribe Diaspidini. Borchsenius (1965) recognized the subtribe Chionaspidina and tribe Chionaspidini in the sub- family Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. CISSOCOCCUS Cockerell, 1902. CISSOCOCCINAE Brain, 1918 : 107. When Cockerell described the genus Cissococcus, he placed it in the tribe Eriococcini. Some rather poor specimens examined in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History) support the views of Ferris (1920a) that it has close affinities with the genus Cero- plastes. The group is, therefore, currently assigned to the family Coccidae but a study of fresh material is needed. COCCOMYTILUS Leonardi, 1898. COCCOMYTILINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 365. The author placed this subtribe in the tribe Lepidosaphidini of the subfamily Diaspidinae. COCCURA Sulc, 1908. COCCURINI Borchsenius, 1948a : 954. This tribe was assigned to the family Pseudococcidae COCCUS Linnaeus, 1758. COCCIDES Fallén, 1814 : 23. COCCIDAE Fallén; Samouelle, 1819 : 233. COCCINA Fallén; Newman, 1834 : 380. COCCITES Fallén; Newman, 1834 : 380. COCCI Fallén; Westwood 1840 : 444. COCCINIENS Fallén; Blanchard, 1840 : 210. COCCINAE Fallén; Shimer, 1868 : 372. COCCITI Fallén; Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868 : 710. COCCINII Fallén; Chenu, 1875 : 15. COCCINES Fallén; Blanchard, 1883 : 231. COCCARIA Fallén; Atkinson, 1886 : 285. COCCINI Fallén; Ashmead, 1891 : 95. COCCIDINAE Fallén; Maskell, 1887 : 45. COCCIDIDAE Fallén; Maskell, 18874 : 5. COCCIDI Fallén; Acloque, 1897 : 407. COCCOIDEA Fallén; Handlirsch 1903 : 738. COCCIDA Fallén; Heymons, 1907 : 143. COCCIDOIDES Fallén; Crampton, 1916 : 301. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 323 COCCOPTERA Fallén; Krausse & Wolff, 1919 : 169. COCCIDOIDEA Fallén; Ferris, in Chamberlin, 1923 : 163. COCCODEA Fallén; Kiritchenko, 1928a : 145. COCCIDOIDEAE Fallén; Seabra, 1930 : 269. COCCINEA Fallén; Beier, 1938 : 2444. It is now generally accepted that Fallén was the first to use the group name based on the nominal genus Coccus. Many later workers have credited the authorship to Leach but no reference has been found confirming this. Leach (1815 : 126) placed the genera Dorthesia and Coccus in the tribe Aphides of the family Aphida. He mentioned no group name formed from the genus Coccus and it is doubtful whether he published such a name earlier than Fallén’s name in 1814. The group name has been given many suffixes but the scale insects are currently regarded as forming the superfamily Coccoidea. The family Coccidae is restricted to those insects close to Coccus hesperidum L., the type-species. COELOSTOMIDIA Cockerell, 1900. COELOSTOMIDIINAE Morrison, 1927 : 102. COELOSTOMIDIINI Morrison; Morrison, 1927 : 102. Morrison placed this subfamily in the family Margarodidae. COMSTOCKIELLA Cockerell, 1896. COMSTOCKIELLINI Borchsenius, 1965 : 372. This tribe is one of four included by Borchsenius in the subfamily Aspidiotinae, family Diaspididae. The name Comstockiellina, mentioned by Borchsenius (1965 : 372), is a lapsus for Comstochiella. CONCHASPIS Cockerell, 1893. CONCHASPINAE Green, 1896¢ : 17. CONCHASPIDINAE Green; Green, 19004 : 66. CONCHASPIDIDAE Green; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 131. CONCHASPIDAE Green; Ferris, 1937 : 6. CONCHASPINI Green; Silvestri, 1939 : 858. The group is now widely recognized as a distinct family. It has been completely revised by Mamet (1954). CRYPTOCOCCUS Douglas, 1890. CRYPTOCOCCIDAE Kosztarab, 1968 : 12. The author erected this family for Cryptococcus Douglas, a genus widely accepted in the family Eriococcidae. It is not clear how it differs from the Eriococcidae but the name is available in this family under another category. CTENOCHITON Maskell, 1879. CTENOCHITONINI Cockerell, 1889” : 16. The adult female of the type-species, Ctenochiton viridis Maskell, was redescribed by Morri- son & Morrison (1922). There is need for a further study of this species, together with the adult male, to determine its relationships. The group name is available within the family Coccidae. 324 D. J. WILLIAMS CYLINDROCOCCUS Maskell, 1892. CYLINDROCOCCINAE MacGillivray, 1921 : 45. CYLINDROCOCCINI MacGillivray; Handlirsch, 1925 : 1138. CYLINDROCOCCIDAE MacGillivray; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 134. Ferris (1957¢c) placed this genus in the family Eriococcidae and this was accepted by Hoy (1963). If this action is generally accepted, the group name is available within the family. DACTYLOPIUS 0. G. Costa, 1835. DACTYLOPITES Signoret, 18755 : 305. DACTYLOPARIA Signoret; Atkinson, 1886 : 285. DACTYLOPIDAE Signoret; Maskell, 18774 : 89. DACTYLOPINA Signoret; Crawford, 1890 : 76. DACTYLOPIINI Signoret; Ashmead, 1891 : 95. DACTYLOPINAE Signoret; Maskell, 1894) : 86. DACTYLOPIINAE Signoret; Green, 1896e : 17. DACTYLOPIIDAE Signoret; Enderlein, 1914 : 370. The type of the genus Dactylopius, fixed by Cockerell (1902k : 453, 454) as D. coccus Costa, the cochineal insect of commerce, is now widely accepted. It is another matter whether this is valid and a critical discussion of the situation was presented by Morrison & Morrison (1966 : 54-55). The group name has been given to a wide range of scale insects. Assuming the family- group to include D. coccus as type-species of Dactylopius, Ferris (1955a) used the name Dactylopiidae to include all the eriococcids which are currently placed in the family Eriococcidae. Later, Ferris (1957b) recognized the family Dactylopiidae as being distinct from the Eriococcidae but Hoy (1963) once again united the genus Dactylopius with the Eriococcidae, a very junior name. After a study is made of the adult males of Dactylopius, it should be possible to determine whether the genus is distinct from the Eriococcidae. DIASPIS O. G. Costa, 1828. DIASPITES Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868 : 713. DIASPIDES Targioni-Tozzetti; Signoret, 1868 : 835. DIASPITI Targioni-Tozzetti; Targioni-Tozzetti, 1869 : 259. DIASPIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Maskell, 1879 : 189. DIASPINAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Comstock, 1881a : 427. DIASPINES Targioni-Tozzetti; Blanchard, 1883 : 231. DIASPINA Targioni-Tozzetti; Douglas, 1886 : 245. DIASPIDINAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Maskell, 1889 : 102. DIASPIDI Targioni-Tozzetti; Targioni-Tozzetti, 1892 : 188. DIASPIDINI Targioni-Tozzetti; MacGillivray, 1921 : 241. DIASPIDIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Brues & Melander, 1923 : 129. DIASPIDOIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Balachowsky, 1942 : 37. DIASPIDINA Targioni-Tozzetti; Balachowsky, 1954e : 18. DIASPIFORMES Targioni-Tozzetti; Balachowsky, 1954e : 164. DIASPIDOIDEA Targioni-Tozzetti; Obenberger, 1957 : 394. DIASPIDEA Targioni-Tozzetti; Borchsenius, 1965 : 362. This group name has been one of the most widely used in the scale insects and while no one would wish to see it disappear, neverthelesss it was published later than Lepidosaphidae Shimer. Morrison & Renk (1957 : 207) have stated ‘ From the collateral evidence (e.g. see Signoret 1868 : 842 et seq.), it seems certain that the Targioni ‘‘ Catalogue ’’ was issued as an independently paged separate paper in the year 1868; from the available evidence it seems definite that the serial publication occurred in February 1869 ’. While agreeing with this statement, it seems reasonable to suppose that the independently paged paper appeared in the latter half of 1868, that is if the serial publication occurred as FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 325 late as February 1869. Shimer’s paper is dated January 1868, hence Lepidosaphidae has priority, for the scale insects proper, over Diaspites Targioni-Tozzetti. To preserve both names it is necessary that the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature should be asked to use their Plenary Powers to accept Lepidosaphidae as the junior name. Before this action is taken, however, it should be stated that there are problems concerning the use of Lepidosaphes which need to be resolved (Morrison & Morrison, 1966 : 107). Both Obenberger and Borchsenius in recent years have elevated the group name to super- family rank. It is not yet certain whether this will be generally accepted. DIMARGARODES Silvestri, 1938. DIMARGARODINI Jakubski, 1965 : 85. The author placed this tribe in the subfamily Margarodinae of the family Margarodidae. DROSICHA Walker, 1858. DROSICHINI Morrison, 1927 : 105. This is one of five tribes, included by Morrison (1928) in the subfamily Monophlebinae of the family Margarodidae. EREMOCOCCUS Ferris, 1919. EREMOCOCCINAE Borchsenius, 1960d : 88. Borchsenius assigned this subfamily to the family Asterolecaniidae. ERIOCOCCUS Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. ERIOCOCCINI Cockerell, 1899a : 389. ERIOCOCCINAE Cockerell; Maxwell-Lefroy, 1909 : 758. ERIOCOCCIDAE Cockerell; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 134. ERIOCOCCI Cockerell; Silvestri, 1939 : 638. In recent years the family Eriococcidae has gained wide acceptance. Its continued use must depend on whether the genus Acanthococcus is identical or not with Eviococcus, in which case Acanthococcidae would have priority. Kermidae and Dactylopiidae both have priority also and much depends on studies of the adult males of the type-species of each group. The statements by Morrison & Morrison (1966 : 69) regarding the use of Acanthococcus and the need for further study should be considered. ERIOPELTIS Signoret, 1872. ERIOPELTINI Sule, 1941 : 3. ERIOPELTINAE Sulc; Bodenheimer, 1952 : 317. Borchsenius (1957) placed the genus Eviopeltis in the subfamily Filippiinae, family Coccidae. After studying adult males, Giliomee (1967) placed the genus Filippia Targioni-Tozzetti in quite a different group from that of Erviopeltis. Although Giliomee did not mention family- group names, it is evident that the Eriopeltinae is a major group within the family Coccidae. The name must take the date of Signoretiaria Atkinson, 1886 as this group name is based on a junior homonym (Article 39(a) (i) ). EUMARGARODES Jakubski, 1950. EUMARGARODINAE Jakubski, 1965 : 47. EUMARGARODINI Jakubski; Jakubski, 1965 : 49. The subfamily is one of four near-related groups assigned by Jakubski to his concept of the family Margarodidae. This family is the same in content as the tribe Margarodini of Morrison (1928). 326 D. J. WILLIAMS EURHIZOCOCCUS Silvestri, 1936. EURHIZOCOCCINI Jakubski, 1965 : 172. Jakubski placed this tribe in the subfamily Termitococcinae, family Termitococcidae. FILIPPIA Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. FILIPPINAE Bodenheimer, 1952 : 317. FILIPPIINAE Bodenheimer; Bodenheimer, 1953a : 93. Borchsenius (1957) recognized the group as a subfamily in the family Coccidae. Giliomee (1967) regarded the adult males of Filippia as being close to Coccus and its relatives. The group name is available, nevertheless, as a tribe or subtribe within the subfamily Coccinae. FIORINIA Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. FIORINIAE Leonardi, 1903 : 3. FIORINIINI Leonardi; MacGillivray, 1921 : 241. FIORINIINAE Leonardi; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 130. Borchsenius (1965) recognized this group as a tribe in the subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. All species in the group are pupillarial and there is need for a critical study of the adult males to verify Borchsenius’ assignment. FURCASPIS Lindinger, 1908. FURCASPIDINA Balachowsky, 1958 : 249. The author assigned this subtribe to the Aspidiotini. Borchsenius (1965) placed it, together with the Pseudaonidiina, in the tribe Pseudaonidiini, subfamily Aspidiotinae, family Diaspididae. GYMNASPIS Newstead, 1898. GYMNASPIDINA Balachowsky, 1958 : 315. This subtribe was placed in the tribe Parlatoriini by Balachowsky, with which Borchsenius (1965) concurred. HALIMOCOCCUS Cockerell, 1902. HALIMOCOCCIDAE Brown & McKenzie, 1962 : 168. As a result of cytological and morphological studies of a number of pupillarial forms in the Diaspididae and Phoenicococcidae, Brown & McKenzie suggested that a new family was needed to cater for the pupillarial genera in the Phoenicococcidae. From the text there are adequate distinguishing characters to recognize the suggested name Halimococcidae, formed from the name Halimococcus, and the family-group name is valid. The authors stated that the family was close to the family Diaspididae. HOWARDIA Berlese & Leonardi, 1896. HOWARDIINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 368. This is one of four subtribes assigned by Borchsenius to the tribe Diaspidini of the family Diaspididae, FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 327 ICERYA Signoret, 1875. ICERYINI Cockerell, 1899m : 274. The current assignment of the tribe was made by Morrison (1928) to the subfamily Mono- phlebinae, family Margarodidae. KERMES Boitard, 1828. KERMESITES Signoret, 1875 : 15. KERMITIDAE Signoret; Maskell, 1884 : 128. KERMESARIA Signoret; Atkinson, 1886 : 285. KERMESINAE Signoret; Ashmead, 1891 : 95. KERMESINI Signoret; Ashmead, 1891 : 95. KERMESIINAE Signoret; MacGillivray, 1921 : 45. KERMESIDAE Signoret; Lobdell, 1929 : 762. KERMIDAE Signoret; Ferris, 1937 : 5. KERMINAE Signoret; Balachowsky, 1948 : ro. The position of this group still awaits a correct assignment from a study of adult males. Balachowsky (1942, 1948b) linked the genus Kermes with the eriococcids and the pseudococcids. Ferris (1955a) included Kermes with the eriococcids. Borchsenius (1960d) recognized the name Kermococcus Silvestri in place of Kermes and accepted the family Kermococcidae for it. The writer agrees with Morrison & Morrison (1966) that Kermococcus is a synonym of Kermes and hence the name Kermococcidae is a junior synonym of Kermesites Signoret. Giliomee (1967) considered that the adult males of Keymes are much closer to the family Coccidae than to the eriococcids but this statement was tentative pending a thorough study of the adult males. The word Kermes is not of Greek or Latin origin and the formation of a family-group name should not be inflected. If a family category is needed it should be Kermesidae. KERMOCOCCUS Silvestri, 1911. KERMOCOCCINAE Balachowsky, 1930 : 313. KERMOCOCCINOS Balachowsky; Gomez-Menor, 1937 : 245. KERMOCOCCI Balachowsky; Silvestri, 1939 : 629. KERMOCOCCIDAE Balachowsky; Borchsenius, 1950b : 15. As already stated under Kermes the genus Kermococcus is a junior synonym (Morrison & Morrison, 1966) and hence Kermococcinae Balachowsky is a junior synonym of Kermesites Signoret. KERRIA Targioni-Tozzetti, 1884. KERRIIDAE Lindinger, 1937 : 187. KERRIINAE Lindinger; Lindinger, 1937 : 187. Lindinger proposed this group name in place of Lacciferidae, because names in Oken (1915), in which the nominal genus Laccifey was described, were not consistently binominal. Later, Oken’s work was invalidated by the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature (see Morrison & Morrison, 1966 under Laccifer). As the Rules now stand the group name Lacciferidae is also invalid. Since Laccifey was presented binominally by Oken, it would be a simple matter to ask the Commission to use its Plenary Powers to validate it. On the other hand, as Kerriidae is still not widely used, the use of Tachardiidae, despite the synonymy of the nominal genus Tachardia Blanchard with Kerria, need not be precluded but this needs legal action also. As Morrison & Morrison (1966) have stated, there are now so few species involved currently placed in Laccifer, that the use of Kerria and its family name Kerriidae could easily be accepted. 328 D. J. WILLIAMS KUWANASPIS MacGillivray, 1921. KUWANASPIDINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 366. Borchsenius placed this subtribe in the tribe Chionaspidini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. KUWANIA Fernald, 1903. KUWANITINAE MacGillivray, 1921 : 45. KUWANIINI MacGillivray; Handlirsch, 1925 : 1136. KUWANI MacGillivray; Silvestri, 1939 : 635. Morrison (1928) assigned the tribe Kuwaniini, along with two other tribes, to the subfamily Margarodinae, family Margarodidae. This has been widely accepted since. Morrison and Morrison (1966) have credited Cockerell with the authorship of Kuwania, a name mentioned by Fernald (1903b). Although Cockerell was responsible for the name, he was not responsible for the conditions that made it available (Article 50). LACCIFER Oken, 1815. LACCIFERIDAE Cockerell, 1924 : 47. LACCIFERINAE Cockerell; Chamberlin, 1925 : 32. LACCIFERINI Cockerell; Chamberlin, 1925 : 33. LACCIFERI Cockerell; Chamberlin, 1925 : 33. LACCIFERININA Cockerell; Balachowsky, 1950: 9. (A lapsus for LACCIFERINA). Cockerell proposed the family name in place of Tachardiidae because the genus Laccifer had priority over Tachardia Blanchard. A discussion on the use of Lacciferidae and its validity will be found under the genus Kerria. LECANIUM Burmeister, 1835. LECANITES Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868 : 713. LECANIDES Targioni-Tozzetti; Signoret, 1869a : 98. LECANITI Targioni-Tozzetti; Targioni-Tozzetti, 1869 : 258. LECANIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Maskell, 1879 : 189. LECANTEAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Maskell, 1879 : 205. LECANINAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Comstock, 18814 : 427. LECANINES Targioni-Tozzetti; Blanchard, 1883 : 231. LECANINA Targioni-Tozzetti; Atkinson, 1886 : 268. LECANTARIA Targioni-Tozzetti; Atkinson, 1886 : 277. LECANIDINAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Maskell, 1887 : 46. LECANIINI Targioni-Tozzetti; Ashmead, 1891 : 98. LECANTINAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Cockerell, 1896b : 329. LECANITIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Cockerell, 1929 : 150. LECANOIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Balachowsky, 1942 : 37. LECANINI Targioni-Tozzetti; Balachowsky, 1948) : 255. LECANIOIDEA Targioni-Tozzetti; Obenberger, 1957 : 388. This group name has been in continual use to the present day, despite acceptance that the nominal genus has the same type-species as the genus Coccus as used in the Fernald Catalogue, 1903. The family-group name Lecanites Targioni-Tozzetti is a junior synonym of Coccides Fallén, 1814 and should not be used. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 329 LECANODIASPIS Targioni-Tozzetti, 1869. LECANODIASPITES Targioni-Tozzetti, 1869 : 260. LECANIODIASPIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Maskell, 1879 : 205. LECANODIASPARIA Targioni-Tozzetti; Atkinson, 1886 : 276. LECANIODIASPINI Targioni-Tozzetti; Ashmead, 1891 : 98. LECANODIASPINI Targioni-Tozzetti; Targioni-Tozzetti, 1893 : 302. LECANIODIASPIDIDAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Borchsenius, 1959 : 840. This group has been widely accepted as belonging to the family Asterolecaniidae. Borch- senius (1959) regarded Lecanodiaspididae as a distinct family. It is not yet certain whether this is correct, even after a study of the adult males of an Asterolecanium by Munting & Gilio- mee (1967) and of Lecanodiaspis by Giliomee & Munting (1968). If Lecanodiaspis is not distinct, then the family-group name Lecanodiaspididae should be accepted in place of Asterolecaniidae on the grounds of priority. LEPIDOSAPHES Shimer, 1868. LEPIDOSAPHIDAE Shimer, 1868 : 372. LEPIDOSAPHIDES Shimer; Silvestri, 1911 : 169. LEPIDOSAPHINI Shimer; Lizer y Trelles, 1919 : 44 (reprint). LEPIDOSAPHINAE Shimer; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 130. LEPIDOSAPHEDINA Shimer; Balachowsky, 1954e : 19. LEPIDOSAPHIDINI Shimer; Borchsenius, 1965 : 363. This group has not gained acceptance as a distinct family but the nominate tribe and sub- tribe have been used in recent years. There are problems of priority concerning the genus Mytilococcus Amerling which still need to be resolved (Morrison & Morrison, 1967 : 107) and even acceptance of the type-species of Lepidosaphes needs further study. As stated already under Diaspis there is also the problem that the name Lepidusaphidae was published before Diaspites of Targioni-Tozzetti, in which case, if the Law of Priority is observed, then Lepido- saphidae should be used for all the scale insects proper now included in the family Diaspididae. To preserve both names, it is only necessary for Lepidosaphidae to be made the junior name under the Plenary Powers of the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature. Even if Mytilococcus is accepted, then Shimer’s group name can still be used in one or more categories. There is no need to accept the group name based on Mytilococci Silvestri, because there is still the name Mytilaspides of Leonardi having priority. The genus Mytilaspis has been resurrected and will probably gain acceptance. Since Borchsenius’ work on the group, there are now few species remaining in the genus Lepidosaphes and any change in the generic and even the group name would not be too drastic. Borchsenius (1965) has recently accepted the subtribe Lepidosaphidina in the tribe Lepidosaphidini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. LEUCASPIS Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. LEUCASPIARIA Atkinson, 1886 : 271. LEUCASPINI Atkinson; Ashmead, 1891 : IOI. LEUCASPIDES Atkinson; Leonardi, 1897 : 283. LEUCASPIDINI Atkinson; MacGillivray, 1921 : 241. LEUCASPIDINAE Atkinson; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 131. LEUCASPIDINA Atkinson; Balachowsky, 19480 : 261. This is another group name with some confusion over the type-genus. The problem has been discussed recently by Morrison & Morrison (1966 : 108, 109) and the main concern is whether Leucaspis Burmeister, 1835 used in the Hymenoptera is an invalid or valid emenda- tion of Leucopsis Fabricius or whether Leucaspis Burmeister is a zoological name in the strict 330 D. J. WILLIAMS sense. If the latter is correct, then Leucaspis Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868 is a junior homonym and its replacement by Leucodiaspis Signoret should be accepted. Most present workers agree that Leucaspis Burmeister is invalid and continue to use Leucaspis Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868 with the corresponding group name. Should there be a problem and if it is desired to retain the name Leucaspis and hence the group name, then application must be made to the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature. Borchsenius (1965) accepted the group as a tribe within the subfamily Parlatoriinae, family Diaspididae. LEUCODIASPIS Signoret, 1869. LEUCODIASPIDINA Zahradnik, 1952 : 95. LEUCODIASPIDINAE Zahradnik; Zahradnik, 1952 : 99. LEUCODIASPIDINI Zahradnik; Obenberger, 1957 : 422. As stated under Leucaspis, the name Leucodiaspis should only be used if Leucaspis Targioni- Tozzetti, 1868 is a junior homonym of Leucaspis Burmeister, 1835. LLAVEIA Signoret, 1876. LLAVEIINI Morrison, 1927 : 106. Morrison (1928) assigned this tribe to the subfamily Monophlebinae, Margarodidae. MARCHALINA Vayssiére, 1923. MARCHALININI Morrison, 1927 : 102. MARCHALINI Morrison; Silvestri, 1939 : 647. The generally accepted position of this group was made by Morrison (1928), who included the tribe in the subfamily Coelostomidiinae, family Margarodidae. MARGARODES Guilding, 1829. MARGARODINAE Cockerell, 18994 : 390. MARGARODINI Cockerell; Cockerell, 1899h : 416. MARGARODIDAE Cockerell; Enderlein, 1914 : 370. MARGARODINA Cockerell; Sulc, 1936 : 64. MARGARODI Cockerell; Silvestri, 1939 : 637. MARGAROIDAE Cockerell; Balachowsky, 1942 : 37. MARGARODIDEA Cockerell; Bodenheimer, 1949 : 7. MARGARODININAE Cockerell; Bodenheimer, 1952 : 318. MARGARODOIDEA Cockerell; Obenberger, 1957 : 387. The family name has been used in the literature recently to contain all the names of genera whose species possess abdominal spiracles but lack a setigerous anal ring. Both the nominate subfamily and tribe are in use today. Morrison (1928) confined the tribe to those genera near Margarodes possessing fossorial front legs and whose intermediate stages are in the form of ground pearls. Jakubski (1965) elevated this tribe to full family rank without taking into consideration the large number of subfamilies and tribes already recognized under the family Margarodidae. The name of the family is junior to three other names; Porphyrophorites Signoret, 1875, Monophlebites Signoret, 1875 and Xylococcinae Pergande, 1898. The generic name Por- phyrophora Brandt, 1833 was for a long time regarded as a synonym of Margarodes but the two genera are now accepted as being distinct. As Porphyrophorites Signoret has page precedence over Monophlebites, then the family name Porphyrophoridae should be used now for stability, together with the nominate subfamily and tribe. The only other problem concerning the use of Porphyrophora is whether Coccionella Hahne- mann has priority; a matter discussed recently by Morrison & Morrison (1966). FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 331 MATSUCOCCUS Cockerell, 1909. MATSUCOCCINI Morrison, 1927 : tor. Morrison (1928) assigned this tribe to the subfamily Xylococcinae, family Margarodidae. MELANASPIS Cockerell, 1897. MELANASPIDINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 372. This subtribe was placed by the author in the tribe Aspidiotini, subfamily Aspidiotinae, family Diaspididae. MICROCOCCUS Leonardi, 1907. MICROCOCCI Silvestri, 1939 : 702. MICROCOCCINAE Silvestri; Balachowsky, 1942 : 43. MICROCOCCINI Silvestri; Balachowsky, 1948b : 255. Silvestri placed the subtribe Micrococci in the tribe Pseudococcini. Ferris (1957b) consid- ered that the characters of Micrococcus were eriococcid and included the genus in the family Eriococcidae. Hoy (1963) agreed with this action. No critical study has yet been made of the adult male. The group name is, nevertheless, available within the family Eriococcidae. MONOPHALEBULUS Cockerell, 1902. MONOPHLEBULINI Morrison, 1927 : 106. The author assigned this tribe to the subfamily Monophlebinae, family Margarodidae. MONOPHLEBUS Guérin-Méneville, 1827. MONOPHLEBITES Signoret, 1875 : 350. MONOPHLEBIDAE Signoret; Maskell, 1880 : 294. MONOPHLEBARIA Signoret; Atkinson, 1886 : 292. MONOPHLEBINAE Signoret; Ashmead, 1891 : 93. MONOPHLAEBINAE Signoret; Berlese & Leonardi, 1898a : 285. MONOPHLEBINI Signoret; Cockerell, 1899m : 274. MONOPHLEBIINAE Signoret; Obenberger, 1957 : 398. This group name has now gained wide acceptance as a subfamily within the family Margaro- didae and most workers have followed the classification of Morrison (1928). As already stated under Margarodes, the group names Porphyrophorites Signoret and Monophlebites Signoret have priority over Margarodinae Cockerell. The subfamily Monophlebinae should therefore be included in the family Porphyrophoridae. MYTILASPIS Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. MYTILASPIDES Leonardi, 1897 : 283. MYTILASPINI Leonardi; Sulc, 1912 : 8. For many years the name Mytilaspis has been a synonym of Lepidosaphes and hence Leonardi’s group name has been forgotten. Borchsenius (1963) has once more recognized the genus Mytilaspis and if there are problems concerning the genus Mytilococcus having priority over Lepidosaphes, then the group name Mytilaspides is available in place of Mytilococci Silvestri. 332 D. J. WILLIAMS MYTILOCOCCUS Amerling, 1858. MYTILOCOCCI Silvestri, 1939 : 773. MYTILOCOCCINIT Silvestri; Bodenheimer, 1949 : 27. MYTILOCOCCINA Silvestri; Zahradnik, 1952 : 95. MYTILOCOCCINAE Silvestri; Obenberger, 1957 : 423. As stated in the previous genus, even if Mytilococcus is accepted as having priority over Lepidosaphes Shimer, then Mytilaspides Leonardi still has priority over Silvestri’s group Mytilococci. NEOMARGARODES Green, 1914. NEOMARGARODINAE Jakubski, 1965 : 54. NEOMARGARODINI Jakubski; Jakubski, 1965 : 57. The author assigned the subfamily to the family Margarodidae. Compared with other subfamilies at present accepted within the Margarodidae, Neomargarodinae seems to be too high a rank to accept. ODONASPIS Leonardi, 1897. ODONASPIDINI Ferris, 1937 : 7. ODONASPIDES Ferris; Silvestri, 1939 : 773. ODONASPIDINAE Ferris; Balachowsky, 1942 : 47. Ferris originally assigned the tribe to the subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. The latest interpretation is by Borchsenius (1965), who accepted the group with subfamily status in the family Diaspididae. ORTHEZIA Bosc d’Antic, 1784. ORTHEZIDES Amyot & Serville, 1843 : 619. ORTHEZITES Amyot & Serville; Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868 : 713. ORTHEZITI Amyot & Serville; Targioni-Tozzetti, 1869 : 258. ORTHEZIINAE Amyot & Serville; Cockerell, 1896b : 327. ORTHEZINAE Amyot & Serville; Berlese and Leonardi, 1898a : 285. ORTHEZIIDAE Amyot & Serville; Enderlein, 1914 : 369. ORTHEZIINI Amyot & Serville; Silvestri, 1939 : 629. ORTHEZIOIDEA Amyot & Serville; Chou, 1963 : 592. This group is now accepted as one of the major families of the Coccoidea and distinct from the family Margarodidae. Various workers have linked both groups into a higher taxon. Chou, using the oldest name, has recognized a superfamily containing both the Margarodidae and Ortheziidae. There is obviously a relationship between the two families but there have been no critical studies of the adult males which would clarify the position. The family has been revised by Morrison (1925, 1952). PALAEOCOCCUS Cockerell, 1894. PALAEOCOCCINAE Heymons, 1915 : 183. It is clear from the text and from the index on pp. XVI-XVII that Heymons based the group name on the nominal genus Palaeococcus to include also the genus Orthezia. Heymons also recognized the subfamilies Monophlebinae and Margarodinae. It is not clear why this action was taken. Morrison (1928) placed Palaeococcus in the tribe Monophlebini, subfamily Monophlebinae and in the present system of classification, Palaeococcinae would fall as a synonym of Monophlebinae. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 333 PARALECANIUM Cockerell, 1899. PARALECANTINI trib. n. Belonging to the subfamily Coccinae, family Coccidae. The tribe contains at least four genera all of which differ from other genera in possessing a pair of eye spots on the dorsal surface of the head situated some distance from the margin and often directly opposite the antennal bases. In addition the stigmatic clefts are noticeably sunken and well sclerotized. At present, apart from Paralecanium, the tribe also contains the following genera: Platyle- canium Cockerell & Robinson, 1915, Neoplatylecanium Takahashi, 1929 and Marsipococcus Cockerell & Bueker, 1930. PARLATOREOPSIS Lindinger, 1912. PARLATOREOPSIDINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 370. Borchsenius placed this subtribe in the tribe Parlatoriini, subfamily Parlatoriinae, family Diaspididae. PARLATORIA Tergioni-Tozzetti, 1868. PARLATORIAE Leonardi, 1897 : 283. PARLATOREAE Leonardi; Lindinger, 1908 : 97. PARLATORINI Leonardi; Lizer y Trelles, 1919 : 44. PARLATORIINI Leonardi; MacGillivray, 1921 : 241. PARLATORIINAE Leonardi; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 131. PARLATORINA Leonardi; Balachowsky, 1948) : 261. PARLATORIINA Leonardi; Borchsenius, 1965 : 370. This group was not recognized by Ferris (1936a, 1937) or in any of his later works on the Diaspididae. Balachowsky (1948b) recognized both tribal and subtribal categories and these have been accepted by other workers. Since McKenzie & Nelson-Rees (1962) studied the cytology and Ghauri (1962) the adult males most workers recognize the group as being of major importance. Apart from the nominate subtribe, Borchsenius recognized two other subtribes in the Parlatoriini which, together with the Leucaspidini, form the subfamily Parlatoriinae in the family Diaspididae. PHENACASPIS Cooley & Cockerell, 1899. PHENACASPIDINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 366. This subtribe was placed by the author in the tribe Chionaspidini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. PHENACOCCUS Cockerell, 1893. PHENACOCCINAE Sulc, 1944 : 152. PHENACOCCINI Sulc; Borchsenius, 19624 : 232. Sulc used the subfamily name in place of Dactylopiinae of Fernald (1903b) and the Pseudo- coccinae of Silvestri (1911). Borchsenius placed the group in the Pseudococcidae. PHENACOLEACHIA Cockerell, 1899. PHENACOLEACHIINAE Cockerell, 1902g : 260. PHENACOLEACHIINI Cockerell; Handlirsch, 1925 : 1137. PHENACOLEACHIIDAE Cockerell; Brues & Melander, 1932 : 132. PHENACOLEACHIDAE Cockerell; Balachowsky, 1942 : 38. 334 D. J. WILLIAMS PHENACOLEACHINAE Cockerell; Balachowsky, 1948) : 251. PHAENACOLEACHITIDAE Cockerell; Obenberger, 1957 : 389. The exact relationship of the genus has been a problem since it was described. Theron (1962) made a comprehensive study of the adult male and concluded that it has some relation- ship with Steingelia Nassanov, a genus placed doubtfully in the Margarodidae. The position of the family-group name will be discussed further under Steingelia. PHOENICOCOCCUS Cockerell, 1899. PHOENICOCOCCINAE Stickney, 1934 : 26. PHOENICOCOCCINI Stickney; Stickney, 1934 : 26. PHOENICOCOCCI Stickney; Silvestri, 1939 : 706. PHOENICOCOCCIDAE Stickney; Balachowsky, 1942 : 39. Stickney studied the type-genus in great detail and erected the subfamily for it. He also included within the group a number of pupillarial genera centred around Halimococcus. The subfamily was assigned to the family Diaspididae. McKenzie & Nelson-Rees (1962) studied the cytology and dissociated Phoenicococcus from the other genera, for which they erected the family Halimococcidae. The authors stated that the genus Xanthophthalma Cockerell & Parrott was closely related to Phoenicococcus. Brown (1965) concurred with these results. In recent years some authors have regarded the family Phoenicococcidae as being distinct from the family Diaspididae. There is reason to believe that the family Halimococcidae should be accepted but the problem is where to place Phoenicococcus and its nominate sub- family together with the genus Xanthophthalma and its nominate subfamily. The adult males of Phoenicococcus described by Stickney are degenerate but seem to be quite distinct from those of the pupillarial genera herein accepted in the Halimococcidae. They approach the males of Pseudochermes Nitsche now placed in the Eriococcidae. Despite the views of Stickney and subsequent authors, the writer believes that Phoenicococcus and Xanthophthalma should be studied further in connection with the family Eriococcidae. PHYSOKERMES Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. PHYSOKERMINI Sulc, 1912 : 6. Sulc placed this tribe in the subfamily Coccinae. PITYOCOCCUS McKenzie, 1942. PITYOCOCCINI McKenzie, 1942 : 2. The author assigned this tribe to the subfamily Coelostomidiinae, family Margarodidae. PLANOCOCCUS Ferris, 1950. PLANOCOCCINI Ezzat & McConnell, 156 : 3. The authors placed this tribe in the family Pseudococcidae. PLAT YCOELOSTOMA Morrison, 1923. PLATYCOELOSTOMINI Morrison, 1927 : 102. This tribe was assigned to the subfamily Coelostomidiinae, family Margarodidae. POLLINIA Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. POLLINIINI Borchsenius, 1960 : go. Borchsenius placed this tribe in the subfamily Cerococcinae, family Asterolecaniidae. It certainly seems to belong to this subfamily but, as suggested under Cerococcus, the group has close affinities with the family Eriococcidae on the basis of the adult males. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 335 PORPHYROPHORA Brandt, 1833. PORPHYROPHORITES Signoret, 1875b : 346. PORPHYROPHORIDAE Signoret; Maskell, 18874 : gt. PORPHYROPHORINAE Signoret; Cockerell, 1896) : 323. PORPHYROPHORINI Signoret; Jakubski, 1965 : 5. As stated under the genus Margarodes, this name is the earliest to be used for the group currently known as the Margarodidae. As the genus Porphyrophora is accepted by a number of workers, for stability in the future, the family name Porphyrophoridae should be used on the grounds of priority. There is a problem, nevertheless, concerning Coccionella Hahne- mann and its priority over Porphyrophora discussed recently by Morrison & Morrison (1966). PSEUDAONIDIA Cockerell, 1897. PSEUDOAONIDINA Balachowsky, 1948) : 266. PSEUDAONIDINA Balachowsky; Balachowsky, 1951 : 675. PSEUDAONIDIINI Balachowsky; Borchsenius, 1965 : 372. PSEUDAONIDIINA Balachowsky; Borchsenius, 1965 : 372. The author assigned this subtribe to the tribe Aspidiotini. Borchsenius (1965), in a slightly different arrangement, placed the subtribe Pseudaonidina in the tribe Pseudaonidiini, sub- family Aspidiotinae, family Diaspididae. PSEUDOCOCCUS Westwood, 1840. PSEUDOCOCCINI Cockerell, 1905 : 193. PSEUDOCOCCINAE Cockerell; Silvestri, 1911 : 132. PSEUDOCOCCIDAE Cockerell; Lobdell, 1930 : 209. PSEUDOCOCCI Cockerell; Silvestri, 1939 : 666. PSEUDOCOCCOIDEA Cockerell; Chou, 1963 : 592. The views of Morrison & Morrison (1966) concerning the validity of the genus should be studied in great detail. The family-group name has now become widely accepted for the mealybugs and coccidologists would feel any change here undesirable. Nevertheless, if Pseudococcus and the nominate group names are to be retained, then some form of application is needed to the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature. Most workers now recognize the Pseudococcidae as a family with a few subcategories. No serious attempt has been made to classify the family and the limits of the subfamilies and tribes remain obscure. PULVINARIA Targioni-Tozzetti, 1866. PULVINATI Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868 : 727. PULVINARIEAE Targioni-Tozzetti; Maskell, 1879 : 205. PULVINARIARIA Targioni-Tozzetti; Atkinson, 1886 : 277. PULVINARIINI Targioni-Tozzetti; Ashmead, 1891 : 98. The group name had not been widely used until Borchsenius (1957) published a classifica- tion of the Coccidae of the USSR. He accepted tribal status and, together with the tribe Coccini, placed them in the subfamily Coccinae, family Coccidae. Giliomee (1967) studied the adult males and confirmed that Pulvinaria is close to Coccus. Both probably belong to the same family-group. RHIZOECUS Kiinckel d’Herculais, 1878. RHIZOECINI trib. n. Belonging to the family Pseudococcidae. Usually very small mealybugs with one or more of the following combinations of characters: Cerarii absent or confined to anal lobes, each 336 D. J. WILLIAMS with a pair of long setae. Body setae minute, often numerous and often forming distinct groups. Antennae with bases close together and noticeably geniculate, with not more than six segments. Often with special bi- or tritubular pores peculiar to the group. Anal ring with large oval pores. Claws long and slender. The group contains hypogeic and myrmecophilous mealybugs. A study of the group was made by Hambleton (1946). Beardsley (1962) has studied adult males of the type-species Rhizoecus falcifer Kiinckel d’Herculais. He considered them the most primitive of the mealy- bug males, the head not separated from the thorax by the usual constricted neck region. The structure of the penial sheath links the group to the Phenacoccus group of genera. Known males of Pseudorhizoecus studied by Green (1933) are degenerate. Apart from the type-genus Rhizoecus, the tribe contains the following genera: Geococcus Green, Pseudorhizoecus Green, Radiococcus Hambleton, Ripersiella Tinsley, Brevicoccus Hambleton, Neorhizoecus Hambleton, Eumyrmococcus Silvestri and Pygmaeococcus McKenzie. RUGASPIDIOTUS MacGillivray, 1921. RUGASPIDIOTINA Balachowsky, 1949 : 109. Balachowsky (1953g) placed this subtribe in the tribe Odonaspidini. Borchsenius (1965) recognized the subtribe but transferred it to the tribe Diaspidini. Ghauri (1962) considered that the group was distinct from the Diaspidini after studying adult males of Rugaspidiotus tamaricicola (Malenotti). SCLOPETASPIS MacGillivray, 1921. SCLOPETASPIDINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 366. The author placed this subtribe in the tribe Chionaspidini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. SELENASPIDUS Cockerell, 1897. SELENASPIDINA Balachowsky, 1948) : 266. Balachowsky assigned this subtribe to the tribe Aspidiotini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. Borchsenius (1965) agreed with this assignment but placed the Aspidiotini in the subfamily Aspidiotinae, family Diaspididae. SERROLECANIUM Shinji, 1935. SERROLECANINIINAE Shinji, 1935 : 106. (A lapsus for SERROLECANIINAE). As stated under Antonina the name has priority over Antoninini Borchsenius but is junior to Sphaerococcini Cockerell. It is, nevertheless, available should Sphaerococcini be sub- divided. SIGNORETIA Targioni-Tozzetti, 1868. SIGNORETIARIA Atkinson, 1886 : 276. SIGNORETIINI Atkinson; Ashmead, 1891 : 98. The name Signoretia Targioni-Tozzetti is a junior homonym and hence the nominate group name is invalid. Although the generic name was replaced by Luzulaspis Cockerell, there is no need for a new group name formed from the genus Luzulaspis because the genus belongs to the group Eriopeltini Sulc, 1941. Giliomee (1967) has studied the relationship of the adult males. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 337 SPHAEROCOCCUS Maskell, 1892. SPHAEROCOCCINI Cockerell, 1899a : 389. The type-species Sphaerococcus casuavinae Maskell is very closely related to species of Antonina. The tribe Sphaerococcini has priority over Antoninini and over the group name Serrolecaniinae. Both latter names are available as subgroups if necessary. STEINGELIA Nassanov, 1908. STEINGELIINAE Morrison, 1927 : ror. STEINGELIINI Morrison; Morrison, 1927 : ror. Morrison (1927, 1928) assigned the subfamily to the Margarodidae. Theron (1958) studied the adult male and showed that it was an aberrant form and was probably a connecting link between Balachowsky’s Margaroidae and Lecanoidae. The males of Phenacoleachia were shown by Theron (1962) to have close affinities with those of Steingelia. It seems possible that these genera should be included in the same family for which Phenacoleachiidae has priority. The subfamily name Steingeliinae is also available within the family. The American species of Puto, of which the males of P. yuccae (Coquillett) have been studied by Beardsley (1962), may also belong to this group but this needs further study. STICTOCOCCUS Cockerell, 1905. STICTOCOCCINAE Lindinger, 1913 : 63. STICTOCOCCI Lindinger; Silvestri, 1939 : 704. STICTOCOCCIDAE Lindinger; Balachowsky, 1942 : 38. Balachowsky (1942) included this group in the ‘phylum’ Lecanoidae. Ferris (1957)) did not assign the genus to any of the families or rami he discussed, but left it as one of four unplaced genera needing further research. The adult males would certainly place the genus in Balachowsky’s Lecanoidae but a thorough study is needed to determine its closest affinities. STIGMACOCCUS Hempel, 1900. STIGMACOCCINI Morrison, 1927 : 100. The author placed this tribe in the subfamily Xylococcinae, family Margarodidae. TACHARDIA Blanchard, 1886. TACHARDIINAE Green, 1896 : 17. TACHARDIIDAE Green; Ferris in Chamberlin, 1923 : 163. TACHARDIINI Green; Chamberlin, 1923 : 163. Cockerell (1924) proposed the family name Lacciferidae for this group because the name Tachardia was shown to be a synonym of Laccifey Oken. Lindinger (1937) proposed the name Kerriidae in place of Lacciferidae because Laccifer was regarded as invalid. TACHARDIELLA Cockerell, 1901. TACHARDIELLI Chamberlin, 1925 : 39 The author assigned this subtribe to the tribe Lacciferini. In accordance with modern custom the writer proposes the spelling Tachardiellina. 338 D. J. WILLIAMS TACHARDINA Cockerell, 1901. TACHARDININI Chamberlin, 1923 : 199. TACHARDININAE Chamberlin; Chamberlin, 1925 : 40. TACHARDININA Chamberlin; Balachowsky, 1950 : 9. Chamberlin (1925) placed the subfamily and tribe in the family Lacciferidae. Balachowsky (1950) recognized a subtribe for two known genera and a new genus Paratachardina. TARGIONIA Signoret, 1869. TARGIONINA Balachowsky, 1948b : 266. TARGIONIINI Balachowsky; Borchsenius, 1965 : 372. TARGIONIINA Balachowsky; Borchsenius, 1965 : 372. Balachowsky assigned the subtribe to the tribe Aspidiotini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. Borchsenius (1965), in a new classification of the Diaspididae, placed the sub- tribe in the tribe Targioniini, subfamily Aspidiotinae. TERMITOCOCCUS Silvestri, 1901. TERMITOCOCCIDAE Jakubski, 1965 : 167. TERMITOCOCCINAE Jakubski; Jakubski, 1965 : 168. TERMITOCOCCINI Jakubski; Jakubski, 1965 : 168. Silvestri (1936) showed that the genus has close affinities with Margarodes and, together with a new genus Eurhizococcus, placed them in the family Margarodidae. Jakubski has elevated the group to a much higher category than it warrants. TRABUTINA Marchal, 1904. TRABUTINI Silvestri, 1939 : 60. TRABUTININAE Silvestri; Bodenheimer, 1949 : 7. Although Silvestri assigned the subtribe Trabutini to the tribe Pseudococcini he did not associate the genus with the mealybugs proper. Bodenheimer (1949) placed the subfamily in the Eriococcidae and regarded the group as equal in rank to the Pseudococcinae. Ferris (1950b) associated Trabutina with the genera Nipaecoccus Sulc, Naiacoccus Green and Amonos- therium Morrison, the so-called blue-black mealybugs. The group name is, therefore, available for these genera. XANTHOPHTHALMA Cockerell & Parrott, 1899. XANTHOPHTHALMINI Ferris, 1937 : 7. XANTHOPHTHALMINAE Ferris; Balachowsky, 1942 : 47. Ferris placed the tribe in the subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. Borchsenius (1965) considered the group as having subfamily status within the Diaspididae. McKenzie & Nelson-Rees (1962) in their cytological studies, stated that it had some relationship with the genus Phoenicococcus. As already mentioned under the latter name, the two groups may have affinities with the Eriococcidae. XEROPHILASPIS Cockerell, 1897. XEROPHILASPIDINA Borchsenius, 1965 : 368. This subtribe was placed by its author in the tribe Diaspidini, subfamily Diaspidinae, family Diaspididae. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 339 XYLOCOCCUS Low, 1883. XYLOCOCCINAE Pergande, in Hubbard & Pergande, 1898 : 26. XYLOCOCCINI Pergande; Cockerell, 1899m : 275. XYLOCOCCI Pergande; Silvestri, 1939 : 634. XYLOCOCCIDAE Pergande; Zahradnik, 1959a@ : 527. Morrison (1928) accepted both the tribe and subfamily ranks in the family Margarodidae. Zahradnik elevated the group to a family of equal rank to the Margarodidae and Mono- phlebidae. The group name has priority over Margarodidae. GROUP NAMES NOT BASED ON NOMINAL GENERA The following names have been used from time to time for groups containing either all or part of the scale insects. Some names used for family and lower categories are invalid because they are not based on nominal genera. Other names used for categories higher than a super- family may not necessarily be invalid but are also listed here for completeness. ANASPIDIOTI Thiem & Gerneck, 1934 : 230. There is no connection between this name and Amaspidiotus Borchsenius and Williams, 1963. APETALASPIDIOTINA Thiem & Gerneck, 1934 : 230. APTERA Leunis, 1860 : 653. ARCHAEOCOCCIDEA Bodenheimer, 1952 : 317. CECIDURGIDAE Schrader, 1863 : 191. COCCIDOMORPHA Heslop-Harrison, 1952 : 688. COCCOMORPHA Chou, 1963 : 592. CRYPTO-KERMITIDAE Maskell, 1884 : 128. CRYPTOKERMITIDAE Maskell, 1887a : 87. This name was not formed from a genus. It has no standing despite the later appearance of Cryptokermes Hempel, 1900. GALLINSECTA Latreille, 1802 : 265. HEMI-COCCIDAE Maskell, 1884 : 128. HEMICOCCIDINAE Maskell, 18874 : 38. HEMICOCCINAE Green, 1896¢ : 314. HEMICOCOCCINAE Maskell, 1897 : 314. HAEMICOCCINAE Silvestri, 1901 : 132. HEMICOCCIDAE Enderlein, 1914 : 369. HYMENELYTRA Latreille, 1825 : 428. IDIOCOCCIDAE Maskell, 1893) : 236. This name has no connection with the genus Idiococcus Takahashi & Kanda, 1939. IDIOCOCCINAE Maskell, 1894) : 329. LANINSECTA Amyot & Serville, 1843 : 613. LECANO-COCCIDAE Maskell, 1882 : 223. LECANIO-COCCIDAE Maskell, 1884 : 128. LECANOCOCCINAE Maskell, 1897 : 314. METASPIDIOTI Theim & Gerneck, 1934 : 230. Takagi’s genus Metaspidiotus, 1957, has no connection with this name. MICROHOMOPTERA Crampton, 1916 : 301. MONOMERA Westwood, 1840 : 444. MONOPTERA Lindinger, 1927 : 366. NEOCOCCIDAE Bodenheimer, 1943 : 26. NEOCOCCIDEA Bodenheimer, 1952 : 317. NEOCOCCOIDEA Borchsenius, 19500 : 14. NEOCOCCOMORPHA Borchsenius, 1965 : 362. PALEOCOCCOIDEA Borchsenius 1950) : 14. This name has no relationship to Palaeococcus Cockerell, 1894. 340 D. J. WILLIAMS PALEOCOCCOMORPHA Borchsenius, 1965 : 362. PETALASPIDIOTINA Theim & Gerneck, 1934 : 230. PHYTADELGES Duméril, 1806 : 269. PHYTATHELGI Amyot & Serville, 1843 : 618. PROBOSCIDIA Woodworth, 1915 : 121. PSEUDOPTERES Amyot, 1847 : 488. SCHRADERIAE Fuller, 1897) : 1345. TOUMEYELLINI Berry, 1959: 198. This is obviously a lJapsus for the generic name Toumeyella Cockerell, and is without nomenclatorial standing. A group name formed from the genus Toumeyella is probably needed, nevertheless. REFERENCES The coding to the references cited in the text is taken from Morrison, H. & RENK, A. V. 1957. A Selected Bibliography of the Coccoidea. Misc. Publs U.S. Dep. Agric. 734 : 222 pp., and Morrison, H. & Morrison, E. 1965. A Selected Biblio- graphy of the Coccoidea, First Supplement. Misc. Publs U.S. Dep. Agric. 987 : 44 pp. Only those references not mentioned in these two publications are listed underneath. Certain family-group names have been credited to Enderlein, 1920 by some authors. This reference is in the second edition of Brohmer’s Fauna von Deutschland. The first edition was published in 1914 and names have been checked from this source. Thanks are due to Professor Z. Kawecki of the Agricultural University (S.G.G.W.), Warsaw who kindly supplied photocopies of the Coccoidea sections in both these editions. ACLOQUE, A. 1897. Faune de France. Orthoptéres, &c. 516 pp. Paris. Amyot, C. J. B. & SERVILLE, A. 1843. Histoive Naturelle des Insectes. Hémiptéres. pp. I- LXXVI, 1-676. 1-6. Paris. BaLacHowsky, A. S. 1968. Sur une nouvelle sous-tribu de Lepidosaphedini (Coccoidea— Diaspididae) créée par la découverte d’un nouveau genre nuisible au Caféier d’Arabie a Sao-Tomé. Revue Zool. Bot. afr. 78 : 53-63. BEIER, M. 1938. Jn KUKENTHAL, W., Handbuch der Zoologie. Eine Naturgeschichte der Stémme des Tierreichs. Insecta 3, 4(2). Berlin. BorcuseEntus, N.S. 1963. [On the Revision of the Genus Lepidosaphes Shimer (Coccoidea, Homoptera, Insecta)]. Zool. Zh. 42 : 1161-1174. 1965. [Essay on the Classification of the Armored Scale Insects (Homoptera, Coccoidea, Diaspididae)]. Ent. Obozr. 44 : 362-376. Brown, S.W. 1965. Chromosomal Survey of the Armored and Palm Scale Insects (Coccoidea: Diaspididae and Phoenicococcidae) Hilgardia 36 : 189-294. Brues, C. T. & MELANDER, A. L. 1932. Classification of Insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 73 : 127-134. CHENU, J. C. 1875. Encyclopédie Histoire Naturelle. Table Alphabétique des Noms vulgaires et scientifiques—Annelés. pp. 1-68. Paris. Cuou, I. 1963. Some Viewpoints about Insect Taxonomy. Acta ent. sin. 12 : 586-596. CRAMPTON, G. C. 1916. The Lines of Descent of the Lower Pterygotan Insects, with Notes on the Relationships of the other forms. Ent. News 27 : 297-307. CRAWFORD, F.S. 1890. Notes on Bulletin 21. Insect Life, Wash. 3 : 76. DumErIL, A.M. C. 1806. Zoologie Analytique ou Méthode Naturelle de Classification des Ani- maux &c. . . pp. I-XXXIII, 1-334. Paris. ENDERLEIN, G. 1914. In BROHMER, P. Fauna von Deutschland. Eine Bestimmungsbuch unserer heimischen Tierwelt. I. ed. III. Coccoidea. pp. 369-370. Leipzig. FaLiin, C. Fr. 1814. Specimen Novam Hemiptera Disponendi Methodum Exhibens. Lundae. FAMILY-GROUP NAMES OF COCCOIDEA 341 GILIOMEE, J. H. 1967. Morphology and Taxonomy of Adult Males of the Family Coccidae (Homoptera: Coccoidea). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.), Suppl. 7 : 1-168. GILIoMEE, J. H. & MuntTING, J. 1968. A New Species of Asterolecanium Targ. (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Asterolecaniidae) from South Africa. J. ent. Soc. sth. Afr. 31 : 221-2209. HanoviirscH, A. 1903. Zur Phylogenie der Hexapoden. Sher. Akad. Wiss. Wien 112 : 716— 738. — 1925. Unterordnung: Coccides Leach (Schildlause). Systematische Ubersicht (Schluss). In SCHRODER, C. Handbuch der Entomologie. III. 1201 pp. 1040 figs. Jena. Herymons, R. 1907. Die verschiedenen Formen der Insectenmetamorphose. Ergeb. Fortschr. Zool. 1 : 137-188. 1915. Vierfiissler, Insekten und Spinnenkerfe. Jn BreEuM, Tierleben. 4. Aufl. Leipsig. Hoy, J. M. 1963. A Catalogue of the Eriococcidae (Homoptera: Coccoidea) of the World. Bull. N.Z. Dep. scient. ind. Res. 150 : 1-260. JaxusskI, A. W. 1965. 304 bicolor, Chlorocypha curta : : - 308 bicornutus, Gomphus_ . ‘ . s 4 BOT bidens, Neogomphus f : ; >) 258 bidentatus, Leptogomphus_ : « 291 bifenestrata, Rhinocypha ; ; - 308 bifurcatus, Austrogomphus_. ‘ 200 biharica, Gynacantha . 300 biinclinata, Charaxes etheocles 102, Pl. 10, II bimacula, Telipna acraea 5) Plt bisignatus, Micromerus . ; : 308 bison, Ophiogomphus_. : : * 1205 bocki, Euphaea_. ; ‘ : = 906 bodkini, Zonophora ‘ : P20 boliviensis, Leptocera (Limosina) ; - 69 borealis, Progomphus__.. : a eeQt borealis, Schistocerca intermedia ; 3I borikhanensis, Macrogomphus : 202 borneensis, Heterogomphus icterops ae 2Oe BRACHYSCELIS : : , ; 321 brainei, Charaxes viola . A, ‘PL 17 brevicauda, Telephlebia godeffroyi ; + 300 brevicostata, Leptocera (Limosa) . 7 200 brevipes, Aphylla . : ‘ : “292 breviseta, Dichaetomyia 218 (figs), 224-228 brevistigma, Cordulegaster (Thecagaster) . 299 brunnea, Tetracanthagyna F * 301 brunettii, Leptocera (Poecilosomella) 60 (fig.), 62 (fig.), Piet burmicus, Microgomphus A = “292 butoloensis, Notogomphus : ; =. 292 cacharicus, Lamellogomphus_ . . - 292 caerulea, Rhinoneura_. . 308 caerulescens, ? form of penricei tangan- yikae, Charaxes 8OL-Pl 226 caerulescens, 9 form of viola diverstarma, Charaxes . é : : : eer s: calliope, Gynacantha : : eegOL CALLIPAPPUS : : : 5 a S28 calverti, Neuraeschna . : ; + 302 calverti, Cyclophylla ; : : 292 CaLyciIcoccus : : : ; 1 g2r CALYMMATA . : ‘ i : 325 camelus, Epigomphus_. : : 292 cameroonensis, Charaxes cynthia . 151, PL. 27 cameroonensis, Telipna . Er; Pls camerunensis, Microgomphus . : « 292 campioni, Orogomphus . A : - 299 cancellata, Libellago : : : - 308 CANCERASPIS : ; : F . 820 carissima, Pseudophaea . ‘ : . 306 carnuta, Ptelina . . d ‘ : 20 carovei, Petalura . : 300 carpenteri, Charaxes etheocles 108, 161 (figs) carpenteri, 2 form of etheocles carpenteri, Charaxes , - I09g—I IO carpenteri, Nilogomphus | A 292 carteri, 3 form of etheocles etheocles, Charaxes . - 102 catochrous, ¢ form of etheocles biinclinata Charaxes . . 106 catochrous, 3 form of etheocles carpenteri, Charaxes . : III-112 catochrous, ¢ form of etheocles etheocles, Charaxes . ° ; ; ~ 202 caudalis, Anisogomphus . ; : : sn) '2Q2 cauvericus, Burmagomphus_. : »ehag2 cedreatis, Charaxes : ‘ F QI cedreatis, Charaxes cedreatis 85-87, Pl. 1 CEROCOCCUs . ; : : k oe CEROPLASTES . : ; : + * 325 cervus, Heliogomphus . ; é sKAOS ceylonicus, Heterogomphus . ., » 292 chanteri, Charaxes viola . 133; Pl. 20 chelifera, Gynacantha . ; : < 305 chepalungu, Charaxes 90, 92, Pl. 3 chichibui, Gomphus ; ; 262 CHIONASPIS . ; : : »* gas choristopterus, Halmenus ; 38 (fig.), 41 ciliata, Agrion : : : 2 7364 circularis, Onychogomphus ; : -* “292 Cissococcus : : siggs citrimacula, Telipna citrimacula ab Se CoccomyTILuUS ; ; * : rleatade fF CoccuRA , F : ; ; 2 tots Coccus ‘ - rea coei, Leptocera (Lihoaliay ; 67 (fig.), 69-70 COELOSTOMIDIA aes coerulescens, Diphlebia euphoesides. 307 cognata, Rhinocypha_ . A : - 308 collessi, Dichaetomyia 206 (figs), 257-260, 283 (figs) coloratus, Phyllogomphus é Pawn (65 comitatus, Austrogomphus_ é Re compar, Euphaea . : : : : 307 COMSTOCKIELLA : : : read re CONCHASPIS . ; : ; : ides ss concinna, Desmopleura . 43, Pl. 4 confraternus, Gomphus . I A Avahinn 4p confusa, Caliphaea : ; : - 304 conjugens, 2 form of contrarius, Charaxes . £25,-Fi. 13 conjuncta, Telipna acraea 5 PLT conjuncta, 2 form of etheocles evansi, Charaxes . sah ih LS consanguinea, Telipna consanguinea 11, Pl. 5 consimilis, Caliphaea so aide : = B04 conspersa, Caliaeschna . ; ? ego contrarius, Charaxes + 129, Pl. 13 contrarius, 9 form of contrarius, Charaxes 120 cordosa, Chlorocypha dispar . ; . 308 cornutus, Crenigomphus ; 293 coryndoni, ? form of viola phaeus, Charaxes 137 cottrelli, 2 form of viola variata, Charaxes : ; ; x “4 40 croceus, Chlorocypha : . . 308 INDEX 345 crosskeyi, Pseudorhynchus 173 (fig), 174 (fig.), 176 (fig.), 177 (fig.), => (fig.), 188-190 CRYPTOCOCCUS : : : 323 CTENOCHITON : é : ; atg23 cuprea, Hetaerina . A . 304 cupreopurpurea, 2 form of viola diversi: forma, Charaxes : . 144, Pl. 18 curvinervis, Leptocera (Leptocera) . a2 50 cuspidatus, Halmenus_ . 38 (fig.), 39, 41 (figs) cyaneofrons, Gomphus . : ‘ 2-203 cyclops, Telephlebia aids : 2) 308 CYLINDROCOCCUS . fuged cynthia, Charaxes cynthia I 50, Pl. 22-27 cynthiae, Heliaeschna . : : . 301 DACTYLOPIUS ; ; : ‘ . 324 daria, Charaxes viola 210345. Ele 20 delineatus, Davidius zallorensis : 293 demerarae, Cyanogomphus). ; 1203 diminutivus, Onychogomphus : 293 depuncta, Telipna sanguinea 16, Pl. .4 devillei, Lais : ’ a 305 dewitzi, 2 form of etheocles lutacea, Charaxes . : : P 90 diadophis, Expetogomphus : ‘ 3 298 DIasPIs : ¥ 2 - 324 DIMARGARODES : : ; «325 dingavani, Onychogomphus : ; ioe 203 distincta, Umma . : ‘ ; 305 diversiforma, Charaxes viola eel Ars “pL 18 diversiforma, 2 form ov viola diversiforma, Charaxes . : 3 Bie ACR Ke: doddi, Austrogomphus : : ; 203 donaldi, Anaciaeschna . : : % SOL DROSICHA . ; : : + . 325 druceanus, Charares ‘ ‘ ‘ 78 drummondi, Lamellogomphus : 203 duarensis, Burmagomphus : : 1.1298 duaricus, Onychogomphus : d . 293 dundomajoricus, Phyllogomphus oh203 dundominusculus, Phyllogomphus_ . zor echinoccipitalis, Onychogomphus_. . 293 electa, Umma : : 4 : 0 305 ellioti, Aeshna : : ; : . 301 elongatus, Gomphus : 5 : . 293 elwesi, Notholestes : : : . 305 emdeni, Dichaetomyia : 199 ephyra, ¢ form of etheocles etheocles, Charaxes . - : 1 tor epophthalmus, Gomphus : ‘ ew 203 EREMOCOCCUS : : p ; 325 erica, Telipna : 17, Pli4 ERIOCOCCUS . : ; ; : « 1325 ERIOPELTIS . : : 5 . 325 erythromelas, Aeschna j : : . 301 eschatus, Halmenus ‘ F . 42 (figs) ethelae, Dysphaea . . “ - 3. 307 etheocles, Charaxes 4 A 99 etheocles, Charaxes etheocles . Ggc105; Pls 6.7 EUMARGARODES . : : 325 euphoeoides, Diphlebia . ; ; eso; EURHIZOCOCCUS. : : 2 4320 eutainia, Erpetogomphus : 293 evansi, Charaxes etheocles . II2- 113, PLS exilis, Gomphus_ : . : se 3293 femina, Umma : r : - 305 femoralis, Merogomphus : : 7208 FILIPPIA ; i . - =) 326 finalis, Micromerus : 4 i » 309 FIORINIA : , : 320 flavicolor, Heterogomphus ; : 1) 203 flavifrons, Notogomphus : : = =203 flavifrons, Onychogomphus . : 293 flavohirta, Dichaetomyia 205 (figs), 248-251, 284 (fig.) flavomaculata, Austroaeshna parvistigma. 301 fletcheri, Gomphidia 2 % . 293 fletcheri, Petaliaeschna . : P - 301 folia, Cordulegaster brevistigma : . 299 forcipata, Planaeschna . j eZ 30% fraseri, Ictinogomphus . ; . =, 4293 frontalis, Onychogomphus : : . 204 frontalis, Rhinocypha_ . : : + 309 fucata, Leptocera (Limosina) . : 57 (figs) fujiacus, Gomphus : ; : = 204 fujiama, Davidius . : - 294 fulgens, Q form of etheocles etheocles, Charaxes . : : ; ‘ . I01 fulgida, Lais . ; : . 305 fulvohirta, Dichaetomyia 205 (figs), 255-257, 284 (figs) fumosa, Sapho : : - 305 fungicola, Leptocera (Limosina) : : 68 FURCASPIS . : : * -326 furculisterna, Leptocera (Limosina) . 71, 72 (fig.) fuscoirroratus, Sphingonotus 47, 48 (figs), 49-50, Pl. 6 fusconotata, Dichaetomyia . 208 (figs), 265 (figs), 266-268, 285 (figs) gigantica, Anotogaster . : é . 299 gloriosa, Dysphaea 5 : : aE gO7 gloriosa, Sapho : : ; ; eESOS godmani, Cordulegaster : #299 grahamei, Charaxes II 5-117, PETZ greeni, Micromerus : : ; - 309 greenwayi, Platycypha . : 2 24309, guineensis, Charaxes . I 50, Pls 22-27 GYMNASPIS . ‘ . * 320 gynostylus, Cyclogomphus = : . 204 346 INDEX HALImMococcus ‘ i 3326 handeri, 2 form of viola kirki, Charaxes eres hannyngtoni, Heterogomphus ; S20 hardyi, Austroaeschna . : : ie «30% hasimaricus, Burmagomphus . : 294 hastifer, Pseudorhynchus 173 (fig.), 174 (fig.), 176 (fig.), 177 wee shoes hauxwelli, Lais : 305 helomyzina, Spilogaster ; 214 hemihyalina, Rhinocypha quadrimaculata 309 henryi, Mesogomphus_ . ; : - 2904 hermionae, Allogaster . : , . 200 hetaerinoides, Leucopteryx . : » 305 heterostylus, Cyclogomphus . ; . 294 hilaryae, Rhinocypha . 309 himalayensis, Leptocera (Poeciloso- mella) 60 (figs), 61-62 (fig.), 64 (fig.) hirtula, Leptocera (Coproica) . : ees hollandi, Telipna ae Yass 2 Fae HowarpDIA . : F » 326 huonensis, Anaciaeschna. : i <- “SOE hyalina, Schistocerca literosa_. : 35 hybridoides, Diphlebia . ‘ F Bye 307 IcERYA : . : : é Pea 4 icteroptera, Mnais . , : : . 305 immisericors, Notogomphus_ . : . 294 impar, Dichaetomyia_ . : ' A e2LO imperatrix, Lais_ . , : : » 305 inarmata, Neuraeschna . : : Or incisura, Gyancantha . ; : eR On inclitus, Leptogomphus . : 3 - 204 indicus, Micromerus lineatus . ; 309 inexpectata, form of etheocles lutacea, Charaxes : : : 3 i 288 infecta, Hetaerina . F ; . 6305 ingentissima, Petalura . ‘ - «300 inglisi, Lamellogomphus : : - 204 inyangae, Platycypha fitzsimonsi_ . 309 instabilis, 2 form of viola loanda, Charaxes - 146, PRL. insularis, Burmagomphus vermicularis . 294 intermedia, Schistocerca . : Ww gE intermedia, form of viola suk, Charaxes . 133 intersedens, Austroaeschna . ‘ » G01 ja, Telipna . : : : gy jacksoni, Chlorocypha : ; : « (309 javana, Melanocypha snellemani_ 211-300 jefferyi, Telipna aurivillii 9; Plz johannis, Dichaetomyia . 210, 282 (figs) kalarensis, Heliogomphus ; : « 2204 kali, Bayadera : ; ; : 1307 katangae, Telipna . 19, Pl. 15 kayonza, Telipna 14, Pl. 4 kelle, Telipna £3; Pl..3 KERMES ; 3 ‘ : : OS, KERMOCOCCUS : : ; : » “327 kerri, Macrogomphus_ . : : SOK. KERRIA : : : : rag27 khasiaca, Gynacaritha 3 - 302 kheili, Charaxes_ . , 60-06: Pl. 5 kilimensis, Charaxes xiphares 82-84, Pl. 28 kimminsi, Chlorogomphus - ‘ . 299 kimminsi, Gomphoides _ . : 3 mi2ga kinduana, Charaxes cynthia . 153, Pl. 26 kirki, Charaxes viola ; EIOY ELAS kirki, 2 form of viola kirki, Charaxes 130-131 kirkoides, 2 form of viola suk, Charaxes . 132 klossi, Anotogaster ; F ‘ a206 kodaguensis, Gomphidia : . '294 koningsbergeri, Leptocera (Leptocera) <\ | 52 kumaonensis, Davidius . : ‘ . 204 KUWANASPIS : : F « wg2e KuWANIA . . : : ; .-» 328 LACCIFER. 328 lacteata, ° form of grahamei, Charaxes 117 laidlawi, Rhinocypha_ . : : «+, 309 laidlawi, Burmagomphus . : ee xey | laidlawi, Euphaea . : ‘ : 307 lanceolatus, Pseudorhynchus . 173 (fig.), £75 *70 (BG) ARE ABE ARON laosica, Calopteryx ; ‘ d 305 lateralis, Hemigomphus . : é Oe LECANIUM . : : , : +7 OO LECANODIASPIS. : ; : ee ee lecythus, Notogomphus . , j opened LEPIDOSAPHES ; : ? : 930 MARGARODES é : . 330 marginatis, Copromyza (Sarberiilus} : 56 mariae, Telipna ; : : q 16 martini, Davidioides : 2 . 295 masaba, Charaxes berkeleyi 82, bls 29 Matsucoccus c : : ; 285331 maxima, Hetaerina ‘ : ; 76305 medjensis, Telipna 16, Pl. 5 megophthalma, Dichaetomyia. , 238-239 melaleucae, Austrogomphus_. . . 295 MELANASPIS . . : . : = 331 melania, Vestalis . : : : 7305 melanocera, Schisotcerca 31-32, 33 (figs), 34-35, Pl. 1 meridionalis, Pseudorhynchus pungens 177 (fig.), 183 (fig.), ae 186 m-flavum, Onychogomphus . ; 295 Micrococcus ; : : : ae a3 millardi, Gynacantha . : é = 2302 milnei, Austroaeschna . ; ‘ =) 302 minor, Acrogomphus ; : ; . 295 minuscula, Aeschna : : : tg02 minusculus, Cyclogomphus _. ; 3) 290 mirabilis, Leptocera (Limosina) 2 OS moesta, Leptocera (Limosina) : . 66 moka, Paragomphus F : ‘ . 296 monochroa, Rhinocypha : : . 309 MONOPHLEBULUS . : ; . 331 monorbiseta, Leptocera (Limosina) 71, 72 (figs) montanus, Phyllogomphus : : . 296 moultoni, Rhinocypha_ . : , . 309 moundi, Phyllogomphus ; ; . 296 mukuyu, Charaxes cynthia JolGS: Pl s23 multinervosa, Diphlebia , : S07, MYTILASPIS . ‘ : : : jones MytTiLococcus : : : : 7 332 neavei, Telipna citrimacula 8). PE2 NEOMARGARODES . : 332 nepalensis, Leptocera (Poecilosomelia) 60 (fig.), 62 (fig.), 63, 64 (fig.) ngonga, 2 form of berkeleyi, Charaxes 80, Pl. 29 nigeriensis, Acanthagyna : : 2 302 nigrescens, Onychogomphus_ . : 2") 290 nigrescens, Vestalis : ; : - 305 nigricolor, Hagenius : ; : “4290 nigrita, Telipna acraea : ef nigrolimbata, Leptocera (Leptocera) . 56 nigrolineatus, Anax : 2) 302 nilgiriensis, Onchogomphus biforceps + 296 nipalensis, Cordulegaster ei age 75200 nocturnalis, Periaeschna : o 302 norrisi, Dichaetomyia 21 13, 280 (figs) northcotti, Charaxes : ; 5 A 96 nyanza, Telipna : : 17 ee A nyasicus, Paragomphus . : é . 296 nymphoides, Diphlebia . ; ; 39307 oberthuri, Calopteryx . ; - 305 obliqua, Leptocera (Trachyopella} : 2 obscura, Cyclophylla : . 296 obudoensis, Charaxes acuminatus 77 Pl. 28 occidens, Charaxes pythodoris : : 79 occidentalis, Austrogomphus . ; . 2096 occidentalis, Phyllogomphus_ . 3 . 296 occipitalis, Gomphus : : ; + 290 ochracea, Charaxes etheocles . é 106 ochracea, 2 form of etheocles echraces. Charaxes 106-107 ochremaculata, 9 foun of aola diversiforma, Charaxes eA Sy. dele aes ODONASPIS . ; : : : a 332 odoneli, Gomphus . ; : ; . 296 olivaceus, Gomphus : : ; . 296 olympicus, Chlorogomphus_. : 33299 ophibolus, Erpetogomphus_ ; 5uEZOO orichalcea, Sapho . : : 15300 orientalis, Phyllogomphus : : 3 296 orites, Anisogomphus_). : : =1 290 ornata, Pseudophaea : : , 6907 ornithocephala, Aeschna : : fg 60 ORTHEZIA : : , : nw 322 PALAEOCOCCUS ‘ ; eee palampurensis, Anotogaster basalis. - 299 pallidimacula, 2 form of etheocles carpen- teri, Charaxes I1O-I1I pallidiventris, Sphaerocera (Lotobia) -. 156 papaverina, Hetaerina . ; : 806 PARALECANIINI . : ; : » 333 PARALECANIUM : ; *. 333 paraminima, Leptocera (Limosina) ; 7 (08 paranigrolimbata, Leptocera (Leptocera) . 57 parimpar, Dichaetomyia 218 (figs), 219-224, 223 (figs), 281 (figs) PARLATOREOPSIS . ; ; ‘ ~ 333 PARLATORIA . : : 3 : » 3333 348 INDEX parva, Ptelina carnuta . : : ip 2e2e parvicaudatus, Charaxes cynthia 154-155, Pl. 24 parviseta, Dichaetomyia 218 (fig.), ae 281 (fig.) parvulus, Gomphus : : - 296 patricia, Phyllopetalia . : ; <” “302 pelops, Rhinocypha : ; : =. BOR pendleburyi, Leptogomphus . 7 aay penricei tanganyikae, Charaxes : ~~ 780 perrensi, Aeschna . : : . 302 personata, Dichaetomyia rufa ; 2a pestilens, Hypopetalia . : ¢ 302 petersi, Charaxes © Leis “PL 13 phaeus, Charaxes viola 1190, /e 127 phaeus, 9 form of viola phaeus, Charaxes . 137 PHENACASPIS j A F < eee PHENACOCCUS : , : : | 333 PHENACOLEACHIA . : : : sm 933 PHOENICOCOCCUS . : , : - 334 PHYSOKERMES ; : : : 334 picta, Charaxes viola. : : . 306 pilula, Hetaerina . . : . 306 pinheyi, Nepogomphoides : : eO7, Pityococcus ; . ‘ a 334 plagiata, Gynacantha . : : 302 plagiata, Telipna ; I 5, Pl. 4 plagiatus, Gomphus : ‘ F 297 PLANOCOCCUS ; : ; : soe platyceps, Gomphidia_ . : ‘ + 2207 PLATYCOELOSTOMA : ; : , 6334 POLLINIA : 3 : ‘ ; os 934 PORPHYROPHORA . A : : s- 2335 praetorius,Gomphus_. : F e297, prasinus, Austrogomphus . ; <7 207 preciosus, Chlorogomphus 299 primitiva, 2 form of viola loandae, Charaxes m eV tal 2d be iy producta, Neuraeschna . , : = 302 propinqua, Charaxes cynthia . S E55, ,E1. 23 protocedreatis, 9 form of etheocles lutacea, Charaxes . 87 protokirki, 9° ous of viola loandae, Charaxes ; wildS ble LT pruinans, Heliogomphus | : : neeOy, pryeri, Gomphus . F : ; «297 PSEUDAONIDIA ; + 335 pseudimpudica, Leptocera (Opacifrons) 57, 58 (figs) pseudocarpenteri, 2 form of baileyi, Charaxes . ; - Ps : +) obes PsEUDOCOCCUS : A ; . 3* 4335 pseudosmaragdalis, 2 form of etheocles lutacea, Charaxes Z : ‘ P 89 pulcherrima, Petalura . ; «. «300 pulcherrimus, Onychogomphus : 2” 207 PULVINARIA . : ; 2 aag5 punctata, Schistocerca literosa 3 a! 35 punctipennis, Leptocera (Poecilosomella) . 59 pungens, Pseudorhynchus oE 7g: (figs); 176 (figs), 177 (figs), 179-181, 183 (figs) pungens, Pseudorhynchus pungens 177 (fig.), 181-182 purpurea, 2 form of viola diversiforma, Charaxes . . ‘ 3 La ten pustulosa, Allopetalia : : : « 303 pygmaeus, Progomphus . F : ee 20 quadracies, Epigomphus : : i) OF quadrina, Gyancantha . : ; soe radix, Chlorocypha glauca : 309 regalis, 2 form of etheocles etheocles, Charaxes . : : IOI reversa, Dichaetomyia 205 (figs), 206 (figs), 251-255, ci (figs) RHIZOECINI . : 335 RHIZOECUS . : , : : &» 3385 risi, Gomphus : : : ‘ 2 267 risi, Gynacantha . : F F , = *303 risi, Leptogomphus ‘ : : 207, risi, Mesogomphus . : ; 297 robusta, Halmenus : ; "30, 40 (figs) robustus, Pseudorhynchus . 173 (figs), 174 (fig.), 176 (fig.), 177 (figs), 183 (figs), 187-188 rogersi, 9 form of viola kirki, Charaxes . 131 rogersi, Pentila ; st BE rosella, ? form of viola variata, Charaxes 140 rothi, Telipna F : : 7 Past rothioides, Telipna . : ; j 9 rudis, Hetaerina . : ; : . 306 rufa, Spilogaster : F Nas? rufaeformis, Dichaetomyia . 196 (figs), 204 (figs), ees 282 (figs) rufescens, Dichaetomyia : = 266 rufescens, Micromerus . : - 309 rufilabris, Leptocera (Limosina) , 766 rufilla, Telipna : oP Lg RUGASPIDIOTUS . ; : Ses56 ruspinoides, Telipna ‘ 19, Pl. 5 rusticatus, Mesogomphus : 3 PROF rutherfordi, Anax . ; : : 730g ruwenzorica, Diastatomma . é ~ “gr sabulosus, Charaxes cynthia 156-157, Pl. 25 sanguinea, Telipna sanguinea . 16, Pli'4 sayi, Cordulegaster : ; ; . 300 schmidti, Onychogomphus : ‘ ~ “207 schmitzi, Leptocera (Limosina) ‘ 68 schoutedeni, Charaxes 79, Pl. 29 scissus, Gomphus . ; : Fv 4207 SCLOPETASPIS ; : ; : BRS scotias, Aeschna . d : ; . 303 seductus, Macrogomphus : : 2» 1207 INDEX 349 seimundi, Burmagomphus : : 5207 SELENASPIDUS : : : : <= 6330 selysi, Chlorogomphus_ . ; ; =84300 semiopacus, Micromerus : : 310 semirufa, Telipna . a Pile senchalensis, Davidius aberrans : 2. 207, septentrionalis, Hetaerina : 306 seriata, Q form of etheocles othiraces, Charaxes . : : ‘ ; oP LOT, SERROLECANIUM . : ‘ 1) £330 sevastopuloi, Acanthagyna : : 2, #303 sextans, Gynacantha : ; 303 sheffieldi, Telipna . ‘ 6 Ple2 siamensis, Burmagomphus ‘ : 297 significans, Dichaetomyia 196 (fig.), 214-217, 280 ene) SIGNORETIA . 336 sinuatus, Burmagomphus : : #207 sipedon, Erpetogomphus F , 207, smaragdina, Calopteryx . F : . 306 smithi, Heterogomphus . : : - 2098 sobrinus, Gomphus : ; : 208 sordida, Cyclophylla ; 298 soror, Dichaetomyia 273- 276, 286 (figs) souteri, Microgomphus torquatus_. . 2098 spectabilis, Zonophora . : : y vexels! SPHAEROCOCCUS . ; : ; ee 337, spinipes, Mydaea . : ‘ 1214 spinuligera, Dichaetomyia : 208 (figs), 263-266, ts ee): — (figs) STEINGELIA . F 337 stevensi, Davidius . : : ; . 298 STICTOCOCCUS F : , : + §337 STIGMACOCCUS 3 : : 5 %) 3337 striatus, Anax : : ; 3 1303 striatus, Onychogomphus ; . 2098 striatus, Pseudorhynchus pungens 177 (fig.), 182, i (fig.) styx, Onychogomphus nigrescens. 298 subhyalina, Ptelina ; : : 5a eels, sublimbata, Hetaerina occisa . : a: 306 subnodalis, Pseudophaea ; : #307 subobtusus, Epigomphus : : . 298 subplatystyla, Anisopleura. F + 307 subpupillata, Aeschna_ . st 9303 subtinctipennis, Leptocera (Tachispoda) ee 57 suk, Charaxes viola : bS2y tO sulpitia, Telipna : ; 10; PlS2 superba, Euphaea . : : ; + 307 superbus, Megalogomphus : , +, 298 TACHARDIA . : - : ‘ & i837. TACHARDIELLA ; ; : ; 6337 TACHARDINA , ‘ 3 ; 3-338 tamaracherriensis, Merogomphus _longi- stigma : , P : : + 2908 TARGIONIA . : : 338 tectonis, Charaxes druceanus ‘ 78, PL 29 tenaculatus, Libyogomphus_ . ‘ . 2098 tenuis, Chlorocypha : : : . 310 TERMITOCOCCUS . : , EBS terraereginae, Dichaetomyia 204 (fig.), 231-234, 282 es thomassoni, Aeshna : 298 thoracicus, Macrogomphus_. : e208 tillyardi, Diphlebia lestoides . : . 308 tillyardi, Telephlebia godeffroyi ; = 303 tiomanensis, Devadatta argioides . 3" 308 titia, Libellula ; : : : «- =306 tolteca, Hetaerina . , : 52 * 2806 tonkinicus, Onychogomphus : : . 208 torquatus, Cyclogomphus ‘ ; . 298 TRABUTINA . 2 ; ; 338 transverstigma, Telipna : (2, bieg triangulifera, Anaciaeschna . v2 8303 tricolor, ° form of viola variata, Charaxes 140 tryoni, Telephlebia ; : : E303 tumefactus, Epigomphus ; ; e205 tumens, Cynogomphus . : , . 298 tumorifer, Anax . ; , ; yaa30s ugandae, Telipna consanguinea TO, PIs ugandica, Heliaeschna . ; : » 1303 unifasciata, Periaeschna : , 303 vansomereni, 2 form of viola picta, Charaxes . : Auek29 vansoni, 2 form of viola phaeus, Chavises a 137 vansonoides, 2 form of viola loandae, Charaxes : : pel 4 55d bleeie7, varians, Leptocera (Poecilosomella) : «* 59 variata, Charaxes viola 138-139 variata, form of viola variata, Charaxes 139, Pl. 19 venanigra, Telipna ; Tr, pel 33 vetula, 2 form of etheocles_lutacea, Charaxes . Z : . 88-89 v-flavum, Burmagomphus F ; 2 298 vicaria, Dichaetomyia 196 (fig.), 204 (figs), 242-248, 283 (figs) victoriae, Acanthagyna . : P in Te Xoy} villiersi, Telipna i TO; Eline villosipes, Rhinoneura . : ; 7.3310 viola, Charaxes , : : yl 25; viola, Charaxes viola 127-128, Pias violitincta, 2 form of viola loandae, Charaxes : . IA 5, Pl17 viridicaerulea, 2 form of sola diversiforma, Charaxes . : : ; 7 £40 viridior, Paragomphus ; ‘ : ; 208 virilis, Charaxes . j - 3 . 92-94 vitrinella, Rhinocypha . E : esto vittata, Tetracanthagyna : : . 304 volsella, Gomphoides ; ; P . 299 walli, Dysphaea_. : : : 307 walli, Heliogomphus P : : = 2299 350 INDEX walli, Onychogomphus . ; . 299 walsinghami, Anax : ; . - 304 waterhousei, Tetracanthagyna ‘ 3) 304 werneri, Pseudorhynchus pungens 177 (fig), 184-185 wheeleri, Gomphidictinus 299 whiteheadi, Rhinocypha : , 3x0 wilkinsi, Cyclogomphus . ; ; i 290 williamsoni, Gomphidia . é P - - 269 williamsoni, Leptogomphus wynaadicus, Macrogomphus XANTHOPHTHALMA xanthoptera, Orogomphus XEROPHILASPIS XYLOCOCCUS - ypsilon, Cyclogomphus 27 OCT 1969 Kon of} , S NAL > Wa ° g eS Sy 299 299 338 300 338 339 299 I2. 13. A LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS TO THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SERIES OF THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) . MAsner, L. The types of Proctotrupoidea (Hymenoptera) in the British Museum (Natural History) and in the Hope Department of Entomology, Oxford. Pp. 143. February, 1965. £5. Nixon, G. E. J. A reclassification of the tribe Microgasterini (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Pp. 284; 348 Text-figures. August, 1965. 6. . Watson, A. A revision of the Ethiopian Drepanidae (Lepidoptera). Pp. 177; 18 plates, 270 Text-figures. August, 1965. £4 4s. . SANDS, W. A. A revision of the Termite Subfamily Nasutitermitinae (Isoptera, Termitidae) from the Ethiopian Region. Pp. 172; 500 Text-figures. October, 1965. £3 5s. AuMAD,I. The Leptocorisinae (Heteroptera: Alydidae) of the World. Pp. 156; 475 Text-figures. November, 1965. {2 I5s. OxapDA, T. Diptera from Nepal. Cryptochaetidae, Diastatidae & Drosophilidae. Pp. 129; 328 Text-figures. May, 1966. £3. GILIOMEE, J. H. Morphology and Taxonomy of Adult Males of the Family Coccidae (Homoptera : Coccoidea). Pp. 168; 43 Text-figures. February, 1967. £3 3s. 3 FLETCHER, D. S. A revision of the Ethiopian species and a check list of the world species of Cleora (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Pp. 119; 14 plates, 146 Text-figures, 9 maps. February, 1967. £3 Ios. HemminG, A. F, The Generic Names of the Butterflies and their type-species (Lepidoptera : Rhopalocera). Pp. 509. August, 1967. £8 Ios. STEMPFFER, H. The Genera of the African Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera : Rhopal- ocera). Pp. 322; 233 Text-figures. Coloured frontispiece. September, 1967. £8. . Mounp, L. A. A review of R. S. Bagnall’s Thysanoptera Collections. Pp. 184: 82 Text-figures. May, 1968. {4. Watson, A. The Taxonomy of the Drepaninae represented in China, with an Account of their World Distribution (Lepidoptera : Drepanidae). Pp. 151: 293 Text-figures, 14 plates. November, 1968. £5. ArfiFi, S. A. Morphology and Taxonomy of the Adult Males of the families Pseudococcidae and Eriococcidae (Homoptera: Coccoidea). Pp. 210: 52 Text-figures. December, 1968. £5. PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD & SON LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING —— a i of ,, - 8 ; < ot i ase ‘ - ~ — PY > Ha sitet tte: Bue es ry ea ateeet Pree eres asiees eianetecree era # E 32 as ecco sites Voc eres ve Te ettsaettaaes Sitesnephesiet sessteneete a iclpieteanbes et j~ 09 ¥i reel a eee ferprest, ’ ae sintstghryctneaete Beak peers 494 e4 ise setee sare eres paepicseetiesitgeteansite reise ie